ARMY TM 5-1300 NAVY NAVFAC P-397 AIR FORCE AFR 88-22 STRUCTURES TO RESIST FFECTS OF ACCIDE PLOSI “Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited” DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY, THE NAVY, AND THE AIR FORCE NOVEMBER 1990‘TM 5-1300/NAVPAC P-397/AFR 88-22 FORRWORD STRUCTURES TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTAL EXPLOSIONS” Revision 1 Revision 1 is a significant change to this tri-service manual. It supercede Change 1 of 17 March 1971 and provides design criteria for a wide assortment of construction materiale. Blast resistant capacities of selected, pre- engineered facilities and suppressive shields are now formally recognized. Significant changes are made in design criteria for stirrups. single leg stirrups with 135 degree bends aro permitted for rotations up to eight degrees for Category 2 protection. Menbrane stresses are recognized for che reserve strength they provide as dynamic rotations increase. Capacities and design procedures for blast resistant windows are addre a. Many individuals contributed to this manual and all such contributions are appreciated. contributions from Mr. Norval Dobbs, Dr. Wilfred Baker and Dr. Thomas Zaker are particularly worthy of note Design procedures in this manual are recognized by DOD 6055.9-s79, "Ammunition and Explosives Safety standards" and are intended for use in the design and analysis of protective constructions intended to control the effects of accidental explosions. ‘The design procedures provide a basis for quantitative protection against propagation of explosions, damage to facilities, and loss of life. Nevertheless, in a work of this magnitude it ia expected that there may be pointe which require further verification or modification as a renult of future tests and experience. Roconmendations ‘for change or comments with regard to the usefulness of the manual may be submitted to: Chairman Department of Defense Explosives Safety Board 2461 Eisenhower Avenue Room 856C, Hoffman Building #1 Alexandria, VA 22331-0600 REPRODUCTION AUTHORIZATION/RESTRICTIONS ‘This manual has been prepared by or for the Government and, except to the extent indicated below, is public property and not subject to copyright. Reprints or republications of this manual should include a credit eubatantial- ly as follows: “Joint Departments of the Army, the Navy, and the Air Force, Structures ¢o Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions, TH 5~1300/NAVFAC P- 397/AFR 88-22." L€ the reprint or republication contains copyrighted material, the credit should also state: "Anyone wishing to make further use of copyrighted materi- al, by itself and apart from this text, should seek necessary permission directly from the proprietors."mH 51300 “RAVFAC P-397 e wm a _— smog are canta Se oo, a Sean etn sin nn ST ane as smernitn ors Roa 0 th Ror iaie No. .88-22 STRUCTURES TO RESIST THE RFFECTS OF ACCIDENTAL EXPLOSIONS CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION < SECTION PAGE Dei ie Purpome tats tatretetetetele tatoo ee tat steetitetedeieisesisae ge ea egt 1-2 Objective... ee ee “2 1-3) Background 6... ee et ee ee dD VO Geom ste affect eteeteee erates ee rece etrceeetieit recat ioreestiet SHetictiHaceo 3 2 2 1 U8" Format oe et ee eee eee 1-6 General 1 aT Aateby Ractou-teetieteetettete tedster tates ist He sieee a ae coaster 1-8 System Componente. 2 6 ee » » 1 1 1 1-8.1General 2. ee 1-8.2 Donor System ©... 2 ee ee 1-8.3 Acceptor System... ee ee 1-9 ' Protection Categories... 2. ee “8 1-10 Protective systems...) ee ee 28 1-10.1 Protective Structures... ee ee 1D 1710.2 Containment Type Structures... es 110 * 1-10.3 Shelters... ee ee 31-10.4 Bare iarel teeter iate tlie te ons usec titre eee ted 3-21 Human Tolerance...) ee ee ee ee ded a4 Blast Pressures .°. . rceaceececs tty 2-11.2 Structural Motion. ee ee ee ee ee ED 3-11.3 Fragments... Pee ee ee see ded 3-12 Equipment Tolerance... 2. - eee ee ee ee ee Db 3-12.21 Blast Pressures... ee ee ddd 1-12.2 Structural Motion and shock... 2... 23.44. 115 312.3 Wemgoeney ceteris e ee eee re ecstacy ees tt eae Tolerance of Explosives. - 1. - 6 fe. ee ee dd 1-13.1 Geert ferieccecteiteete ee ete cist otiate eset aS 1-13.2 Blast Pressures...) Fe ee ee ee dG 1-13.3 Structural Motions... 2... se aed 1-134 Fragments...) ee. ee ee vee ee 3-14 Structural Response... ee ee DD 314.2 Generals. ee ee 1-14. Pressure Design Ranges ©... 2... 1-14.3 Analyzing Blast Environment ..-.. 2)... 2 4 + 1-30 APPENDIX 1A List of symbols APPENDIX 18 Bibliography distribution is unlimited" @ *This manual supersedes TM 5-130/NAVFACP-297/AFM 88-22, dated 15June 1969. « “Approved for public relea:"TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 CHAPTER 2. BLAST, FRAGMENT, AND SHOCK LOADS Section PAI aaa Puepoe Getta siie tc ye si eu eee teamed eae tac eee ibapiee Objective itiedtuirestitic tiie ve tetsu are tatatcietisastioasgateee 2. 2-30 Background ee 2 2-4 Scope’: Seeger ae eee ree epee eres 2 2-5 - Format eee ee ee ees eee eee eee tee 2 2-6 General... aera : 2 2-7 Effects of Explosive Output | ee 2 e8i tH Blast | Phariomenn |eciedeeedeeereraetr etre te tet trea tre sine tiers a 2-8.1 General . caer eee terre 2-8.2 Explosive Materials... 2s ve 2 ie, 0) Feces Mauda eney acdc cate aier tees ieee pete 2 2:10 Blast-Loading Categories. eee eee eee a2 2-10.1 Unconfined Explosion»... ss 2 2-10.2 Confined Explosion... 2... 2 2-11 Blast Loading Protection... . 2 SSSRSSOTECR ES om easaanansosneee 2-12 Blast-Wave Phenomena eee 2 2-13 Unconfined Explosions... 0. ee eee 2. 2-13.1 Prag (AiehRuree erecta eect aeace 2. 2-13.2. Air Burst EASE eee eee aegee eect 2- 2-13.3 Surface Burst |. ee vk 2-13.86 Multiple Explosions»... ee aoBe 2-14 Confined Explosions . . . ‘ SEE PR 2-14.12 Effects of Confinement...) so. ss 22 2-14.2 shock (Pressures (sits ceete tite tee ace tian ee 2-14.3 Gas Pressures... eae 214.4 Leakage Pressures | Se oe oe 2-15 External Blast Loads on Structures...) be es De 2-15.1 General . See eee eee 2-15.2 Forces. Acting on Structure . eae 215.3 Above-Ground Rectangular Structure Without Openings .”. 2- 4215.4 Above Ground Rectangular Structures with Openings. . . 2- 2-15.5 Pressure Buildup In Structures : : aes 2-16 General . reals shearers seein ea arsed enriameeaiuiiciee 11] 2-17 Primary Frageents © 01. eater eer eee are ec 2e0e? 2-171 General... ee pace oo987 2-17.2 Initial Fragment Velocity |. 121s. et ee + 24288 2-17.3 Fragment Mass Distribution . . Dobe 2-289 2-17.4 Variation of Fragment Velocity with Distance 2-292 2-17.5 rinary Fragnents - Shape, Caliber Density and Impact Angle . : eetets ease 208 2-18 Secondary Fragments...) 1... eee ae 2-296 2-18,1 General . . see ss 2-296 2-18.2 Velocity of Unconstrained Secondary Fragnents . . . .. 2-297 2.18.3 Velocity of Constrained Secondary Fragnents . . . . 2-200 2-19 Fragnent Trajectories... ee ee Dt 2-301 2-20 tneroduceion tt eoHein er Hae ate Dnt 2326 2-21 Ground Shock . . . . : Se eerie ne 2-326 2-211 Introduction. | es ae EeEosa26 2-21.2 Air Blast- Induced Ground Shock eect eetteae 827 2-21.3 Direct-Induced Ground Motion Serateere eeetteretn e320, 2-22 Air Shock . . Satreea area oe eae neerrerne tetera camino.) 2-22.1 Introduction. iauetpeosaaity Pet ee 2-330 2-22.2 Method of Analysis | |. Pllb bl. 2 2-330 iLTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 2-23 Structure Motions . . . Steere etree 2-23.1 Introduction 2 2-23.2 Net Ground Shock eee 2-23.3 Maximum Structure Motion. : 7 2-24 Shock Response Spectra . seater sity 2-24.1 Introduction |. . tee eee 2-26.2 Definition of Shock Spectra Grid | | | | ae 2-24.3 Response Spectra . eee tee APPENDIX 2A Illustrative Examples os APPENDIX 2B List of Symbols APPENDIX 2C Bibliography CHAPTER 3. PRINCIPLES OF DYNAMIC ANALYSIS 3-1 Purpose eee te eect erect ee ee eu 3-2 Objective... 3-3 Background 2. ae eae d 3-4 Scope . efietieteedt cae Se eacree ees BED Pocmmeli ieee cee een eee ue 3-6 Ceneral . 3-7 General... 3-8 Introduction eer t eee re 3-9 Ultimate Resistance. 3-9.1 General... 1. eee aiseictee 3-9.2 One-Way Elements... 2... 1. 3-9.3 Two-Way Elements . 2. | : 3-9.4 Openings in Two-Way Elements Bae tee 3-10 Post-Ultimate Resistance eee 3-11 Partial Failure and Ultimate Deflection | | |. | 3-12 Elasto-Plastic Resistance . 3-13 Elasto-Plastic Stiffnesses and Deflections 3-14 Resistance-Deflection Functions for Design 3-14.1 General . bee an 3-14.2 Limited Deflection: || 1.) 1. ss : 3-143 Large Deflections.... 1... 3-15 Support Shears or Reactions : 3-16 Introduction eae E eee 3-17 Dynamic Design Factors... 1. 1. sae 3-171 Introduction... 2. 3-17.2 Load, Mass, and Resistance Factors. 3617.3 Load-Mass Factor... .. . . 3-174 Natural Period of Vibration... .« 3-18 Introduction - 3-19 Elements Which Respond to Pressure Only and Pressure-Tine tionship... 2... 3-191, General . 3-19.2 Analysis by Numerical Methods 3-19.3 Design Charts for Idealized Hondings: 3-20 Elements Which Respond to Impulse . 7 3-20.1 General - i 3-20.2 Deteriiination of Time to Reach Maximum Deflection . APPENDIX 3A Illustrative Examples APPENDIX 38 List of Symbols i APPENDIX 3C Bibliography 1 22332: 2-332 2-332 2-333, 2-334 2-334: 2-334 2-335,‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 CHAPTER 4, REINFORCED CONCRETE DESIGN eb 4-18 4-19 4-20 4-21 4-21 Purpos Object: Backer Scope Format Genera! General Modes Struct 49.1 4-912 Ductile Mode of Behavior in the Far'Design Range |. 4-9.3 Ductile Mode of Behavior in the Close-in Design Range 4-9.4 Brittle Mode of Behavior... .. sIneroonotion icectsies ee nstee ease te Stress-Strain Curve . | tee eeee eee Allowable Material Strengths |.) 1)... 412.1 Generalists ieere anette 412.2 Reinforcement... 4212.3 Conerete. . . i Dynamic Design Stresses for Reinforced Concrete | 413.1 General... eee eee 413.2 Dynamic Increase Factor |. 1... 4-13.3 Dynamic Design Stresses... . Modulus of Elasticity . : 414.2 Concrete 416.2 Reinforcing Steel... 4-14.3 Modular Ratio... : .". Moment of Inertia a Introduction . . Reinert nen Ultimate Moment Capacity 4-171 Gross Section Type I. 417.2 Oréss Section Types I and III. ; 417.3 Minimum Flexural Reinforcement Ultimate Shear (Diagonal Tension) Capacity . | 418.1 Ultimate Shear Stress... . | | i 418.2 Shear Capacity of Unreinforced Concrete 418.3 Design of Shear Reinforcement . 418.4 Minimum Shear Reinforcement... Direct Shear Capacity... 22°. 0: 0 si 419.1 General : 4-19.2 Direct Shear Capacity of Concrete 419.3 Design’of Diagonal Bars... . . Punching Shear 4-20.1 Uleimate Punching Shear Stress 4-20.2 Punching Shear Capacity of Concrete Development of Reinforcement... . . 4-211 General . : : Provisions for Conventionally Reinforced Concrete Eleients 421.3 Provisions for Laced Reinforced Concrete Elements 421.4 Development Length for Reinforcement in Tension. ©. 4.21.5 Development Length for Reinforcement in Compression -. 4-21.6 Development Length of Hooked Bars... wi 421.7 Lap Splices of Reinforcement .... . fi 4-21.8 Mechanical Splices of Reinforcement .. ve terete unre teetrees ere ound ss geese aise ee of Structural Behavior ural Behavior of Reinforced Concrete . . General. iw peepesere Peepeepeereeee Bee RR Abe owe‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 421.9 Welding of Reinforcement . 2.5... 0.2 1 1 woe, Ge45 421,10. Bundled Reinforcing Bars © 2... 4-45 4-22 Introduction . . : Pee tier terete 4-52 4-23 Distribution of Flexural Reinforcement. | |... 1.1)... 4-53 4-23.1 General *.". : ae 4-53 4223.2 Optimum Reinforcenent Distribution see eee 9. 4223.3 Optimum Total Percentage of Reinforcement... . . . . 4-54 4-24 Flexural Design for Small Deflections...: 2... 1... ss G54 4-25 Design for Large Deflections . 2...) Oe8S - 425.1 Introduction. es OBB + 4225.2 Lateral Restraint... See 4-55 4225.3 Resistance-Deflection Curve . eet eeaea oe: 4225.4, paar rant estes comet nee 4225.5 Flexural Design... . Se vs 4-57 4-26 Dynamic Analysis... . ener Fe oe 4-26.1 Design for Shock Loads) ll 58 4-26.2 Dealen' fox iMebounditantsrrioete resent aire 4-59 4-27 Design for Shear . : tee earners 4-60 4227-1 General . seca te. 4-60 4227.2 Uitimate Shear Stress at d, from the ‘Support Sereeiat a. 4227.3 Ultimate Support Shear . |. . aes 4-62 4:28 Introduction... cease 4-29 Distribution of Flexural Reinforcement. 2. 0) 2 1 2. 1s 4-70 4-29.1 General... eee ae 70 4229.2 Elastic Diseribucton of Moments According to the ACI Building Code... .. See ee eet a9 4-29.3 Design for Small Defiections |. 111.) 1)! 2473 4229.4, Design for Large Deflections .......... 1473 4229.5 Minimum Reinforcement 6... OTH a30/; Dynamic ‘Analysis eed stecere csr eeccer eter) Be Th 4230.1 General... areca aes g 4230.2 Ultimate Flexural Resistance ||) 1...) 475 4-30.3 Ultimate Tension Membrane Capacity... . to AB 4230.4 Elastic Deflections . oe See ee eae gg 4-30.5 Tped-Mase Factorette se eaeu seine scuce rae Gee m6 4-30.6 Dynamic Response... + 4-81 4-31 Dynamic Design . . . eet eee eee ee eee tee etl toa) 431.1 FlemuealCapecity ues teaesei eee aeiecueeasigees 6262 4231.2 Shear Capacity... eee ot 4-82 - 4231.3 Columnel ster iies ieee eee ede een nae images 4-32 Introduction ©. OG 4-33: Flexural Design for Large Deflections .. =... Tlf 95. 4233.1 General . . Cee eee stele Fe 495 4233.2 Impulse Coefficients |.) ls O96 4233.3 Design Equations for Deflections X, and X, 22 4-99 4.33.4 Optimum Reinforcement . . pees tet 4-99 4233.5 Design Equation for Deflections Less than X; or X, 4-102 4233.6 Design Equations for Unspalled Gross Sections... . 4-103 4-34 Flexural Design for Limited Deflectioss...... 2... +... 4-103 tee 5/11 Demi go eor Shear stein cies arctic aarpase eee cere aac ee 10) 4235.1 General . cece ee csi cstet e104) 4235.2 Uleimace Shéar Stress |) 205 4235.3 Uleimate Support Shears. es e206 4-36 Composite Construction . . Sree eeeee tet 2 h-143, 4236.1, Caner a i gee eeeetrere aie ioereececeseigeseecera rere les"TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 4-36.2 Blast Attenuation Ability of Sand Fill. . rss Ce) 4236.3 Procedure for Design of Conposite Elenents 4-105 4-37 Introduction . . Petersen eater ered re 4.38 Ultimate Moment Capacity | eset Ph 4-150 438.1 Tension Reinforcement Only | | ee * 4-150 4238.2 Tension and Coupression Reinforcement |. - : 4-151 + 38.3 Minimum Flexural Reinforcement... . 07... . . 4-152 4-39 Ultimate Shear (Diagonal Tension) Capacity . . . sos 4152 4-39.1, Ultimate Shear Stress...) 2. se M52 4.39.2 Shear Capacity of Unreinforced Concrete... . . 4-153 4239.3 Design of Shear Reinforcement... .. 2... +. 4-153 4-39.4 Minimum Shear Reinforcement... 2°. 0s. 2... 4-153 4-40 Direct Shear... eee ee Pola lf 4156 4-41 Ultimate Torsion Capacity... 1... ee ee Tape sates, 4-411 General. . PDLDD EDD DDD D aass 441.2 Ultimate Torsional Stress |. .'. 4-155 441.3 Capacity of Unreinforced Concréte and Torsion ae 4-156 4-416 Design of Torsion Reinforcement... 2... .. . 4-157 441.5 Minimum Torsion Reinforcement...) 1... 4-159 4-42 Flexural Design. : . : Soe eee rede tee @eled 4-421 Introduction ee e160 4242.2 Sisal 1d Bat lect Loma tirectied areata eaeaneL arnt ctree 160; 4242.3 Large Deflections .. .. 2. Ph Di i &-160 4-43 Dynamic Analysis . eee Dies Gel62 4243.1 Design for Shock Load)... |. Seas tenant} 4243.2 Design for Rebound... : i eee tester Ae 16a) 4-4% Introduction : eet 4-166 4-45. Strength of Compression Members (P-M Curve)... 2. ss ss 4-166 445.1 iGemeteal fees eecsec ttre ec itt esse ati cate cee ceteertetiete A166 te 4245.2 Pure Compression et es 42166 4-45.3 Duvet Flemune tears n eee anaes ne clad teeta tee 62 4245.6 Balanced Conditions . . Seer e teeceee etter cet a6: 445.5 Compression Controls... es A168 4245.6 Tension Controls © 6. ee ee ord 4-46 Slenderness Effects... ee BedTO 4-461, General . . fe tees 2 4-170. 4246.2 Slenderness Ratio | es 4170 4246.3 Moment Magnification oe cereeeeceerees ee GL 4-47 Dynamic Analysis . 2... Se eee eee eee ete ce GTB 4-48 Design of Tied Columns 2. ee DTG 4-481 General : Cee eee oe HLT 448.2 Minimum Eccentricity |. 5 4-175 4248.3 Longitudinal ‘Reinforcenent Requirements .. . . . . 4-175 4-48. Closed Ties Requirements .. . . faerie 175) 4-49 Design of Spiral Columns... . Bees ate 4-176 4-491 General... . eer ec fu eeiseteee neces ae 76: 4249.2 Minimum Eccentricity Serer cete ere teeters ae: 4249.3 Longitudinal Reinforcenent Requirenents |... |. . 4-176. 4249.4 Spiral Reinforcing Requirements... ....... + 4-176 4-50 Introduction . ea beac eea seceteeettetee ea 80, 4:51 Design of Exterior Colums . 1.) 1... Hames 4-180 4-53 Direct Spalling . . erecta Pil b i bilan... aren 4-54 Scabbing Seep ae eee ee eae 189) vi.TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 4-55 Prediction of Concrete Spalling . . . earn +. 4-182 4-56 Minimization of Effects of Spalling and Scabbing ||| | ||. | 4-183 4-56.1 Design parameters... 1... ee ee es Oe] 8G 456.2 Composite Construction ©...) 4184 4-56.3 Fragment Shields. . reer : 4-185 4-57 Post-Failure Concrete Fragments... 6.1 ep ee es 4e187 4-58 Post-Failure Impulse Capacity... 6 ee es 188 458.1 General. . ee Bere eee eee eee 88 4-58.2 Laced Elements 201) fe BB 4-59 Introduction oe te ee 4205 4-59.1 Fragnent Characteristics 2... ee. ee + 4-205 + 4259.2 Velocity and Impact Limitations || |. |. 1 1) 7 4-205 4-60 Fragment Impact-on Concrete... ee ee ee 4205 4-60.1. General... “ eects te iele2 205, 4.60.2 Penetration by Armor-Piereing Fragnents | - + 4-206 4-60.3 Penetration of Fraguents Other than Arnor-Piercing | 4-207 4-60.4 Perforation of Concrete... . 1 2 1 2 + + 4-208 4-60.5 Spalling due to Fragment Impact |... : 4-209 4-61" Fraguent Impact on Composite Construction ae 4-209 461.1 General... i Pie Si uer ea rsrseia=209, 4261.2 Penetration of | Composite Barriers secede ees ea eacdieai0. 4-62 Introduction z : eee : 4-219 4-63 Conerete . . Sears eetastieereaSretee 4-219 4-64 Flexural Reinforcement. ieee 4-220 4-65 Construction Details for "Far Range" Design - pce pene ess 4-65.1 General : 4-221 4-65.2 Elements Designed for Limited Deflections |; |, 4-221 465.3 Elements Designed for Large Deflections . . . . . . . 4-222 4.65.4 Colum Details ...... : : eee teas zoe 4-66 Construction Details for "Close-In Design"... ... 0... 4-223 4-66.1 [Gamera tere errete sega cevepceu fee afer eee Eee iaeOs 466.2 Laced Elements | saeeeees 206 4.66.3 Elements Reinforced with Single ues stirrups’ 4-227 4-67 Composite Construction . . . caret ere eerari srt 4-68, Single and Multicubicle Structures ||) 1 + 4-230 4-69 Sequence of Construction... ... ‘ oe 4-231 APPENDIX 4A Illustrative Examples APPENDIX 4B List of Symbols APPENDIX 4G Bibliography CHAPTER 5. STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN 5-1 Purpose... ss eet 5-1 5-2 Objective... eee 5-1 Sede imacikground fist eaersttee eae dite i : 5-1 om iGeape rit eireer eed Seo 5-2 rs monmaniees ceed eeseiess eeu eta eieedistie : : 5-3 5-6 General . . saat a 2 56 5-7 . Differences Between Steel and Concrete Structures in Protective Design 5-5 5-8 Economy of Design of Protective ‘Structures in the Inelastic Range . 5-6 5-9 Applications of Steel Elements and Structures In Protective Design feces See 5-6 5-10 Application of Dynamic analysis eR ee Saeco et 5-6 S-Ll, General... .... 0. Bere ee eee eee eerste vitTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 5-12 5-13 5-16 5-21 5-22 Mechanical Properties . 0... we ee ee 58 5-12.1 Mechanical Properties Under Static Loading. Static Design Stresses... . . : + 58 "5-12.2 Mechanical Properties Under Bynante Loading, Dynamic Increase Factors ..:.. Ree eee arate te 5-9 Recommended Dynamic Design Stresses ©. 2 2. 2 ee ws mss SHO 5-13.1 General... 1... Re prerieennnnn oo) 5-13.2 Dynamic Design Stress for Ductility Ratio y= 10. |. | 5-10 5-13.3 Dynamic Design Stress for Ductility Ratio, »> 10. . . 5-11 5-13.4 Dynamic Design Stress for Shear . . . ela OSM «Plastic Behavior of Steel Structures. ©. 2 ee S16 Relationship Between Structure Function and Deformations. |... 5-16 5-15.1 General... : a sw 5-16 5-15.2 Acceptor-type Structures in the Low Pressure Ranges |. 5-16 515.3 Acceptor- or Donor-type Structures in the High Pres sure Range 2 eee I es S16 Deformation Criteria... SMT 5-16.1 General... ete aiseeeee eae tnrteagES=L 2: 5-16.2 Structural Response Quantities | 19) 1 12. 1). 5-17 5-16.3 Ductility Ratio, woe ee SMD 5-16.4 Support Rotation, @ . -. eer at du eeieaeeatieer att S208: 5-16.5 Limiting Deformations for Beans | | | rerers 5-16.6 Application of Deformation Criteria to a Frame Struc- ture Peace Sa 5-16.7 Limiting Deformations for Plates | 11... + 5-19 Rebound . . . eee te ae + 5-20 Secondary Modes of Fallure. + 5-20 5-18.1 General... Ga eed eevee ueiiseag 5-18.2 Instability Modes of Failure |) 222) 1 ll) 15220 5-18.3 Brittle Modes of Failure... 2.) ees 5-21 General . . . Sr eaeeeeeetS eeeeeaeeeeseas Dynamic Flexural Capacity | 0) ls 526 5-20.1 General... Bastia ee ee eaiee ei tee i5206 5-20.2 Moment -curvature Relationship for Beams i... + 5-27 5-20.3 Design Plastic Moment, My 0... ee ee S87 Resistance and Stiffness Functions ~ ... |. martes + 5-28 5-21.1 General tet eee eee eee eae eee isaoe, 5-21.2 Single-span Beams...) ss 528 5-21.3 Multi-span Beams 2. 528 Design for Flemure . ee SD 5-22.1 iGammeeN etett teiistete eet tender ae eet are 29 5-22.2 Response Charts. |... a : 2. 5-29 5+22.3 Preliminary Dynamic Load Factors | |... 5-29 5-22. Additional Considerations in Flexural Design + 5-30 sDeaignitoruhear tater rtre teeter ete eed: + 5-30 deal eel ing tise eee yee eres) + 5-32 Web Crippling. 2 pe ce + 5-32 Dataral Bracing iunce ar scita tise iment sran aire 5-32 5-26.1 General . dees eee tec ede 15-32 5-26.2 Requirements for Members withys3..... + 5-33 5-26.3 Requirements for Members with »>3.... 2 5°33 5-26.4 Requirements for Elenents Subjected to Rebound. 2 5-34 5-265 Requirements for Bracing Members : 215+36 General . . ett ee et ate Meg tee 25-39 Dynamic Flexural Capacity...) 2111 lll lie 5-39 wilt5-29 5-30 5-31 5-32 5-37 5-38 5-39 5-40 5-41 5-42 TM 5-1300/HAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Resistance and Stiffness Functions... . . Design for Flexure ..:. 0. Ge Design for Shear .... 2... Unsymmetrical Bending»... . 5-32.1 General... . . wen i 5-32.2 “Elastic end Plastic Section Modulus - 5-32.3 Equivalent Elastic Stiffness : 7 5-32.84 Lateral Bracing and Recommended Design Criteria 5-32.5 Torsion and Unsymmetrical Bending - |; Steel Joists and Joist Girders (Open-veb Steel Joists) Blast Resistant Design of Cold-Formed Steel Panels 5-34.21 General... rete 5-34.2 Resistance {n Flexure |) 1. 5-34.3, Equivalent Elastic Deflection . 5-34.4 Design for Flexure .... 2. . 5-34.5 Recommended Ductility Ratios . . 5-34.6 Recommended Support Rotations . . . 5-34.7 Rebound... 5-34.8 Resistance in Shear . . 5-34.9 Web Crippling... . . Summary of Deformation Criteria for Structural Elenents Blast Door Design 5-36.21 General... 5-36.2 Functions and Methods of Opening. 5-36.3 Design. Considerations. . 5-36.46 Examples of Blast Door Designs 5-36.5 Blast Door Rebound 5-36.6 Methods of Design Plastic Design Criteria... 2.1... 5-37.1 General . 5-37.2 In-plane Loads 5237.3 Combined Axial Loads and Biaxial Bonding Effective Length Ratios for Bean-coluans Effective Length Factor, K General Trial Design of Single-Story Rigid Frames Collapse Mechanisns Dynamic Deflections and Rotations Dynamic Load Factors... . Loads in Frane Members |. | Sizing of Frane Members |... “Stiffness! and Deflection ure 1 General... ws 2 Collapse Mechanisms . 3 Bracing Ductility Ratio 4 Dynamic Load Factor . . 3 Loads in Frame Members 6 Stiffness and Deflection 7 5-42.8 . Sizing of Frame Members . Types of Connections : Requirements for Main Framing Connections Design of Connections . ix Slenderness Requirements for Diagonal Braces. + 5-39 + 5-40 + 5-40 5-46, ers ors + 5-45 + 5-45 2 5-45 + 5-46 + 5-48 5-48, 5-48 a) 5-50 + 5-50 5-51 5-51 - 5-51 5-52 5-56 5-64 5-64 5-64 5-64 5-66 5-67 + 5-68 5-76 5-76 1, 3-76 25-76 5-77 5-78 » 5-814 5-82 = 5-82 5-83 5-83 5-83 + 5-83 5-84 © 5-85 2 5-85 5-85 5-85 - 5-86 5-86 - 5-87 : 5-87 2 5-87 + 5-96 + 5-96 5-97 + 5-97TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/aFR 5-47 Dynamic Design Stresses for Connections... . 02... 2... 5-98 5-48 Requirements for Floor and Wall Panel Connections |. 1...) . . 5-98 5-49 Penetration of Fragments into Steel... . 2. 6 ve ss 5-202 5-49.1 Failure Mechanisms... Phe a Sed02 549.2 Primary Fragment Penetration Equations; ss 5-102 5-49.35 Rantdual Velocity After Parforatton of Steel Plate. | 5-103 5-50 General . . . Seeeteeteerisee teeters eres eutteecs Euseise107, 5-51 Stee] Framed Bulidings Ped see aeer aE +. 5+107 5:52 Cold-forned, Light Gage Steel Panels |.) ) 1 1. ss +5207 5-53 Blast Doors . . eee eet ree eeaeteenear ee cntae aero APPENDIX 5A Illustrative Example: APPENDIX 5B List of Symbols. APPENDIX 5¢ Bibliography ‘ CHAPTER 6. SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS IN EXPLOSIVE FACILITY DESIGN 6-1 : Seer eterietees 6-1 6-2 ae granites: seas retorts atatee 621 6-3 Background J... aie peace aaneeec eee ett Ee oe Gah cope iets eer eer erecta egret ee eters etiee tered 6-5 Format A Beaute eater cen Fe 63 6-6 General . : eae Saeed eeeUageee et cesar 6-7 Application . . . eee ate eee s 6-8 Design Criteria for Reinforced Masonry Walls.) 1s | 6-6 6-8.1 Static Capacity of Reinforced Masonry Units... ... 1... 6-6 6-8.2 Dynamic Strength of Material . . . eee eae Sige 6-8.3 Ultimate Strength of Reinforced Concrete Masonry Walls | 6-7 6-8.4 Dynamic Analysis... ee 69 6-8.5 Rebound . . Se ere ee eee eee teed 6-9 Non-Reinforced Masonry Walls” ase eae eteEeedEsEeS 6-10 6-9.1 Rigid Supports . . . eee eee 6-10 + 6-9.2 Non-rigid Supports | 6-12 6-9.3 Simply Supported Walls 2) ee 6-13 6-10 Applications... . ferret eerie) + 6-26 6-11 Static Strength of Materials |) 11) lll! + 6-26 6-111 Concrete . ee 6-26 6-11.2 Reinforcing Bars. |)... se + 6-26 6-11.3 Meldedi ive Pabriers sacri acti aretisee + 6-27 6-11.4 Prestressing Tendons eee gee + 6-27 6-12 . Dynamic Strength of Materials...) ee ee + 6-27 6-13 Ultimate Strength of Precast Elenents + 6-27 6-13.1 Ultimate Dynamic Monent Capacity of Prestressed Beams . 6-28 6-13.2 ~- Diagonal Tension and Direct Shear of Prestressed Elements : cue : ae 6-31 6-14 Dynamic Analysis . . eee teeters See eitt dee 6oS 6-15 Rebound. 2... See eee eee eee eee ce sasaeeS geese ete 6-15.1 Non-prestressed elements ‘ 6-32 6-15.2 Prestressed elements... 0.32.0... 0+. . 632 6-161 Connectianatis stratcat ittret eae recee stele tee ied teiattes ars -3d 6-16.1 General pee 6-33 6-16.2 Coluan-to-Foundation Connection |... 1 1... .. . 6-34 6-16.3 Roof Slab-to-Girder Connection... . 2.22... . 6-34 616.4 Wall Panel-to-Roof Slab Connection : 6-36 6-16.5 Wall Panel-to-Foundation Connection. .....°. . . . . 6-346 6-16.56 Penal Opi teat eaaeoent f 6-346-30 6-31 ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 6-16.7 Reinforcement Around Door Openings pened to ites eee eeaaneeee een eae ei General Layout a 6-18.1 Structural Steel 6-18.2 Foundations. oe ee 6-18.3 Roof and Walls. i 6-18.4 Connections for Roof and Wall Coverings Preparation of Partial Blast Analysis... ....- Pre-Engineered Building Design... 2-0... + Blast Evaluation of the Structure . . Recommended Specification for Pra e-Engineerea jButldings: General... 2. . fee eal Application»)... teeter 6-26.21 Safety Approved Suppressive Shields . | . 6-26.2 New Shield Design. ©... 2... Criteria ae lt eae Procedures... 1. ee Space Requirements Charge Parameters... . 2... Fragment Parameters... . 1... Structural Details . 1. tees Access Penetrations... . . : at cern Ree CHa ager aeeS Era ape gga Background . . canteen Design Criteria for Glazing | 6-29.1 Specified Glazing . 6-29.2 Design Stresses... me 6-29.3 Dynamic Response to Blast Lead. . 6-29.% Design Charts . eae 6-29.5 ‘Alternate Design Procedure eae Design Criteria for Franes . . Ricerche 6-30.1 Sealants, Gaskets, and Beads. |. | |: 6-30.2 Glazing Setting . . 6-30.3 Frame Loads . . ‘ : 6-30.4 Rebound . . eeteeeere eetterea Acceptance Test Specification... 6-31.1 Test Procedure - Window Asseubly Test | 6-31.2 Acceptance Criteria... . . 6-31.3 Certification for Rebound . Installation Inspection nau Introduction... : Design Loads for Underground Structures | 6-36.1 Geral. 6-34.2 Roof Loads... : 6234.3 Wall Loads aes : Structural Design . Seti : 6-35.1 Wall and Roof Slabs)... 6-35.2 Burster Slab : Structure Motions... 6-36.1 Shock Spectra |. | eeeeetteeceattes 6-36.2 Shock Isolation Systems General . . . Description of Earth-Covered Arch-Type Magazines Separation Distances of Standard Magazines Design... . xi 6-36 6-42 = 6-42 6-42 = 6-43 6-43 6-43 ry ery 6-45‘TH 5+1300/RAVFAC P=397/AFR 88-22 6-41 Construction i ee Gedble 6-42 Non-Standard Magazines»... i sO 6-43 General ee ee LNT 6-43.1 Applications te . + 6-147 643.2 Renote-Actuated valves. |. 1. rr 2) 6-43.3 Blast-Actuated Valves...) 1. es 6148 6-43.64 Plenums .. . fee Fo 6148 + 6-43.5, Fragment Protection. 1) 1s. ee ce ye 649 6-44 Types of Blast Valves... ees OMM9 644.1 General 2. 6-149 6-44.2 inst jahimdd sce feces : + 6-149 6-443 Sand Filter... . sess oe eee eet Ga 6-44. , Blast Resistant Lowers. 111) |! . 6-150 6-46.5 Poppet Valves See 6-150 6-45: Introduction . 6... ee eee aw eet et@aL6a: 6-46 Objectives .. 2.2... See uADaaeEe eee Epc be 168) 6-47, Structure Motions “6-165 6-48." Shock. Tolerance of Personnel and Rawipment sites sos ss GR68 6-48.1 Pexacnne Ne tfeicesartcategooaien a roa aoe cine 6-48.2 Equipment | 2... 6-49- Shock Isolation Principles . . . 6-49,1 General Concepts . . . i = 6-49.2 Single-Mass Dynamic Systems | 6.49.3 Shock Isolation Arrangements 6-50 Shock Isolation Devices... . . 6-50.1 Introduction |. 6-50.2 Helical Coil Springs. Seer eae et eS 6-50.3 Torsion Springs... 1... ae 6-50.4 Pneumatic Springs . 6-50.5 Liquid Springs 6-50.6 Other Devices : : 6-51 Hardnounted Systems... . . : ‘ i 6252 Ateachaanea sessed ee ices eats vecseiar enact een 6-52.1 Tnecoduettoalsits murs aimreiteaieoresae 6-52.2 Design Loads -. . . APPENDIX 6A Illustrative Examples APPENDIX 6B List of Symbols APPENDIX 6C Bibliography zit‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 : LIST OF TABLES PAGE Blast Effects in Man Applicable to Fast-Rising Air Blasts of Short Duration (3-5 ms.) ... fee 1-23 50 Percent Probability of Penetrating Hunan Skin | |. eee cedeoa: Threshold of Serious Injury to Personnel Due to Fragment Impact |. 1-24 Examples of Equipment Shock Tolerances... s,s... ery Safe Separation Distance (bulk explosives) ©...) 0.) vs 225 Safe Separation Distance (munitions) ... ;. eee aaecearet Eg) Heat of Detonation and Heat of Combustion .. . cee 25278 List of Illustrations of Peak Incident Pressure and Impulse Produced by Surface Detonation of Various Explosives .. = 2-279 List of Illustrations for Average Peak Reflected Pressure” and Scaled Average Unit Reflected Impulse . . . eee fee trate 9285) List of Illustrations for Interior Side Wall Idealized Times 7 adT ... 2-286 Specific Weight and Gurney Energy Constant for Various Explosives 2-321 Initial Velocity of primary fragments for various geometries. . . 2-322 Mott Scaling Constants for Mild Steel Casings and Various Explo- sives . . eer enreepaeri tenets oe 2] “Drag Coefficient, Gy, for various shapes a 2-324 Steel Toughness . . « Rveseeceerseaeraiteee sessteodeetLeZaa29| Mass Density for Typical Soils and Rocks |)... 1. 11. 22338 Typical Seismic Velocities for Soils and Rocks sara 346 Coefficient of Friction for Concrete Foundation and Underlying Sod Matteo di ecm et eee aere eyes Eee ate cea < 25339 Ultimate Unit Resistance for One-Way Elements... . - 3-61 Ultimate Unit Resistance for Two-Way Elements (Symmetrical Yield Lines). 3-62 Ultimate Unit Resistance for Two- ay Elements (naymetrical “Yield” faneadieeeiieeeaisattee : . 3-63 Post ULtimate Unit Resistances for Two-Way Elements... . . . . 3-64 General and Ultimate Deflections for One-Way Elements 3-65 General, Partial Failure, and Ultimate Deflections for Two-Way Elements . an f - 3-66 Elastic and Elasto-Plastic Unit Resistances for One-Way Elements | 3-67 Elastic, Elasto-Plastic and Equivalent Elastic Stiffnesses for One-Way Elements . . . fea ene eet Support Shears for One-Way Elements + 3-69 Uitinate Support Shears for Two-Way Elements (Symmetrical Yield Lines) . . q 2 5 3-70 Ultimate Support Shears for Two-Way Elenents - “Unsyameerical Yield Lines). . é Ceieaa7e Transformation Factors for One-Way Elements . |. 23-83 Load-Mass Factors in the Elastic and Elasto-Plastic Ranges for ‘Two-Way Elements . . - 3-86 Details of computation by acceleration impulse extrapolation method... . eer tia2428. Figure numbers corresponding to various combinations of ¢, and C, 3-329 Response Chart Interpolation . . Se aeeise ieee Siueesiety 92990 Dynanie Increase Factor (DIF) for Design of Reinforced Concrete Elements... 0:1... : ena = 4225 wilt “‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR’ 88-22 Dynamic Design Stresses for Design of Reinforced Concrete Ele- Pee cts espace ats geronaerieteresrgeel ee riemier ereenee iueeras mat eeae nee er Minimum Area of Flexural Reinforcement be ath Si ecee 5 50 Minimum Design Shear Stresses for Slabs... . |. roy’ Restraint and Aspect Ratio Requirenents of Tension Membrane Behavior: . . eS ee » 4-66 Ultimate Shear Stress at Distance d, from Face of Support “for One- Way Elements . Pa eeaes eee = 4-67 Ultimate Shear Stress at Distance 4, from-Face of Support for Two- Way Elements... es 468 Deflection Coefficients for Interior Panels of Flat Slabs |. .°) ; 4-93 Impulse Coefficient ¢, for Two-Way Elements... ... 2... 4-136. Impulse Coefficient C, for Two-Way Elements ©. 7. 2)... 4-137 Impulse Coefficient C, for One-Way Elements ©... 2... 7. . 138 Shear Coefficients for Ultimate Shear Stress~at Distance 1d, from the Support for One-Way Elements (Cross Section Type II and III) 4-139 Shear Coefficients for Ultimate Shear Stress at Distance d, from the Support for Two-Way Elements (Cross Sections Type II and III) 4-140 Shear Coefficients for. Ultimate Shear for One-Way Elenents (Cross Section Type II and III) . . Beta, Shear Coefficients for Ultimate Support Shear for Two-Way Elements (Cross Section Type II and III). . i «4142 Relative Penetrability Coefficients for Various Missile Materials 4-218 Static Design Stresses for Materials . .. 5-14 Dynamic Increase Factor, c, for Yield Stress of Structural Steels | 5-15 Dynamic Increase Factor, c, for Ultimate Stress of Structural Steolal eae Peeters ec eeeeae eA Preliminary Dynamic Load Factors for Plates | | | seeStas Dynamic Design Shear Stress for Webs of Cold-forned Menbers (f, 4a ksi)... 5-60 Dynamic Design Shear Stress for Webs of Cold-formed Menbers: (fy, - 66 ksi). . 5-61 Dynamic Design Shear Stress for Webs of Cold-forned Menbers fa 88 ksi). . reeaieeerraeay 5-62 Summary of Deformation Criteria . Hi : 2» 5-63 Design Requirements for Sample Blast Doors |... . 1. 1s. 7 5-78 Effective Length Factors for Columns and Bean-Coluans. |. 5-80 Collapse Nechanisus for Rigid Franes with Fixed and Pinned Bases. | 5-92 Stiffness Factors for Single Story, Multi-Bay Rigid Frames Sub- jected to Uniform Horizontal Loading... . . -. . 2 5-93 Collapse Mechanisms for Rigid Frames with’ Supplementary Bracing and Pinned Bases...) ow ; 5-94 Collapse Nechanisus for Frames with Supplementary Bracing, “wonrig- 4d Girder-to-Column Connections and Pinned Bases... . = 5-95 Properties of Hollow Masonry Units. ©... 2... ss 6-24 Deflection Criteria for Masonry Walls... +. 6-26 Moment of Inertia of Masonry Walls ees eee reSgeec ei yestHi6e2 Summary of Suppressive Shield Groups . eee tera eee ge Charge Parameters for Safety Approved Shields | |. oi 6-72 Static Design Strength r, (psi), for Tempered Glass* [a ~ long dimension of glass pane’ (in.); b = short dimension of glass pane Ga]. ere liete tied soe ee 6-109 Minimum Design Thickness, Clearances, and Bite Requirements | ,.. ,6-116 xiv1H 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Maximum (b/t) Ratio for Linear Plate Behavior Under Blast Load and Coefficients for Resistance and Deflection and Fundamental Period of Simply Supported Glass Plates Based on Small Deflection Theory (No Tensile Membrane Behavior) ...- +--+. +++ +++ + 6-117 Coefficients for Frame Loading . . . ice eee eee ga Statistical Acceptance and Rejection Coefficients. . | 6-119 Fundamental Period of Vibration, T,, for Monolithic Teaperea ‘class 6-120 Eftective Elestic Static Restetancs, ryep ss. + + + 8-227 Blast Valves... peace tettegsree erie ttt + 6-163‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Sane ae 2-26 2-25 2-26 & LIST OF FIGURES : Explosive Protection System... 26. tes Survival curves for lung damage . Human ear damage due to blast pressure sere Hee Example of safe separation tests . 0... vb oe ee Safe separation test shields : Variation of structural response and blast loads" Parameters defining pressure design ranges Design ranges corresponding to location of the structural elements relative to an explosion Soleo cesar Blast loading categories»... 0... 5% Free-field pressure-time variation . . oe Peak incident pressure versus peak dynamic pressure, density of air behind shock front and particle velocity : Free-air burst environment Pressure-time variation for a free-air burst Peak incident pressure versus the ratio of normal reflected pressure/incident pressure for a free air burst . Positive phase shock wave parameters for a spherical TNT explosion” in free air at sea level Negative phase shock wave paraneters for a “spherical “aut explosion in free air at sea level Variation of reflected pressure as a function of angle of in- cidence . . . seer Variation of scaled reflected inpulse as a function of angle of incidence . eee Air burst environment | | pie aed eae Pressure-time variation for air burst...) 00s see Scaled height of triple point Surface bust blast environment Positive phase shock wave parameters for a hemispherical TNT. explosion on the surface at sea level . . Negative phase shock wave parameters for a hentspherical INT explosion on the surface at sea level . . Siegaee Explosive shapes seers : Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level tec ae Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level 2... se ee Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level Se sarees Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level See ae Eee Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level . . . Se ueiaes et Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level ae a Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level . . iPaper eer Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level»... ee ee es Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an explo- sion on the surface at sea level xvi PAGE 17 2 1-19 1-20 + 1-21 2-50 2-51 2-52 2-53 2-54 + 2-55 2-56 . 2-57 2-60 = 2-61 = 2-62 + 2-63 + 2-64 2-65 = 2-66 - 2-67 ~ 2-682-27 2-28 2-29 2-30 2-31 2-32 2-33 2-34 2-35 2-36 2-37 2-38 2-39 2-40 2-41, 2-42 2-43 2th Peak positive incident pressure and sion on the surface at a level... Peak positive incident pressure and scal sion on the surface at sea level . . . Peak positive incident pressure and sca sion on the surface at sea level . . . Peak positive incident pressure and sca sion on the surface at sea level ... . Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level... 2 0. ss Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level... 2. Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level Seed eee eee Peak positive incident pressure.and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level . . . Peak positive incident pressure and sca sion on the surface at sea level --..........- Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level TM 5-1300/MAVFAC P-397/APR 08-22 ‘led impulse for an led impulse for an sealed tapulse, for an led impulse. for an led impulse for an Peak positive incident. pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surfa: at sea level Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level... 2... 1... Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an ‘sion on the surfa level at sei Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level . . . Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level . . . Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an ‘sion on the surface at sea level Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level . . . . Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the surface at sea level . . . Peak positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an sion on the ‘surface at sea level 7 level... Confined explosion structures . . and cubicle configurations and Barrier Average Average 0.10) . Average Average Average 0.25) peak peak: pi Peak Peak reflected pressure (N= 1, reflected pressure (N = 1, reflected pressure (N= 1, reflected pressure (N= 1, reflected pressure (N= 1, xvit positive incident pressure and scaled impulse for an on the surface at sea level . positive incident pressure and scal on the surface at sea level positive incident pressure and sca! on the surface at sea level : positive incident pressure and: sca! sion on the ‘surface at aled impulse for an ‘led impulse for an ‘led impulse for an parameters ©. P/L = 0.10, b/H = P/L = 0.50, h/t = P/L = 0.10, b/H = W/L = 0.25" and 0.75, ht explo- explo- n explo- exple- np explo- explo- explo- explo- explo-” exple- explo- | explo- explo- explo- explo- explo- explo- explo- explo- explo- = 2-69 + 2-70 271 2-72 2-73 2-76 2-75 2-76 277° 2-78 22-79 2-80 ° 2-ar + 2-82 = 2-83 + 2-84 = 2-85 + 2-86 fn explo- explo- explo” 0.10) *. P/L = 0.25'and 0.75, h/t = 0.10) 0125) |TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 2-57 2-58 2-59 Average Average Average 0,50) Average Average Average 0.75) Average p Average Average Average Average Avera: Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average Average 0,10). Average Average Average 0.25). Average Average Average 0.50) Average Average Average 0.75). Average Average Average 0.10). Average Average 0.75) Average peak peak peak peak reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N= reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N= reflected pressure (N reflected pressure (N = reflected pressure (N= reflected pressure (N - reflected pressure (N= 0.25 and 0.75)... : : Average peak reflected pressure (N = 0.75) Average peak reflected pressure (N Average peak reflected pressure (N 0,50) . 2-100 Average peak reflected pressure (N = xviit B/L P/L P/L. + P/L P/L P/L PL P/L P/L PL P/L P/L P/L P/L P/L P/L PL P/L P/L P/L P/L P/L P/L PL P/L 2 B/L P/L. P/L = P/L P/L P/L P/L P/L P/L. P/L P/L P/L P/L P/E P/L PL P/L PL PL 0.50 h/tt,= 0.25) 0.10; b/H = 0.50) 0.25 and 0.75, h/t = 0.50, h/i = 0.50) 0.10, h/H = 0.75) - 0.25'and 0.75, h/a = 0.50, h/H 0.10, h/# 0.25, h/t 0.50, h/t 0.75, b/H 0.10, b/t 0.25, b/H 0.50, h/t 0.75, b/H 0.10, h/t 0.25, b/k 0.50, h/t 0.75, b/H 0.10, b/H 0.25, b/H 0.50, h/H 0.75, b/H 0.10, b/ 0.25 and 0.75, b/H 0.75) 0.10) 0.10). 0.10) 0.10) 0.25) . 0.25) 0.25) 0.25) 0.50) 0.50): . 0.50) . 0.50)+ 0.75) . 0.75) . 0.75) . 0.75) 0.10) 0.50, h/H = 0.10). 0.10, h/t = 0.25) 0.25’ and 0.75, b/d = 0.50, h/t = 0.25): : 0.10, h/H = 0.50) . 0.25 and 0.75, h/H = 0.50, h/t = 0.50) -. 0.10) h/H = 0.75) | 0.25'and 0.75, h/t = 0.50, h/t = 0,75) | 0.10, hy = 0.10) | 0.25’ and 0.75, h/ = 0.50, h/t = 0.10) | 0.10, h/H = 0.25 and 0.25 and 0.75, h/H# = 0.50, h/H — 0.25 and. 0.10, h/H = 0.50) 0.25 and 0.75, h/t - 0.50, h/t = 0.50) + 2-99 2-100 2-101 2-102 2-103 2-104 2-105 2-106 2-107 2-108 2-109 2-110 2-111 2-112 2-113 2-114 2-115 2-116 2-117 2-118 2-119 2-120 2-121 2-122 2-123 2-124 2-125 2-126 2-127 2-128 2-129 2-130 2-131 2-132 2-133 2-134 2-135 2-136 2-137 2-138 2-139 2-140 2-141 2-1422-101 2-102 2-103 2-104 2-105 2-106 2-107 2-108 2-109 2-110 2-111 2-112 2-113 2-114 2-115 2-116 2-117 2-118 2-119 2-120 2-121. 2-122 2-123 2-124 2-125 2-126 2-127 Sealed average unit 0 ae Sealed average unit b/d = 0.10)... Scaled average unit 0.10)... Scaled average unit 0.25) Scaled average unit lO SO; eee Scaled average unit Wf = 0.50) 2 se Scaled average unit 0.50)... Sealed average unit Ot ys yecspistereiiae Scaled average unit hf = 0.75)... Sealed average unit 0.75) . Scaled average unit Ora0yE estes Scaled average unit 0.10)... Sealed average unit 0.10) Scaled average unit reflected reflected TH 5-1300/RAVFAG P-397/AFR impulse (N= 1, P/L = 0.10, b/H = impulse (N= 1,-P/L + 0.25 and 0.75, Feflected reflected reflected reflected reflecté reflected reflected imp reflected reflected impulse (N= 1, P/L = 0.50, b/H = ve 'L, P/L * 0.10, by 0.25 and'0.75, Pree -" owt 0, = 0,50, n/a = = 0.10; byw = 0.25 and 0.75, Oe Eeesisaeteeeteeete ates eee ta teste Seepe eto ey Cateye Eee Scaled average unit 0.25) . Sealed average unit Ds Dade ere eeieeeetictee tetera dere cna Scaled average unit Ora) eaeiseetce Sealed average unit 0.25) . Sealed average unit 0.50) . Scaled average unit Scaled average unit 0.50) : Sealed average unit 0.50) . Scaled average unit OI eee ee Scaled average unit Deg) teeters erate Scaled average unit 0.75) reflected reflected reflected reflected reflected reflected i reflected impulse (N= 2, B/L = 0.25, b/H = impulse (w= '2 impulse (N= 2, B/L = 0.75, h/t = impulse (N'= 2, P/L = 0.25, b/H = impulse (N= 2, P/L = 0.50, h/H = xix 88-22 25143 2-146 2-145 2-146 2-147 2-148 2-149 2-150 2-151. 2-152 2-153 2-154 2-155 2-156 2-157 2-158 2-159 2-160 2-161 2-162 2-163 2-164 2-165 2-166 2-167 2-168 2-169TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 2-128 2-129 2-130 2-131 2-132 2-133 2-134 2-135 2-136 2-137 2-138 2-139 2-140 2-141 2-142 2-143 2-144 2-145 2-146 2-147 2-148 2-149 2-150 2-151 2-152 2-153 2-154 2-155 2-156 2-157 2-158 2-159 Scaled average unit 0.75) . Scaled average unit 0.10) . Scaled average unit b/H = 0.10) Scaled average unit 0.10) Scaled average unit 0.25). . Scaled average unit h/t = 0.25) . Scaled average unit 0.25) . Sealed average unit 0.50) . Scaled average unit h/H_= 0.50)... . Sealed average unit 0.50) Sealed average unit 0.75) = Scaled average unit bf = 0.75). Sealed average unit 0.75)». Scaled average unit 0.10) . Scaled average unit hf = 0.10) Scaled average unit 0.10) Scaled average unit 0.25 and 0.75) Geer Scaled average unit reflected impulse h/H = 0.25 and 0.75). Sealed average unit 0.25 and. 0.75) Scaled average unit 0.50) . Scaled average unit h/t = 0.50) Scaled average unit 0.50) Reflection factor for shock loads on frangible elements. reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected inpulse reflected impulse reflected inpulse reflected impulsé reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected impulse reflected tnpuise (N= 2, P/L Q's) BL wes, PBL (e's, PL (we'3) BL Wwe '3) BL we 3, Qa'3! PL als) ba (N= 3. P/L wes) et a3) BAL a's) ek Qe Pa Qala. PL (= 4) PL a4) PL a4) et ea, BL e = 4, PL awe '6) PL We 4, PL = 0.75, h/t = = 0.10, n=” = 0.25 and 0.75, = 0.50, b/a = = 0.10, Bf = = 0.25 and 0:75, = 0.50, ht = 0.10, b/i - = 0.25 and 0.75. = 0.50, h/t = 0.10; nya = = 0.25 and 0.75, = 0.50, h/t = 20.10, hyit = = 0,25 and 0.75, = 0.50, h/t = = 0.10, h/t = ~ 0.25 and 0.73, ~0.50, b/w = = 0.10, bf = = 0.25 and 0.75, = 0.50, b/H = Pressure-time variation for a partially vented explosion. '. Peak gas pressure produced by a TNT detonation in contained chamber. Scaled Scaled Scaled Scaled Scaled Scaled Scaled gas gas gas gas gas gas gas impulse tmpuls impulse impulse impulse impulse impulse (Ne = OA, = (Ne GIN, WN, Ns ON, 0.002, 0,002, 0.015, t t 0.015, 4,/¥ 1, 23 2/3 2/3 0.015, tne 0.15," 4,/84? = 20) x ‘0.002, £,/8%/9 = 20). es 100) . 600) . 20). 100) 600) a partially 2-170 2a 2-172 2-173 2-174 2-175 2-176 2-177 2-178 2-179 2-180 2-181 2-182 2-183 2-184 2-185 2-186 2-187 2-188 2-189 2-190 2-191 2-192 2-193 2-196 2-195 2-196 2-197 2-198 2-199 2-200 2-2012-160 2-161 2-162 2-163 2-164 2-165 2-166 2-167 2-168 2-169 2-170 2-171 2-172 2-173 2-174 2-175 2-176 2-177 2-178 2-179 2-180 2-181 2-182 2-183 2-184 2-185 2-186 2-187 2-188 2-189 2-190 2-191 TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Scaled gas impulse (W/V, Scaled gas impulse (W/V; Scaled gas impulse (W/V; 0.15, 4,/8 = 100) 0.15, 4,704 = 600) 1-0, Lats = 100) Scaled gas impulse (W/V; = i,/#? = 600) Scaled gas impulse (W/V, = rol 2/29 = 2000) Combined shock and gas pressures... . TNT conversion factor for charges,, Fully vented three-wall cubicles and direction of blast wave propagation. 22... 2 Envelope curves for peak positive pressure outside three-wall cubicles without a roof. 2... eee Envelope curves for peak positive pressure outside three-wall cubicles with a roof Envelope curves for maximum peak pressure outside three-wall cubicles... ine Scaled peak positive impulse out the open front wall cubicle without a roof, Scaled peak positive impulse out the open front three-wall cubicle without a roof .. . Scaled peak positive impulse behind sidewall of cubicle without a roof a paces Scaled peak positive impulse behind sidewall of wall cubicle without a roof... . os. Scaled peak positive impulse behind backwall of cubicle without a roof Scaled peak positive impulse behind backwall of wall cubicle without a roof... .. J... Scaled peak positive impulse out the oven front wall cubicle with a roof Scaled peak positive impulse out the open front three-wall cubicle with a roof .. . Scaled peak positive impulse behind sidewall of cubicle with @ roof Scaled peak positive impulse behina staeuai) oF wall cubicle with a roof . . Scaled peak positive impulse behind backwall ox cubicle witha roof... ...... Scaled peak positive impulse behind backwall of wall cubicle with a roof :.... : Four wall cubicle vented through its roof of cubic three- of rectangular” cubic three-wall rectangular three- cubic three-wall rectangular three. of cubic three- of rectangular cubic three-wall” rectangular three- ecu three-wall rectangular. three- Peak positive pressure outside of a four-wall cubicle vented through its roof tue Scaled positive impulse outside of a four-wall cubicle vented through its roof .. . Four wall cubicle vented through # wall and direction of blast wave propagation . . . ee Peak positive pressure at the front of a partially vented four- wall cubicle Peak positive Pressure ‘at the side of a partially vented four-wall, cubicle Peak positive pressure at the back of a partially vented four wall cubicle . . . cacy Idealized pressure-time variation. Front wall loading. 2-202 2-203 2-204 2-205 2-206 2-207 2-208 2-209 2-210 2-211 2-212 2-213 2-218 2-215 2-216 2-217 2-218 2-219 2-220 2-221 2-222 2-223 2-224 2-225 2-226 2-227 2-228 2-229 2-230 2-231 2-232 2-233,‘TM 5:1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 2-192 Velocity of sound in reflected overpressure region versus peak incident overpressure 7 Reflected pressure coefficient versus angle of incidence. Reflected scaled impulse versus angle of incidence. . Roof and side wall loading. 2-193 2-196 2-195 2-196 2-197 2-198 2-199 2-200 2-201 2-202 2-203 2-200 2-205 2-206 2-207 2-208 2-209 2-210 2-211 2-212 2-213 2-214 2-215 2-236 2-217 2-218 2-219 2-220 2-221 2-222 2-223 2-226 Peak equivalent uniform roof pressures. Scaled rise time of equivalent uniform positive roof pressures Scaled duration of equivalent uniform roof pressures. Rear wall loading. ae Idealized structure configuration for interior blast loads Idealized interior blast loads Sub-division of typical front wall with openings. Maximum average pressure on interior face of front wall (W/H 3/4) Maximum average pressure on interior face of front wall (W/N 3/2)... Maximum average pressure on interior face of front wall (W/R 3). 6). and 3/2)... Maximum average pressure on interior ‘face of front wall urn - Artival time, T,, for interior front wall blast load’ (W/H ~ 3/4 Arrival time, Ty, for intertor front wall blast load (WA = 3 end eye Idealized rise time, T, - Ty, for interior front wall blast load (W/A = 3/4 and 3/2) Idealized rise time, T, - Tj, for interior front wall blast load (I/H = 3 and 6) + Idealized duration, Ty - Ty, for interior front wall blast load At 3/4 and 3/2) Idealized duration, 1, - (W/H = 3 and 6) Idealized times T, and T, Idealized times 1, WA = 3/4) Idealized times. 1, W/H = 3/2) Idealized times 1, W/H = 3) Idealized times 1, WH = 6). Idealized times 2, W/H = 3/4). Idealized times 2, W/ = 3/2) Idealized times 2, W/R= 3). Idealized times 2, WH = 6). Idealized times 4, Wt = 3/4) Idealized tines 4, W/R = 3/2) Idealized times 4, WH = 3). Ts and T, ‘and 7, “and hy and T, and T, and T, and Ty and T, and T, and Ty and Ty ‘Ty, for interior front wall blast load for for for for for for for for for for for for interior interior Interior interior interior interior interior interior interior interior interior interior xxl side wall side wall side wall ‘side wall t ‘side wall t ‘side wall ‘side wall side wall ‘side wall side wall side wall side wall blast load blast load (L/H blase ‘Load fa blast load (L/it blast blast blast blast blase blast dlase blast ‘oad load load oad load ‘lead load ‘load an apa an ayn af afi aya aya eae 2-234 2-235 2-236 2-237 2-238 2-239 2-240 2-241 2-202 2-243 2-244 2-205 2-246 2-267 2-208 2-209 2-250 2-252 2-253 2-254 2-255 2-256 2-257 2-258 2-259 2-260 2-261 2-262 2-263 2-264 2-265 2-266TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 2-225 Idealized times T, and T, for-interior side wall blast load (L/H = 4, WAL = 6) Se eaeeaeeuedeaeaeeeaed a eaeeey See eancttt feta = 26], 2-226 Idealized times T, and T, for interior side wall blast load (L/H = CTs; Bele), 0 ele eeepasrtioirneseartis ae a z 2-268 2-227 Idealized times T, and T, for interior side wall blast load (L/H = ISS M/M ee /2) Hearst secre ete cee eco areca ces cee eee ETID EDS. 2-228 Idealized times T, and T, for interior side wall blast load (L/H = 8 W/-3). : : : f we F 2-270 2-229 Idealized times T, and T, for interior side wall blast load (L/il = 8, Wn 6)... : beeaeeee eee : 2-271 2-230 Idealized pressure coefficient for back wall interior blast load (= land 2)... : 2-272 2-231 Idealized pressure coefficient for back wall interior blast load (f= 4 and 8)... 2-273 2-232 Arrival time, Ty, for interior back wall blast load (W/H = 3/4 and S72) 7 + 2-276 2-233 arrival time, Ty, for interior back wall blast load (w/H = 3 ands eee pe eco 75) 2-234 Idealized time T, and T, for interior back wall blast load. |. 2-276 2-235 Leakage pressure coefficient vs. pressure differential . . |... 2-277 2-236 Explosive outer casing separated by incompressible fluid . 2-306 2-237 Initial velocity of primary fragments for various geometries | . 2-305 2-238 M4/B versus cylindrical casing geometry «. 2-306 2-239 Design fragment weight versus design confidence level (0.3. Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse. (C, = 0.681, Cz ~ 300.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C; ~ 0.648 C, = 300.) . « Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-fréedom for bilinear-triangular ‘pulse (C, = 0.619, C; = 300.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.590, Gz ~ 300.) ”. . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.562, C, = 300.) . . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedém for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.536, Cz - 300.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.511, C; ~ 300.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.487, C, ~ 300.)" Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.464; Cz = 300.) °. Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 0.422, C, ~ 300.) Maximim response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 0.383, C, = 300.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-fieedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, - 0.365, Cy ~ 300.) . - Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one‘degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.348, C, ~ 300.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of- freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C; = 0.316, C, = 300.) Maximum responsé of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, - 0.287, C, = 300.) . . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-fréedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 0.274,"Cz = 300.) . . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of- freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0,261, C, ="300.)’ . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C; = 0.237, Cz - 300:) . . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degreé-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.215, C, = 300.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of- freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.198, C - 300.) .”. Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of- freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse: (C, - 0.178, C; ~ 300.) eee cas Gnas: a system” ae: aysten system system system ae system system - syieda tystan oe faa: syieen’ system syacen’ system’ system system system system system system 3-231 3-232 3-233 3-236 3-235 3-236 3-237 3-238 3-239 ‘3-240 3-241 3-262 3-263 3-264 3-205. 3-246 3-207 3-248 3-249 3-250 3-251 3-252 3-253 3-256 3-255 3-256 3-2573-200 Maximum response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, — 3-201 Maximum respénse’ of ‘elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular :pulse (¢, = 3-202 Maxinum respohse’ of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-tiidngular pulse (C, — 3-203 Maximum response of ‘elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular’ pulse (¢, =: 3-204 Maximuu' response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 3-205 Maximus response’ of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, — 3-206 Maxiimun response of elasto-plastic, “for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 3-207 Maximum response of ‘elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, — 3-208 Maximum response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-trianguler pulse (C, =. 3-209 Maximum response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 3-210 Maximum’ response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, — 3-211 Maximum response’ of elasto“plastic, for bilinear-triangular ‘pulse’ (C, 3-212 Maximum ‘response’ of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (G, = 3-213 Maximum response’ of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, — 3-214 Maximum response, of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (¢, ~ 3-215 Maximum response of elasto-plastic for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 3-216 Maximum resporisé of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (G, =: 3-217 Maximum respéhse of elasto-plastic; for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 3-218 Maximum response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (¢, = 3-219 Maximum response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear;triangular pul'se (¢, = 3-220 Maximum response ‘of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (CG, - 3-221, Maximum response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C,'~ 3-222 Maximuti response of elasto-plastic, for bilinear-triangular. pulse (¢, = 3,223 Maximum response" of elasto-plastic; for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 3-224 Maxiimum response of elasto-plastic, “ “for bilinear-triangul'ar’ pulse (C, = 3-225 Maximum response ‘of elasto-plastic, “for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 3-226 Maximum response of elasto-plastic; for bilinear-triangular- pulse (¢, = vot TH '5-1300/NAVFAC F-397/AFR 88-22 one-degree-of-freedom system 0.162, C2 - 300.) 2... ohe-degree-of- frecdom ‘system 0.147, Cy = 300.) 2 Se one-degree-of freedom system 0.133," G, = 300.) one-degree-of-freedon systen 0.121, C, = 300.) . 3. one-degree-of-freedon systen’ 0.110, C, = 300.) . +: one-degree-of ‘freedom systen 0.100, C, = 300.) . . + one-degree-of-freedom systen 0.091, c, = 300.) one-degree-of freedom ‘system 0.083, C, = 300.) . . . 3-258 3-259 3-260 3-261 3-262 one-degree-of “freedom system ” 0.075,°G, = 300.) . . . one-degree-of-freedom system 0.068, Cp = 300.) one-degree-of-freedom system * 0.056, Cp = 300.) . : one-degree-of-freedom system = 0,046, C,= 300.) .... one-degree-of freedom system 0.062, Cp = 300.) .*. Sne-degree-of freedom aysten 0.032, C, = 300.) oné-degree-of freedom systeit = 0.026, C, = 300.) . . one-degree-of freedom system 0.022, C= 300.) one-degree-of freédom system 0.018, C, ='300.) ‘one-degree-of- freedom system 0.015, Cp = 300.) . one-degree-of-freedom system 0.013, C= 300.)°- 2 2. one-dogree-of-freedom system: 0.010, C, = 300.) one-dogree-of-freedom system 0.909, = 1000.) : one-degree-of-freedom system 0.866; Cz = 1000.) one-degree-of-freedom system 0.825, C,'= 1000.) oné-degree-of-freedoa system 0.787, Cy = 1000.) one-degree-of- freedom ”system 0.750, C, = 1000.) one-degree-of-freedom ‘system 0.715, Cp = 1000.) . one-degree-of-frecdom system 27 3-286 0.681, C, = 1000:) 3-263 3-264 3-265 3-266 3-267 3-268 3-269 * 3-270 3-271 3-272 3-273 7 3-27H 3.275 3-276 3-277 3-278 3-279 3-280 3-281 3-282 3-283‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 3-227 3-228 3-229 3-230 3-231 3-232 3-233 3-234 3-235 3-236 3-237 3-238 3-239 3-260 3-241 3-242 3-243 3-264 3-245 3-246 3-247 3-268 3-249 3-250 3°251 3-252 3-253 Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (G, = 0.648, C; ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, - 0.619, Cz 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular, pulse (C, - 0.590, C, ~-1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of -freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.562, C, ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom s for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, - 0.536, CG, ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of- freedom, for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.511, C, ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 0.487, C, ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of- freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 0.464, Cz = 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.422, C, = 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.383, Cy-1000:) . . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triengular pulse (C, = 0.365, G, = 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, dne-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.348, Cy — 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (G, ~ 0.316, C, ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, - 0.287, Cz = 1000.) . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.274, C, = 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.261, C= 1000.) . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of- freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (G, - 0.237, C; ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, - 0.215, C, — 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 0.198, Cz ~ 1000.) . Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (G ~ 0.178, C, ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one;degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular, pulse (C, - 0.162, C, = 1000.) ‘Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.147, C; ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (CG, - 0.133, Cz - 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.121, C, = 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for. bilinear-triangular pulse (C,= 0.110, C, = 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of- freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 0.100, Cz ~ 1000.) Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, ~ 0.091, C, = 1000.) xexit system eter) syst ae 3-286 system ste 34287 system . 3-288 3-289 seeteiges 92200 system septs 200 system ce | 39292 system -_ 3-293 system for ee 36296 system ss 36295 system ss 3-296 system es 3-297 system pss, 39298 system near ga209 system so 3-300 system oes 36301 system spe g 300 system Peer it 9309 system ns 36306 system, wo 39305 system, aetna 306 system ettigts 5:07 system : 3-308 system wie, 3-509 system ey 3-310 system”. ee 3-3113-254. 3-255 3-256 3-257 3-258 3-259 3-260 3-261 3-262 3-263 3-264 3-265 3-266 3-267 3-268 3-269 “reinforcement on opposite faces. ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR Maximum’ response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, - 0.083, G,- 1000.) .... Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.075, C= 1000.) .... Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.068, C,= 1000.) ..... Maxiiium response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse’ (C, - 0.056, C,~ 1000.) ... . Maximum response of elasto-plastic; one-degree-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.046, C,~ 1000.) ..... Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom-system for bilinear-triangular pulse (G, 0.042, C,= 1000.) .... Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom systen for bilinear=triangular pulse’(C, = 0.032,°C3= 1000.) . a. . Maximum response of -elasto-plastic, one-degree-of -freedom:system for bilinedr-triangular pulse’ (C, = 0.026,-C,= 1000.) ..... Maximum response of ‘elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, = 0.022, C= 1000.) .s.... Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degreé-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse (C,- 0.018, C,- 1000.) . . : Maximum response of ¢lasto-plastic, one-degreé-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse-(C, = 0.015, Cp = 1000.) ..... Maximum response of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom system for bilinear-triangular pulse (C, - 0.013, C, = 1000.) pee Maximum response ‘of elasto-plastic, one-degree-of-freedom system for bilinear-erLangular pulse (Cy ~ 0.010, ¢; = 1000.) « Graphical interpolation . oa Elastic rebound of simple spring-mass system.’ Pressure-time and resistance-time curves for elements which respond to impulse. . =. .» Typical-resistance-deflection curve for flexural response of concrete ‘elements . ”. flee jeer aeaeeaeaupeeeaate Single leg stirrups Lacing reinforcement Typical resistance-deflection curve for tension aenbrane response of concrete .°. aceasta See eetareS area Typical laced'wall | | 1 1 : Failure of a laced element’... .. Failure of an-unlaced element . : Typical stress-strain curves for concrete and reinforcing steel | Design curve for DIF for ultimate compressive strength of con- crete... Design curve for DIFifor. vista stress of ASTM A 615 grade 60. reinforcing steel . Coefficient for moment of inertia of cracked. sections with tension -reinforcement only Coefficient for mokent ‘of inertia of cracked sections wien, equal". Typical reinforced'conerete cross sections | ae eeecee tes Location of: critical sections: for diagonal tension . dae Angle of inclination of lacing bars... .. 2.2 0. Geonétry for standard hooked reinforcement 7 Relationship between design parameters for unlaced elements . Idealized resistance-deflection curve for large deflections . vex 88-22 3-312 3-313 3-314 3-315 3-316 3-317 3-318 3-319" 3-320 3-321, 3-322 3-323 32326 3-325 3-326 3-327 4-9 + 4-10 4-lL 4-12 4-13 res 4-15 4-22 4-23 - 431 + 46 1 4-47 1 448 2 449 24-63 4-64TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 peepeeseenet SSSUAGESSess 4-37 4-38 4-39 4-40 4-41 4-42 4243 ns 4245 4-46 4-47 Determination of ultimate shears... . . ae typical flat slab structure...) s HSE Relationship between design paraneters for flat slabs... . Unit moments .-. : : Typical resistance-defiection functions for flat slabs... - Yield line pattern for multi-panel flat slab Quarter panel of flat slab... eee ee Dynamic resistance-deflection curve 2... ne Critical locations for shear stresses». 6... . Typical column loads . : Relationship between design parameters for laced elements Impulse coefficient C, for an element with.two adjacent edges fixed and two edges free... ee Impulse coefficient C, for an element with three edges fixed and one edge free : . ae ee Yupulse coefficient C, for an clement with four. edges fixed -. Impulse coefficient C, for an element with two adjacent edges . fixed and two edges free... . fein oe Impulse coefficient C, for an clenent with three edges fixed and one edge free. . . sve : Impulse coefficient C, for an clenent with four edges fixed . Determination of optimum ratio of py/py for. maximum impulse “capacity . . Optimun ratio of py/py For maximum capacity at ‘partial failure deflection, X: Optimun-ratio of py/py for maximum capacity’ at Incipient failure, Vertical shear coefficients for ultimate shear stress at distance 4, from the support (cross section type II and II) Horizontalushear coefficients for ultimate shear stress at dis- tance d, from the support (cross section type II and III)... . Vertical shear parameters ‘for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (eross section type II and III) .. +...» Vertical shear coefficient ratios for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (cross section type II and IIT) Horizontal shear parameters for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (cross section type II and ITI) Horizontal. shear coefficient ratios for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (cross section type II and III) . . Vertical shear parameters for ultimate shear stress at distance-d, from the support (cross section type II and. III) Vertical shear coefficient ratios for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (cross section type II and III) Horizontal shear parameters for ultimate-shear stress at distance 4, from the support (cross section type II and III)... . .. - Horizontal shear coefficient ratios for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (cross section type II and III) . . Vertical shear parameters for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (cross section type II. and III) Vertical shear coefficient ratios for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (cross section type II and 111) Horizontal:shear parameters for ultimate shear stress at distance d, from the support (cross section type II and IIT) Horizontal shear coefficient ratios. for ultimate shear stress ,at distance d, from the support (cross section type II and III) wooriv 4-110 41d 4112 4-113 potes 4-115 4-116 4-17 Gls. 4-119 4-120 e121 4-122 4-123 4-126 4-125, 4-126 4-127 4-128 e129 4-130 4-1314-53 4-56 bo RSSSSIRASSSSS ear peepeseeseeperee peegpeeee geesesess TM 5-1300/SAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Shear coefficients for.ultimate support shear (cross section type II and TIT) Seeder ate Shear coefficients for ultimate support shear (ctoss section type Il and TI)... eee tte aascen ica aee Shear coefficients for ultimate support,shear (cross-section type Uané III)... . fae Serer eee ate Shear coefficients for ultimate support shear (cross section type II and III)... sere tee susie tec aeeeeeieteecs Attenuation of blast impulse in sand and concrete, w, - 85 pef~ . Attenuation of blast impulse in sand and concrete, v, — 100 pcf . Relationship between design parameters for beans : Arrangement of reinforcenent for conbined flexure and torsion . Colum interaction diagram 2.2... ee Typical interior colum sections : : Direct spalled element ........... Scabbed element . .. eee era eeeaeraee Spall threshold for blast waves loading walls : : Unspalled panel of composite panel ‘a Shielding systems for protection against concrete fragnents . | Rigid attachment of fragment shield to barrier tee Failure of an unlaced element... . 2. .+ eerste Failure at plastic hinges of laced elements . see Backwall failure of cubicle with laced reinforcement ‘ Idealized curves for determination of post-failure Eragaent velocities . . a Post-failure coefficient G; for an elenent fixed on two adjacent, edges and two edges free : Post-failure coefficient C; for an elenent fixed on three edges and one edge free. . . x Post-failure coefficient C, for an element fixed on four edges Perforation and spalling of concrete due to primary fraguence . Shape of standard primary-fragments . Concrete penetration chart for ernor-piercing steel fragments . Residual fragment velocity upon perforation of concrete barriers (for cases. where x < 2d)... . ce Residual fragment velocity upon perforation of: (1) Concrete barriers (for cases where x > 24) (2) Sand layers... .'.:. Depth of penetration into sand by standard primary fragments Typical flexural reinforcement splice pattern for close-in ef- fects... eee eee ise eeenteiescae Typical section through conventionally reinforced concrete wall Floor slab-wall intersections -, . . . Typical horizontal corner details of conventionally reinforced concrete walls -. . Preferred location of lap splices for a two-way element fixed on four edges... . eeaenca treme naae Splice locations for multi-span slab : : Section through colum-of flat slab... 0... Le Laced reinforced element ..............., Typical lacing bend details... lt Typical methods of lacing ae Typical location of continuous and discontinuous lacing » |. Typical details for splicing of lacing bars... ...:... Length oflacing bars . . see eae Reinforcement details of laced concrete walls |... 1... 4-132 4-133 4134 4.135 4-147 4-148 4-166 4-165 4-178 4-179 4-192 4-193 4-196 4-195 4-196 4-197 4-198 42199 4-200 4-201 4-202 4-203 4-206 4-212 4-213 4-216 4-215 4-216 4-217 », 4-234 4-235 4-236 4-237 4-238 4-239 4-240 4-241 4-242, 4-263 4-244 4-245 4-246 4-247TM 5-1300/NAVPAC P-397/AFR 88-22 ¢ 4-96 Typical deta{l-at'Intersection of two continuous laced walls* . “4-248 4-97 Typical detail at intersection of continuous and discontinuous : Laced Walls te te eet et e249 4-98 Typical detail at corner of laced walls . . . De e250 4-99 Intersection of continuous’ and discontinuous wall extensions . 4-100 Corner details for laced:walls without-wall extensions” 4-101 Element reinforced with single leg stirrups . . : 4-102 Typical detail at corner for walls reinforced with single leg stirrups... : ’ “ pane 4-103 Reinforcement detail of wall with single’ leg” seatrups : 4-104 Typical composite’ wall details cana pie 4-105 Typical single-cell structures -.. 2... 0. 0. 4-106 Typical multicubicle structures . te a 4-107 Pouring sequence... ee ee ee Laced wallé-without 5-1” Typical stress-strain curves:for steel. 1... et 5-12 5-2. Dynamic increase factors for yield stresses at varidus strain rates for ASTM A-36 and A-514 steels. Se ease 5-3 * Member end rotations for beams and francs. ° . DDD all seas 5-4’ Relationships between design .paraneters for béams. 2) 2... .'.-5+2h- 5-5. Relationships between design: parameters ‘for plates... 2. 2. % ./5-257 5-6 Theoretical stress distribution for pure bending «t various stages’ of dynamic loading. . . . + 5-35 5-7 - Moment-curvature diagram for simple-cupported, dynamically Loaded, T-shaped beans. . . Seer 5-36 5-8 Values of & for use in equations 5-20 and 5-21.°. 1¢1)) 0 11... 15-37 5-9 Typical lateral bracing details.’ . . feneen 5-38 5-10 Moment-curvature diagram for dynamically loaded plates and rectan- gular cross section beans. Geeay 2 S41, 5-11" Biaxial bending of a doubiy-symmetric section. . . ote 5242 5-12 Resistance-deflection curve for a typical cold-formed section. | ’.”5-55-- 5-13 Elastic rebound of single-degree-of=freedom system: . . 2 295-56 5-14 ‘Allowable dynamic (design) shéar stresses for webs of cold- |... 5-57 5-15 ‘Maximum end support reaction for cold-formed steel sections . . . . 5-58 5-16 Maximum interior support reaction for cold-formed steel... . .°.". 5-59 5-17! Gasket detail for blast door.'. . ’. 2 5-69. 5-18 Built-up double-leaf blast door with frane built into concrete, |”. 5-70 * 5-19 Horizontal sliding blast door. . " we 5e7L 5-20-'Single-leaf blast door with fraguent shield (very high pressure). .° 5-72 5-21" Single-leaf blast door (high pressure) SaeetiSe7a 5-22 “Bilinear blast load and single-degree-of-freedom response for . determining rebound'resistance. .. -. 5 5-74 5-23 Orientation of roof purlins with respect to blast. load direction for frame blast loading. . . SE wee te es 589 5-24 Estimates of peak shears and axial loads in rigid frames due to horizontal loads. a“ eecteceie + 675-90 5-25 Estimates of peak shears and axial loads in brac nd frames due to horizontal loads. . . faeecee eee eg eer ae Cette eeineeee vit S20, 5-26 Corner connection behavior. |. raises ieceteea site 9a 00 5-27 . Typical connections for cold-fored steel panels. | 5-101 5-28 Steel penetration design chart - AP steel fraguents penetrating nild steel plates. 5-29 -Seeel penetration design chart - ‘nila steel Fragments. “penetrating mild! pees! plates: iuise date sitar ie le te eles S205 variBSataGrose ee ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Residual fragment velocity upon perforation of st Typical framing plan for a single-story blast-resistant structure. . Serer aa teeter Typical framing detail at interior Column 2-6 Typical framing detail at-end Column 1-C. Typical framing detail at side column 2-D. ‘Typical framing detail at corner Column 1-D. L barriers. . steel Typical details for cold-formed, light gage steel paneling. Typical welded connections for attaching cold-formed steel panels to supporting members. Typical bolted connections for attaching cold-forned steel panels to supporting members. |... 1. Details of typical fasteners for cold-f Single-leaf blast door installed in a steel stru Double-leaf blast door installed in a concrete structure, Coupression-arch and tension-arch blast doors. Masonry wall with flexible support Masonry wall with rigid support . . Concrete masonry walls Typical joint reinforced masonry construction . . Special masonry unit for use with reinforcing ba arching action of non-reinforced masonry wall . Typical concrete masonry units .... 2... Connection details for rebound and/or negative overpressures Deflection of non-reinforced masonry walls formed steel panels. ieture. rs Structural behavior of non-reinforced solid masonry panel with rigid supports i Common precast elements . | | Typical stress-strain curve for high strength wi Roof slab-to-girder connection... 2s Typical wall panel-to-roof slab connection Wall panel-to foundation connection... . . . Typical panel splice . . . General layout of pre-engineered building Recommended pre-engineered building design loads General configuration of suppressive shield groups General configuration of suppressive shield groups (continued) | Typical utility penetration . Typical location of utility penetration in shield groups 4, 81 mm . Typical location of utility penetrations in shield group 3 Typical vacuum line penetration . Sliding personnel door : Door - group 3 shield. 6... 1 1s Rotating product door Characteristic Paraneters for Glass Pane, Blast tance Function and Response Model. . . . Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass t= 1/4 and 5/16 in). Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass t= 3/8 and 1/2 in) . Peak Blast Pressure Capscity for Tempered Glass t= 5/8 and 3/4 in)... ee xxvii 5, and Loading, Resis- Panes (a/b ~ 1.00, Panes (a/b = 1.00, 5 Benes (app = 1.00, 5-106 5-109 5-110 5-111 5-112 5-113 5-114 5-115 5-116 5-117 5-118 5-119 5-120 6-14 6-15 6-16 - 6-17 + 6-18 6-19 6-20 + 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-36 6-37 6-38 6-39 6-40 6-41, 6-53 6-54 6-62 6-63 6-64 6-65 6-66 : » 6-67 6-68 6-69 + 6-70 . 6-83 6-84 . 6-85 6-86TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 6-31 6-32 6-33 6-36 6-35 6-36 6-37 6-38 6-39 6-40 6-41 6-42 6-43 6-53 6-55 6-56 6-57 6-58 6-59 6-60 6-61 6-62 6-63 Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass Panes (a/b ~ 1.25, t= 1/4 and 5/16 in) Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass Panes (a/b = 1.25, t= 3/8 and 1/2 in)... ee teeieeestiateetee tata Fonk Stace Preasure Gapactty for"Tompeied-GLasa tenes (a/b'='1°25, t= 5/8 and 3/4 in) Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass Panes (a/b = 1.50, t= 1/4 and 5/16 in) Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass Panes (a/b =-1.50, t= 3/8 and 1/2 in) Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass Panes (a/b = 1.50, t= 5/8 and 3/4 In) . fetes Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered t= 1/4 and 5/16 in) oe wt Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered t= 3/8 and 1/2 in)... Heese Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered t = 5/8 and 3/4 in) cues Peak Blast Pressure Capacity ‘for Tempered t= 1/4 ané 5/16 in) cena Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered t = 3/8 and 1/2 in) Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered-Glass Panes (a/b = 2.00, t= 5/8 and 3/4 in) . 2. Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass Panes (a/b = 3.00, t= 1/4 and 5/16 in) 2. ee Peak Glace rrseeute, Capactiy’ fox" Tenpered Glass Hanes (a/o'~'3/00, t = 3/8 and 1/2 in) . ease Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered t = 5/8 and 3/4 in) tee Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered t = 1/4 and 5/16 in) Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass Panes (a/b = 4.00, t= 3/8 and 1/2 in) . Peak Blast Pressure Capacity for Tempered Glass Panes (a/b ~ 4.00, t= 5/8 and 3/4 in)... ri Nondimensional Static Load-Stress Relationships £ for Simply sup- ported Tempered Glass. 2... 1 eb eee pa erieraster Nondimensional Static Load-Crater Deflection Rolactonships for Simply Supported Tempered Glass... .. . tesa Rage, Face, and Bite Requirements Diseribucion of Lateral Load Transmitced by Glass Pane to the Window Frame . . Eeceaa afiee ata aa Seen Ea Geonetry of a buried structure |) 2) 1) lle ‘Typical roof panel load. . ... dereravernenaeeniy Contribution of three pressure waves'on avail)... 1... Spall plate . Typical earthi-covered steel-arch magazine . "i. we Minimum separation distances of standard magazine |)... Sketch of 300 cfm sand filter... See eee Blast-actuated louver . Arrangenent of multiple lowers for a large voluse ‘of air! Typical blast-actuated poppet valve . fae Time delay path . maxi Panes (a/b ~'1.75, 8 Panes (a/b ~ 1.75, Panes (a/b = 2.00, s+ Panes (a/b = 4.00, - 6-87 + 6-88” 6-89 + 6-90 | 6-91 6-92 8 Panes “(a/b = 1.75, 6-93 = 6-96 6-95 = 6-96 s Panes (a/b = 2.00, 6-97 6-98 6299 6-100 3 Paties (a/>"= 3.00, 8-101. 6-102» 6-103" 6-104 6-105 6-106 6-107 6-108 6-138 6-139 6-140 6-141, 6-145 6-146 6-157 6-158 1 6-159 6-160 6-161gararagaan RPSSSIaae ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Idealized model of shock isolated mass ......... +. 6-162 Shock isolation system... . SSeeeereed aeeaeecetee etre a 160) Base-mounted isolation systems configuration | | fe 6-181 Overhead pendulum shock {aolation systems using Placforne Fi 6-182 Helical compression spring mounts . . eee oe an Typical torsion spring shock isolation system | | : 6-184 Schematic of single and double action pneumatic cylinders | | | | 6-185 Schematic of liquid springs. ........-.--..5 6-186 Belleville springs «2... 2)... ts 687 wexixoO "STRUCTURES TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTAL EXPLOSIONS" CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTIONTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION 1-1. Purpose The purpose of this manual is .to present methods of design for protective construction used {n facilities for development, testing, production, storas maintenance, modification, inspection, demilitarization, and disposal of explosive materials. 1-2. Objective 7 ’ The primary objectives are to establish design procedures and construction techniques whereby propagation of explosion (from one structure or part of a structure to another) or mass detonation can be prevented and to provide protection for personnel and valuable equipment: The secondary objectives are to: (1) Establish the blast load parameters required for design of protec- tive structures. (2) Provide methods for calculating the dynamic response of structural elements including reinforced concrete, and structural steel. (3) Establish construction details and procedures necessary to afford the required strength to resist the applied blast loads (4) Establish guidelines for siting explosive facilities to obtain maximum cost effectiveness in both the planning and structural arrangements, providing closures, and preventing damage to interi- or portions of structures because of structural motion, shock, and fragment perforation. 1-3, Background For the first 60 years of the 20th century, eriteria and methods based upon results of catastrophic events were used for the design of explosive. facili- ties. The criteria and methods did not include a detailed or reliable quanti- tative basis for assessing the degree of protection afforded by the protective facility. In the late, 1960's quantitative procedures were set forth in the first edition of the present manual, "Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions". This manual was based on extensive research and development programs which permitted a more reliable approach to current and future design requirements. Since the original publication of this manual, more extensive testing and development prograns have taken place. This , additional research included work with materials other than reinforced. con- crete which was:the principal construction material referenced in the initial version of the manual. Modern methods for the manufacture and storage of explosive materials, which include many exotic chemicals, fuels,.and propellants, require less space for a given quantity of explosive material than was.previously needed, Such concentration of explosives increases the possibility of the propagation of accidental explosions. (One accidental explosion causing the detonation of aLTH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/APR 88-22 other explosive materials.) It is evident:that-a requirement for more accu- rate design techniques is essential. This manuel describes rational design methods to provide the required structural protection. these design methods account for the close-in affects of a detonation: includ- ing the high pressures and the nonuniformity of blast loading on protective structures or barriers. These methods also account for intermediate and far- range effects for the design of structures located avay from the explosion. The dynamic response of structures; constructed of various materials, or combination of materials, can be calculated, and.details are given-to provide the strength and ductility required by. the design. The design approach is directed primarily tovard protective structures subjected-to the effects of a high explosive detonation. However, this approach is general, and ic is applicable to the design of other explosive environnents as well as other: explosive materials as mentioned above. The design techniques set forth in this manual are.based upon the results of numerous full- and small-scale structural response and explosive effects tests of various materials conducted in conjunction with. the development of this manual and/or related projects. 1-4, Scope : It is not the intent of this manual to establish safety criteria. “Applicable documents should be consulted for chis purpose. ' “Response predictions for personnel and equipment are included for information.” In this manual an effort is made to cover the more-probable design situations. However, sufficient general information on protective design techniques has been -included:in order that application of the basic theory can be made to situations other than those which were fully considered. , This manual is applicable to the design of protective structures subjected to the effects associated with high explosive detonations. For these design situations, the manual will apply for explosive quantities less than:25,000 * pounds for close-in effects.» However, this manual is also applicable to other situations such as far- or intermediate-range effects. For these latter cases the design procedures are applicable for explosive quantities in the order of 500,000 pounds which is the maximum quantity of high-explosive approved. for aboveground storage facilities in the Department of Defense manual, “Ammun-~ ition and Explosives Safety Standards", DOD 6055.9-STD.. Since tests were - primarily directed toward the responsé of structural steel and reinforced + concrete elements to blast overpressures, this manual-concentrates on design procedures and techniques for these materials. However, this does not imply that concrete and steel are the only useful materials for protective construc- tion, Tests.to establish the response of wood, brick-blocks, and plastics, as well as the blast. attenuating and mass effects of soil.are contemplated. The results of these tests may require, at a later date, the’ supplenentation of” these design methods for these and other materials. Other manuals are available to design protective structures against the - effects of high explosive or nuclear detonations. The procedures in these manuals will quite often complenent this manual and should be consulted for specific applications “ 1-2TM 5-1300/RAVFAC 'P-397/AFR 88-22 Computer programs, which are consistent with procedures and techniques con- tained in the manual, have been approved by the appropriate representative of the US Army, the US Navy, the US Air Force and the Department of Defense Explosives Safety Board (DDESB). These programs ate available through the following repositori (2) Department of the Army Commander and Director U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station Post Office Box 631 Vicksburg, Mississippi 39180-0631 Attn: WESKA * (2) Department of the Navy Commanding Officer Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory “Port Hueneme, California 93043 ae “attn: Code L51 (3) Department of the Air Force Aerospace Structures Information and Analysis Center Weight Patterson Air Force Base Ohic 45433 Attn: AFFDL/FBR If any modifications to these programs are required, they will be submitted for review by DDESB and the above services. Upon concurrence of the revi- sions, the necessary changes will be made and notification of the changes will be made by the individual repositories. 1-5. Format , This manual is subdivided into six spécific chapters-dealing with various aspects of design. ‘The titles of ‘these chapters are-as follow: Chapter 1 Introduction | * Chapter 2 Blast, Fragment, and’Shock Loads Chapter 3 Principles of Dynamic Analysis Chapter 4 Reinforced Concrete’ Desigh Chapter 5 Structural Steel Design Chapter 6 Special Considerations in Explosive Facility Design When applicable, illustrative examples are included in the Appendices. Conmoniy aécepted symbols are°used as’ much as possible. However, protective design involves many different scientific and’ engineering’ fields, and,. there- fore, no attempt is made to standardize completely all the symbols used. Each symbol is defined vhere it {s first used,’ and in the list of symbols at the end of each chapter 1-3‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 CHAPTER CONTENTS 1-6. General ‘This chapter presents a qualitative description of an explosive protective system, and addresses acceptor system tolerances, and the basis for structural design. ae SAFETY FACTOR f * 1-7. Safety Factor Simplifications leading to safety conservative structural designs are made in the design procedures of this manual. However, unknown factors can still cause an overestimation of a structure's capacity to resist the effects of an explosion. Unexpected shock wave reflections, construction methods, quality of construction materials, ete., vary for each facility, .To compensate for such unknowns it is recommended that the TNT equivalent weight be increased by 20 percent. This increased charge weight is the "effective: charge weight" to be used for design. Departures from this recommendation must be approved by the responsible agency. AlL charts pertaining to explosive output in this manual are for readings at sea level. = EXPLOSION PROTECTION SYSTEM. 1-8. System Components 1-8.1. General tees Explosive manufacturing and storage facilities are constructed so that they ~ provide a predetermined level of protection against the hazards of accidental explosions. These facilities consist of three components: (1) the donor system (amount, type and location of, the potentially detonating explosive) which produces the damaging output, (2) the acceptor system (personnel... equipment, and “acceptor” explosives) which requires protection, and (3) the protection system (protective structure, structural components or distance) necessary to shield against.or-attenuate the hazardous effects to levels which are tolerable to the acceptor. system. The flow chart in Figure 1-1 briefly summarizes the protective system and relates the individual components to each other 7 : L 2. Donor System The donor system includes the type and amount of the potentially detonating explosive as well as materials which, due to. their proximity to the explosive, become part of the damaging output. The output of the donor explosive includes blast overpressures (hereafter referred to as blast pressurés oF. pressures), primary fragments resulting from cased explosives and secondary fragments resulting from materials in the immediate vicinity of the donor”. explosive. Other effects from the donor include ground shock, fire, heat, dust, electromagnetic pulse, etc. For the quantities of explosives considered in this manual, blast pressures constitute the principal parameter governing the design of protective structures. However, in some situations, primary 1-4TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 and/or secondary fragments and ground shock may assume equal importance in the planning of the protection system. The other effects mentioned are usually of concern in specific types Of facilities, and their influence on the overall design can usually be met with the use of standard engineering design proc: dures, Except for.vety large quantities of explosives, ground shock’effects will usually be small and, in most cases, will be of concern when dislodging of components within the protective structure is possible. The chemical and physical properties of the donor explosive determine the magnitude of the blast pressures whereas the distribution of the pressure pattern is. primarily a function of the location of the donor explosive rel tive to the components of the protective facility. The mass-velocity proper- ties of the primary fragments depend upon the properties of the donor explo- sive and the explosive casing, while, for secondary fragments, their mass- velocity:properties are functions of the type of fragment materials (equip- ment, frangible portions of the structure, etc.), their relative position to the donor explosive, and the explosive itself. The explosive properties, including the molecular structure (monomolecular, bimolecular, etc.) of the explosive, shape and dimensional characteristics, and the physical makeup (solid, liquid, gas) of the charge, determine the Limitation of the detonation process. These limitations result in either a high- or low-order detonation. With a high-order detonation, the process. is generally complete and results in the maximum pressure output for the given type and amount of material: On the other hand, if the detonation is incom- plete with the initial reaction not proceeding through the material mass, then ‘@ large quantity of the explosive is consumed by deflagration and the blast pressure is reduced. ; Primary fragments are produced by the explosion of a cased donor charge. They result from the shattering of a container which is in direct contact with the explosive material. The container may be the casing of conventional muni- tions, the kettles, hoppers, and other metal containers used in the manufac- ture of explosives, the metal housing of rocket engines, etc. Primary frag- ments are characterized by very high initial velocities (in the order of thousands of feet per second), large numbers of fragments, and relatively small sizes. The heavier fragments may penetrate a protective element depend- ing upon its composition and thickness. The lighter fragments seldom achieve perforation. However, in certain cases, primary fragments may ricochet into the protected area and cause injury to personnel, damage to equipment, or propagation of acceptor explosives. For protection against primary fraguents, sufficient structural mass must be provided to prevent full penetration, and the configuration of. the components of the protective facility must prevent fragments from ricocheting into protected areas. Secondary fragments are produced by the blast wave impacting objects located in the vicinity of the explosive source. At these close distances, the magnitude of the shock load is ‘very high and objects can be broken up and/or torn loose from their supports. Pieces of machinery, tools, materials such as pipes and lumber, parte of the structure (donor structure) enclosing the donor explosive, large pieces of equipment, etc. may be propelled by the blast. Secondary fragnents are characterized by large sizes (up to hundreds of pounds) and comparatively low velocities (hundreds of feet per second). These fragments may cause the sane 1-5‘TM 5-1300/NAVEAG P-397/AFR 88-22 damage as primary fragments, that is, injury to personnel, damage to equipment or detonation of acceptor explosives. However, protection against secondary fragments is slightly different than for primary fragments. While preventing perforation by primary fragments is important, sécondary fragments pose addi- tional problens due to their increased weight. The protective structuré must be capable of resisting the large impact force (momentum) associated vith a large mass travelling at a relatively high velocity. : 1-8.3. Acceptor System The acceptor system 1s composed of the personnel, equipment, or explosives that require protection. Acceptable injury to personnel or damage to equip- ment, and sensitivity of the acceptor explosive(s), establishes the degree of protection which must be provided by the protective structure. “The type and capacity of the protective structure are selected to produce a balanced design 4,000 Ibs.) : i 10 to 30g Mediun-veight ‘machinery (pumps, condensers, ‘AC equipment, 15000.t0 4,000 Ibs.) 15 to 45g Light ‘machinery (small motors <1,000 Ibs.) 30 to 70g 1-24‘TM 5+1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Table 1-5 Safe Separation Distancé (bulk explosives) Bulk Explosive Test Configuration Safe Explosive [Weight (1bs) Separation (ft) Composition} 10 Rubber buckets in tunnel 6.0 AS 1s [Aluminum buckets in tunnel 20.0 — Composition| --- Flake, depth on 15 inch Serpentix 17 a) B conveyor - 25 Riser scrap:2 pieces Ls 2.5 4 pieces f 3.0 2.5 2 pieces within funnels| 2.0 2.5 4 pieces within funnels} 3.0 60 Cardboard container in tunnel ~* 12.0 60 | Plastic buckets . | 12.0 «ay Composition], 35 Aluminum buckets in tunnel | 20.0 @) C4 50 Aluminum buckets in tunnel “| 25.0 (2) cyclotol 60 Aluminum box in tuniiel & 0.38-in 24.0 (75/25) Kevlar shield. I 60 Cardboard box in tunnel. cuanidine | 20 DOT-21¢-60 Containers with tops on Nitrate 40 DOT-21C-60 Containers with tops on 80 DoT-21c-60 Containers with tops on Nitro- 25 DOT-216-60 Containers with tops on 5.5 lcuanidine | 50 DOT-21C-60 Containers with tops on 7.0 (Powder) | 450 oT-21¢-60 ‘Containers with tops‘on | 16.0 INT, Type 1] --- Depth on 2-foot Serpentix conveyor 08 (1) Flake 55 Cardboard box ne 12.0 168 Aluminum tote bin, 60.0 w/steel fiberglass in tunn 168 Aluminum tote bin in wooden tunnél,| 50.0 (1)bepth of material at which propagation is prevented is less than or equal to the (2)Minimum distance tested. or equal to that indicated, ‘value shown. separation distance. 12s Actual safe separation distance less than Further tests required to establish minimum safe‘TM 5-1300/RAVPAG:P-397/AFR 88-22: Table 1-6 on Distance (munitions) : _ eee cane _ Safe Munition. |: Test Configuration Sepgration (ft) 8-4nch #106 [Single round with 3-inch 1.0 ; HE Projectile [diameter alumifum bar‘ shield’ * a : 8 inch M509 Single round with, *VEE" shield i 27 HE Projectile {Figure 1-5a).. |”, , 155 mm M107 ‘Single’ round’ with ‘one-inch thick + Ls HE Projectile [aluminum or 1/2-inch thick steel plate shield : : : - + |26 per pallet” : 110.0 155 mm M683 Single round with MS shield (Fig. .1-5b) ° eee HE Projectile ao 7 : : : 155 mm M795 Single round 15.0 i HE Projectile a (INT, TYPE 1) uh eee ‘ 105 mm M1” 16 ‘per pall fe "30.0 : HE Projectile cae Lue ~; |16 pez ‘Ballée, with fuel and, ~ 20:0 3/4-trich thick’steel plate shield” hg 105 mm M456 Primed cartridge cases ° HEAT-T Projectile ’ F Single round with 3-inch diameter 16 i aluminum bar shield pate Hae ; ‘with ,0.91 i i bar shisld; | 81 mm M374A2E1 round with 1/4-inch thick Lexan, _ 0.73 @) HE Cartridge plate ‘ekttension té 2-inch thick ~ 2 aluminum brick shield 1-26TM 5-1300/MAVFAG P-397/AFR Table 1-6 (Cont’d.) Safe Munition Test Configuration Separation (ft) 81mm 4374 Single round : 2.0 HE Projectile Single round with 2-inch thick 0.73 (1) aluminum brick shield 72 per pallet” atte 30.0 30 mm XM789 2 each. PBXN-5 pellets 0.08 HEDP Projectile 3 Shell body with 2 pellets 0.08 Loaded body assembly 0.08 lHeated loaded body assembly 0.25 Fuzed projectile 0.25 25 mm XN792 Type I pellets i 0.08 HEI-T Cartridge ‘Type II pellets 0.04 Loaded body assembly ae 0.17 Fuzed projectile 0.17 Complete cartridge 0.17 BLU-63 4/8 Hemispheres 0.04 Bombiét © Hemispheres in fixtures ° Hemispheres, 16 per tray Ota Bomblet 0.17 1-27‘TM 5-1300/NAVEAC’P-397/AFR 88-22 Table 1-6 (Cont’d.) mines(u/o fuzes) : Safe : Muriition Test Configuration Separation (ft) BLU-97/3 16 per pallet with 1/2-inch 4.0 Submunition thick aluminum plate shield : : 16 per pallet vith "airflow" shield , SOs (1/2-inch thick aluminum plates, cut in open “picket fence” design with one plate’s spaces covered by ; the second plate’s columns). : : Single bonblet with either 100% 0.75 or 75% shield (1/2-inch thick aluminum plate). Ma2/u46 GP Single grenade 0.17 Grenades + : (w/o fuzes) 2 64 per tray 7 7.0 768 per carrier, in tunnel 40.0 8 per M483 Ring Pack ro 2 15 per M509 Ring Pack : 1.5 32/64 per ‘single/dual ° cluster tray MS6 Mine Single mine : 0.50 (1) 2-mine canister eae 0.50 (1), M74AP and” Single mine with 3-inch thick 0.25 M75 ATAV aluminum brick shield (1) _ Minimum distance tested. Actual safe separation distance less than or equal to that indicated. safe separation distance. 1-28 Further tests required to establish minimum‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 BASIS FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1-14, Structural Response 1-141. General : . : Dynamic response criteria to be used in the design.of a protective structure and its elements depend on: (1) the properties (type, eight, shape, casing, etc.) and location of the donor explosive, (2) the sensitivity (tolerance) of - the acceptor system, and (3) the physical properties and configuration of the protective structure. In many situations, the acceptor system will control the overall required structural response. 1-14.2, Pressure Design Ranges 1-14.2.1. General ts . : ee An engineering analysis of the :blast.pressure and fraguents associated with high explosive. detonations -acting on protective structures must be made to describe the response of the,protective structures to donor ouput. The Tesponse to'the blast. output is expressed in terms of design ranges according to the pressure intensity, ‘namely, (1) high pressure, and (2) low pressure. As subsequently shown, these design ranges are-related to the relative location of the protective structure to the explosion. 1-14.2.2, High-Pressure Design Range . At the high-pressure design range, :the initial pressure acting-on the protec- tive structure are extremely high and further amplified by their reflections on the structure. Also the durations of the applied loads are short, particu- larly where complete venting of the explosion products of the ‘detonation occurs. These durations are also short in comparison to the response time (time to reach maximum deflection) -of the individual elements of the struc- tures. Therefore, structures subjected to blast-effects in the high-pressure xange can, in certain cases, be designed for the impulse (area under the Pressure-time curve, Chapter 2) rather than the peak pressure associated with longer duration blast pressures. If the acceptor system is comprised exclu- sively of explosives, the protective donor structure may.be permitted to exceed incipient failure and produce "post failure" fragments provided that the fragnent velocities are less than that which will initiate detonation of acceptor charges.. This latter range of response is referred to as the "brit- tle mode of failure." 5 In the event personnel, and/or expensive ‘equipment is being protected or where containuent type structures are providing the protection, then-inciptent failure, design is not permitted. . Here, the,effects of the high pressure and. the long duration pressures associated with-contained products of the explo- ~ sion must be accounted for in determining: the protective structure -response Fragments associated with the high-pressure range usually consist.of high velocity missiles associated with,casing breakup or acceleration of equipment Positioned close to the explosion. For acceptors containing explosives, the velocities of primary fragments which penetrate the protective structure must be reduced to.a level below the velocity which will cause detonation of the acceptor charges. For personnel or expensive equipment, the possibility of 1-29TM 5=1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR.88-22 fragment impact on the acceptor must be completely eliminated. Also associ- ated with the "close-in" effects of a high-pressure design range are the possible occurrence of spalling of concrete elements. Spalling ‘is generally associated with the disengagement of the concrete cover over reinforcement at the acceptor side of a protective element. Spalling can be a hazard to person- nel and sometimes to equipment but seldom will result in propagation of explosion of an acceptor. system. 1-14.2.3, Low-Pressure: Design Range Structures subjected to blast pressures associated with the low-pressure range sustain peak pressures of smaller intensity than those, associated'with the high-pressure range, However, the duration of the load can. even exceed the response time of the structure. Structural elements designed for the low- pressure range depend on both pressure. and impulse. In cases where ‘the peak pressure is relatively low and the explosive charge is very large (several hundred ‘thousand pounds of explosive) the duration of blast pressures will be extremely long in comparison to those of smaller explosive weights. Here. the structure responds primarily tothe peak pressure in a manner similar to those structures designed to resist the effects of nuclear detonations. This latter case, although seldom encountered, is some- times referred to as the "very low-pressure range." Since the low-pressure design range is involved in the design of shelter type structures, donor fragmentation is of concern. ‘Secondary fragments forned from the break-up of donor structures can produce minor damage to a shelter These fragnents generally have a large mass but their velocities are generally much less than those ‘of primary fragnents. 1-14.3, Analyzing Blast Environment *> an Although each design pressure range is distinct, no clear-cut divisions between the ranges exist; therefore, each protective structure must be ana- lyzed to determine its response Structural response depends on design and load: Three possible designs, resulting in three distinct resistance-time responses are illustrated in Figure 1-6. Curve.A represents the resistance-time function of an element which responds to the impulse;.the tine to reach maximum deflection is very Jong in comparison to the load duration. The low-pressure range is repre- sented by Curve B where the element’s response depends on both pressure and impulse. Here and dependent on design, the response time of an element can be less than, equal to, or greater than the load duration (Figure 1-6). Curve ¢ illustrates the very low-pressure design. range where the element responds to pressure. The required peak resistance is in the-order ‘of magnitude of the ‘ peak pressure, while the duration of the load is extremely long compared to the time to reach maximum deflection. Although the required inaximum resis- tance will vary in comparison to’the peak pressure, the variation will be slight and, in general, the required maximum resistance of’ an element to resist long duration loads will be only slightly larger (5 to 10 percent) than the peak pressure. Figure 1-7 indicates semi-quantitatively the parameters which define ‘the design ranges (including the very low range) of an element, along ‘with the 1-30TH 5-1300/NAVEAG P-397/AFR 68-22 approximate relationship between the time to reach maximum deflection and the load duration. It was indicated earlier that the design range of an element:is related to the location of the element relative to the explosion. For the quantity of explo- sives considered in this manual, an-element designed for the high-pressure range is usually situated immediately adjacent to the explosion, and its exposed surfaces facing the éxplosion are oriented normal or nearly normal to the propagation of the initial pressure wave (Figure 1-8, cases I. through IV) On the other hand, elements which are located close to the explosion and. are. positions parallel to the path of the wave propagation may respond to the Dlast effects associated with the low pressure design range. Elements located close to a detonation seldom respond solely to a peak pressure. " : Certain elements of a protective structure located a distance from the explo- sion may respond to the impulse (high-pressure range) even though they are! located at the low-pressure range while other structures located near the explosion will respond to the, low-pressure design ange. In the. former case, the structure will not contain personnel or expensive equipment and will « primarily serve as a barrier structure. In the latter-case, the structure Will serve as a shelter (Case I, Figure 1-8) 1-32PRESSURE RESISTANCE — TIME MAX, DEFL. PRESSURE & RESISTANCE TIME a) VARIABLE RESISTANCE — TIME CURVES PRESSURE & RESISTANCE TIME, b) VARIABLE PRESSURE — TIME CURVES Figure 1-6 Variation of structural response and blast loadsro >%74 ro<%74 ce | 2c ansngan2g ~ LHOHS [ BLVIOSWY3LNI | ; *ONOT BWIL 3SNOdS3Y ONO BIVIGAWYSLNI LYOHS Nollvuna 3unsSaud sdoi> 'sdool > Isdool << BYNSS3Yd LNSGIONI aunss3ud BWIL- 38NSS3Ud- 3S newt avoi NoIsaa no “on Ee | avoy avo7 Parameters defining pressure design ranges Figure 1-7 1-33PLAN cupicLe SHELTER SECTION CASE I PLAN 2 cusieLe cusIcLe CASE ‘on : : ZN on BK) KD ' VV PLAN ‘CONTAINMENT ‘STRUCTURE SECTION CASE IL SECTION CASE IZ LEGEND: \ HIGH-PRESSURE RANGE V7 LOW-PRESSURE RANGE VV VERY LOW-PRESSURE RANGE. Figure 1-8 Design ranges corresponding to location of the structural elements relative to.an explosion 1-34"TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 68-22 APPENDIX 1A LIST OF SYMBOLSTM 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 g acceleration due to gravity (ft/sec?) i unit positive impulse (psi-ms) unit scaled impulse for use in figure 1-2 (psi-ms/1b1/3) P pressure (psi) ty time at which maximum deflection occurs (ms) tr duration of positive phase of blast pressure (ms) v volume of containment structure (ft3) h weight of human being (1bs) w charge weight (1bs) 1A-1‘TM S-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 APPENDIX 1B BIBLIOGRAPHY10. ul. TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 to Rests 8 Z da), Department of the Army Technical Manual (TM5-1300), Department .of the Navy Publication (NAVFAC P-397), Department of the Air Force Manual (AFM 88-22), Washington, D.C., June 1969. Dobbs, N., Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions, Volume L.'Intreduetion, Special Publication ARLCD-SP-84001, Prepared by ‘annann & Whitney Consulting Engineers, New York, N.Y., for U.S. Army ‘Armanent Research, Development and Engineering Center, Armament Engi- neering Directorate, Picatinny Arsenal, Dever, New Jersey, December 1987. Ayvazyan, H., et al., » Special Publication ARLCD-SP-84001; Prepared by Ammann & Whitney Consulting Engineers, New York, N.Y., in association with Southwest Research Institute, San Antonio, TX, for U.S, Army Armament Engineering Director- ate, Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, New Jersey, December 1986. Dede, M., et al., Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explo- sions, Volume IIL. Principles of Dynamic Analysis, Special Publication ARLCD-SP-84001, Prepared by Ammann & Whitney Consulting Engineers, New York, N.Y., for U.S. Atmy Armament Research and Development: Center, Large Caliber Weapon systems Laboratory, Dover, New Jersey, June 1984. Dede, H., and Dobbs, N., Explosions, Volune IV, Reinforced Concrete Design, Special Publication ARLCD-SP-84001, Prepared by Ammann & Whitney Consulting Engineers, New York, N.¥., for U.S. Army Armament Research, Development and Engineering Center, Armament Engineering, Directorate, Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, New Jersey, April 1987, Kossover, D., and Dobbs, N., es _to Resist ta Accidental Explosions, Volune V, Structure] Steel Design, Special Publication ARLCD-SP-84001, Prepared by Ammann & Whitney Consulting Engineers, New York, N.¥., for U.S. Army Armament Research, Development and Engineering Center, Armament Engineering Directorate, Picatinny Arsenal, Dover, New Jersey, May 1987 Dede, M., Lipvin-Schramm, $., and Dobbs, N. Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions, Volume VI, Special Conditions in Explosive Facility Design, Special Publication ARLCD-SP-84001, Prepared by Ammann & Whitney Consulting Engineers, New York, N.Y. for U.S. Ary Armament Research and Development Center, Large Caliber Weapon System Laboratory, Dover, New Jersey, April 1985. Safety Manual, AMC-R 385-100, Department of the Army, Headquarters U.S Army Materiel Command, Alexandria, Virginia, August 1985. ures, DOE/TIC-11268, Prepared by Southwest Research Institute, San Antonio, TX, for U.S. Department of Energy, Albuquerque Operations Office, ‘Amarillo Area Office, Pantex Plant, Amarillo, Texas, Novenber 1980. White, ¢.s., . B 4 Relating Physical and Biological Parameters, Lovelace Foundation for Medical Bducstion and Research, Albuquerque, New Kexico, 1968. Richmond, D.R., et al. elations 10 n Wav Parameters and’ che Response of Mamale Exoosed to Aix Blast, Lovelace Foundation for Medical Education and Research, Albuquerque, New Mexico 1968. 1B-1TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 12. 13. 1 1s. 16. vv. Hirsch, F.G., Effects of Overpressiure on the Ear - A Review, Lovelace Foundation for Medical Education and Research, Albuquerque, New Mexico, 1968. Clemedson, C., Hellstrom, G. and Lingren, S., the Head, Thorex and Abdomen to Blunt Tkauna, Defense Medical Board, Stockholm and Research Institute of National Defense, Sundbyberg, Sweden; Departaent of Surgery, University of Uppsala, Uppsala, Sweden; Department of Neurosurgery, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg, Sweden, 1968. Zaker, T.A., Fragment and Debris Hazards, Technical Paper No. 12, Beparinant of Defense Explosives Safety Board, July 1975- Zaker, T.A. dictiny Accidental Explosions, Technical Paper No, 11, Departaent of Defense Explosives Safety Board, May 1975. Cohen, -and Dobbs, Prevention ection ea Explosion of Munitions, Fuels and Other Hazardous Mixtures, Annals of the New. York Academy of Science, October 1968 Stirrat W., Compilation of Sufe Separation Data on Bulk Explosives and Munitions, Technical Report ARAED-TR-87033, U.S, Army Armament Research, Development and Engineering Center, Dover, N.J., October, 1987. 1B-2e "STRUCTURES TO RESIST THE EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTAL EXPLOSIONS" CHAPTER 2. BLAST, FRAGMENT, AND SHOCK LOADSTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 CHAPTER 2 BLAST, FRAGMENT, AND SHOCK LOAD! INTRODUCTION 2-1, Purpose The purpose of this manual is to present methods of design for protective construction used in facilities for development, testing, production, storage, maintenance, modifteation, inspection, demilitarization, and disposal of explosive ‘materials. °°" ‘ fi 2-2. Objective + . : z : ‘The primary objectives are to establish design procedures and construction techniques whereby* propagation of explosion (from one structure or ‘part of a structure to another) or mass detonation can be prevented and to provide protection for persénnel and valuable equipment. ne The secondary objectives are to (1) Establish the blast load parameters required for design of protec- tive stiuctures. eee : (2) PéoVide methods for calculating the dynamic response of structural elenents including reinforced concréte, and-structural steel, (3) Establish construction details and procedures necessary to afford “the required strength to resist’ the applied blast loads. (4) Establish guidelines’ for siting explosive facilities: to obtain’ maximum cost effectiveness in both the planning and structural arrangenents, providing closures, and preventing damage to interi- or portions of structures because of structural motion, shock, and fragment perforation. . 2-3, Background °"! : For the first 60 years of thé 20th century,- ériteria and’ methods based upoh results of catastrophic events were used for the design of explodive facili- ties. The criteria and methods did not include a detailed’ or reliable quanti- tative basis for asséssing the degree of protection affordéd by the protective facility’: In the late 1960's quantitative procedures were set forth in the first edition of the present manual’, "Structures to Resist the Effects of Accidental Explosions". "This manual was based on éxtensive research and developiment programs which permitted a more reliable approach to current and future design requirements. Since the original publication’of this manual, more extensive testing and development programs have taken place. This : additional research’ included’ work with materials other than réinforced-con- erete which was the principal construction material referenced in the initial version of the manual. + f Modern methéds ‘for the’ sianufacture and storage of explosive material's; which include many exotic cheiticals, fuels, and propellants, require less space for a given quantity of explosive material than was previously needed.’ Such concentration of explosives increases the possibility of the propagation of accidental explosions. (One accidental explosion causing the detonation of 24TM 5-1300/RAVFAC P-397/AFR. 68-22 7 other explosive materials.) It is evident that a requirement for more accu rate design techniques {s essential. This manual describes rational design methods to provide the required structural protection. ‘These design methods account for the close-in effects of a detonation includ- ing the high pressures and the nonuniformity of blast loading on protective structures or barriers. These methods also account for intermediate and far- range effects for the design of structures located away-from the explosion. The dynamic response of structures, constructed of various materials, or combination of materials, can be calculated, and details are given to provide the strength and ductility required by the design. The design approach is directed primarily toward protective structures subjected to the effects.of a high explosive detonation. However, ‘this approach is general, and it is applicable to the design of other explosive environsents as well as other explosive materials as mentioned above The design techniques set forth in this manual are based upon the:results of numerous full- and small-scale structural response and explosive effects tests of various materials conducted in conjunction with the development of this manual and/or related projects. 2-4, Scope It is not the intent of this manual to establish safety criteria. Applicable documents should be consulted for this purpose. Response predictions for personnel and equipment are included for information: In this manual an effort is made to cover the more probable design situations. However, sufficient general information on protective, design techniques has been included in order that application of the basic theory can be.made to situations other than those which were. fully considered. ‘hig aanual is applicable to the design of protective. structures subjected to the effects associated with high explosive detonations, For these design situations, the manual will apply for explosive quantities less than 25,000 pounds for close-in effects. However, this manual is also applicable to other situations such as far- or. intermediate-range effects. For these latter cases the design procedures are applicable for explosive quantities in the order of 500,000, pounds which is the maximum quantity of high explosive approved for aboveground storage facilities in the Department of Defense manual, “Anmun- ition and Explosives Safety Standards*, DOD 6055.9-STD. Since tests were primarily directed toward the response of structural steel and reinforced concrete elements to blast overpressures, this manual concentrates on design procedures and.techniques for these materials. However, this does not imply that conerete and. steel are the only useful materials for protective, construc- tion. Tests to establish the response of wood, brick blocks, and plastics, as well as the blast attenuating and mass effects of so{l are contemplated. The results of these tests may require, at a.later date, the supplementation of these design methods for these and other materials i Other manuals are available to design protective structures against the effects of high explosive or nuclear detonations. The procedures in these manuals will quite often complement this’ manual and should be consulted for specific applications. 2-2‘TM 5-1300/RAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Computer programs, which are corsistent with procedures and techniques con- tained in the manual, have been approved by the appropriate representative of the US Army, the US Navy, the US Air Force and the Department of Defense Explosives Safety Board (DDESB). These programs are availeble through the following repositories: +. (1) Department of the Army Commander and Director U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station Post: Office Box 631 : Vicksburg, Mississippi 39180-0631 Attn: , WESKA (2) Department of the Navy Commanding Officer Naval Givil Engineering Laboratory Port Hueneme, California 93043 Aten: Code LS? (3) Department of the Air Force Aerospace Structures Information and Analysis Center Wright Patterson Air Force Base Ohio 45433 Attn: AFFDL/FBR If any modifications to these programs are required, they will be submitted for review by DDESB and the above services. Upon concurrence of the revi- sions, the necessary changes will be made and ‘notification of the changes will be made by the individual repositories. 2-5. Format This manual is subdivided into six specific chapters dealing with various aspects of design. The titles of these chapters are as follows: chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Blast, Fragment, and Shock Loads Chapter 3 Principles of Dynamic Analysis Chapter 4 Reinforced Concrete Design Chapter 5 Structural Steel Design Chapter 6 Special Considerations in Explosive Facility Design When applicable, illustrative examples are included in the Appendices. Commonly accepted symbols are used as much as possible. However, protective design involves many different scientific and engineering fields, and, ther fore, no attempt is made to standardize completely all the symbols used. Each symbol is defined where it {s first used, and in the list of symbols at the ‘end of each chapter. 2-3TM 5-1300/HAVFAC P-397/APR 88-22 - - GHAPTER CONTENTS aatenie 2-6. General a This chapter contains the procedures for detetmining explosive output -and associated structure loadings, fragment effects, ard the structural motion effects associated with accidental explosions. These procedures are contained in the following sections: Sections 2-8 through 2-15 deals with the’ loadings associated with the blast phenomena, These data include, ‘in addition to the determination of the’ effects of the explosive output, methods for determining blast loads ‘acting on the exterior of and within structures. Sections 2-16 through 2-19 cover the formation of fragments which can'be projected by an explosion and include both primary and secondary fragments effects.- Sections 2-20 to 2-24 present the method for determining the structural motions, in- cluding both ground and air shock effects. < 2-4TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 EXPLOSION EFFECTS 2-7, Effects of Explosive Output In the design of protective structures to resist the effects of accidental explosions, the principal effects of the explosive output to be consideréd are blast overpressures (hereafter referred to as blast pressures or pressures). fragments generated by.,the explosion and the shock. leads produced by the shock wave transmitted through the air or, ground. Of, these three parameters, the blast pressures are usually the governing factor in the determination of the structure response: However, in Some situations, fragments and/or shock loads may be just as-important as the pressures in determining the configuration of the facility. Although the quantitative data presented pertain to the blast output of bare trinitrotoluene (INT) spherical or hemispherical charges considered as point souree explosions, and other explosives which have been specifically tested. These data can be extended ‘by appropriate means including testing to include other potentially mass-detonating materials (solid, liquid, or gas) of varying shape. 8 ne 2-5‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 80-22" BLAST LOADS“ e Blast Phenomena a fener ty eu 1. Generel. ot a solid explosives must detonate to produce'any “explosive effect other Bare than'a fire. The term detonation refers to"a véry rapid“and stable. chemical: reaction which proceeds through the explosive! material at a+speed, called. the. detonation velocity, whith is supersonic -in the“unreacted-explosive, Detona- tion velocities range from 22,000 to ‘28,000 feet per second’for ‘most high ex. + plosives. The detonation wave rapidly. converts: the ‘solid.or“liquid:explogive into a very hot, dense, high-pressure gas, and the volune of this gas-which . had been the explosive material is then the source of strong blast waves in air. Pressures immediately behind ‘the detonationsfront rarige from 2,700,000 to 4,900,000 psi. Only “about one-third of ithe, total ‘chemical ‘energy available. . in most high explosives 1s-released in the detonation:process. The ‘remaining. two-thirds is released moré slowly in explosions ‘in air as“the detonation products mix with aif and burn. ‘This afterburning process has only. a slight effect on blast wave propérties because it is so much slower than detonation. ‘The blast effects of an explosion are in the form of ‘a shock wave-composed of a high-intensity shock front which expands outward from the surface of the ex- plosive into the surrounding air. As the wave expands, it decays in strength, Tengthens in duration, and decreases in velocity. This phenomena is caused by spherical divergence as well as by the fact that the chemical reaction is com- pleted, except for some afterburning associated with the ‘hot’ explodion prod- ees ecg fy seer aa e As the wave expands in air, the front impinges on structures located within its path and then the entire structure is engulfed by the shock pressures. ‘The magnitude and distribution of the blast loads on the structure arising from these pressures are a function of the following factors: (1) explosive properties, namely type of explosive material, energy output (high or low or- der detonation), and weight of explosive; (2) the location of the detonation relative to the protective structures; and (3) the magnitude and. reinforcement of the pressure by its interaction with the ground barrier, or the structure itself. The first of these three factors are discussed in Sections 2-8.2 and 2-9 below and the latter two factors are discussed throughout the remainder of this section. G 2-8.2. Explosive Materials . Explosive materials may be classified according to their physical state: sol- ids, liquids, or gases. Solid explosives are primarily high explosives; how- ever, other materials such as flammable chemicals and propellants may also be classified as potentially explosive materials. Liquid and gaseous explosives encompass a wide variety of substances used in the manufacture of chemicals, fuels, and propellants. The blast pressure environment produced will vary not only anong the different materials but may also differ for a particular mate- rial. Such factors as methods and procedures used in manufacturing, storage and handling, in addition to specific individual physical and chemical charac- Pe‘TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 8 The blast effects of solid materials are best known, ‘This is particularly true for high-explosive materials. The blast pressures; impulses, durations, and other blast effects of an explosion have been well established. These ef- fects are contained in this chapter. Unlike high-explosive materials, other solid, liquid, and gaseous explosive materials will exhibit a variation of their blast pressure-output. An explo- sion of these materials isin many cases: incomplete, and only a portion of the total mass of the explosive (effective charge weight) is involved in.the deto- nation process. The remainder of the mass is usually consumed by deflagration resulting in a large amount of the material's chemical energy being dissipated as thermal energy which, in turn, may cause fires or-thermal radiation damage. 2-9. TNT Equivalency ‘The major quantity of blast effects data presented in this:manual pertains to the blast pressures output of bare-spherical TNT explosive. These data can be extended to include other potentially mass-detonating materials (Class. 1.1) by relating the explosive energy of the “effective charge weight” of those mate- rials to that of an equivalent weight of TNT. In addition to the energy out- put, other factors may affect the equivalency of material compared to TAT. These factors include the material shape (flat, square, round, etc.), the num- ber of explosive itens, explosive ‘confinement (casing, ‘containers, etc.), and the pressure range being considered: (close-in, intermediate or far ranges). These other factors will, be discussed later.in this manual For blast. resistant design, the effects of the energy output on explosive ma- terial, of @ specific shape, relative to that of INT, of. similar shape, can be expressed as function of the heat of detonation of the various materials as follows: eaneee ates : x EXP : - 7 Wg ~ —— exp , : a1 a Howe ‘ where Wg = effective charge weight Wexp — weight of the explosive in question a Hixp — heat of detonation of explosive {n question ; : fe * Hn — heat of detonation of INT ‘The heat of detonation. of some:of ‘the. more commonly used explosives are listed in Table 2-1. i blast output associated with the shock effects of unconfined detonations (Sec- tion 2-13). The effective charge weight produced by the confinement effects 2-7TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 of explosions.(Section 2:14) will differ... The: later in this manual. von differences willbe ‘discussed 2-10, Blast-Loading Categories oo Blast loads on‘structures can be divided into‘ two main groups based: on the confinement of the-explosive charge’ (unconfined and confined explosions) and can be subdivided baséd on the blast loading produced within: the.donor struc- ture or.acting on acceptor structures. These blast loading:categories are i1- lustrated in Figure 2-1. Figure 2-1 gives’ the six blast loading categories possible. Figure 2-1 also shows the five possible pressure loads associated with the blast*load categories, the*location of the explosive charge which would produce these pressure loads, and the protective structures subjected to these loads. ’ 4 The blast load: categories and the resulting. pressure. loadslisted in Figure 2- 1 are qualitatively. and, quantitatively defined below and tn’ subsequent see tions, respectively. ts ‘ 2-10.1. Unconfined Explosion wey 2-10.1:1, Free Air Burst Explosion foie noe An explosion, which occurs in.free air, produces ‘ani initial output whose shock wave propagates away from the center: of the detonation, stiiking the: protec-* tive structure without intermediate amplification of its wave. 2-10.1.2, Air Burst Explosion > be ‘ ‘An explosion which is located at a distance from and above the protective structure so that the ground reflections of the initial wave occur prior to the arrival of the blast wave at the protective structure. As used in this manual, an air burst is limited to an explosion which occurs at, two to thr times the height of a one or two-story building. 7 2-10.1.3, Surface Burst Explosion 7 A surface burst explosion will occur when the detonation is located close to” or on the ground so that the initial shock 1s amplified at the point of deton- ation due to the ground reflections. 2-10.2, Confined Explosion * eos ‘ ‘ 2-10.2.1, Fully Vented Explosion A fully vented explosion will be produced within or imediately adjacent to a barrier or cubicle type structure with one or more surfaces open to, the atmo- sphere, The initial wave, which is amplified by the nonfrangible portions of the structure, and the products of detonation are totally vented to the atmo- sphere forming a. shock wave (leakage: pressures) vhich propagates avay from. the structure.TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 68-22 2-10.2.2. Partially Gonfined Explosion : A partially confined explosion will be produced within a barrier or cubicle type structure with Limited size openings and/or frangible surfaces. The int- tial wave, which is amplified by the frangible and nonfrangible portion of the structure, and the products of detonation are vented to the atmosphere after a finite period of time. The confinement of the detonation products, which con- sist of the accumulation of high temperatures and gaseous products, is associ- ated with a buildup of quasi-static pressure (hereafter referred to as gas Pressure). This pressure has a long duration in comparison to that of the, shock pressure. 2-10.2.3. Fully Confined Explosions Full confinement of an explosion is associated with either total or near total containment of the explosion by a barrier structure. Internal blast loads will consist of unvented shock loads and very long duration gas pressures which are a function of the degree of containment, The magnitude of the leak- age pressures will usually be small and will only affect those facilities in- mediately outside the containsent structure. 2-11, Blast Loading Protection : a Protection of personnel and valuable equipment (acceptor system) will usually involve protective shelters located away from the detonation: Their design may involve one or more of the following blast-loading categories: free-air burst, air burst, surface burst, and exterior or leakage pressures from either vented or partially confined explosions. These shelters are usually enclosed buildings located at pressure ranges of a few hundred pounds per square inch (psi) or less. Depending on the shelter design pressures, these structures can be either above, below,.or at ground surface. In this manual, primary consideration is given to above-ground shelters. However, some consideration is given in Chapter VI regarding shelters positioned at other locations. For the third type of pressure loading of Figure 2-1 (interior shock pressure), protection is required when the shelter is located immediately adjacent to the explosion. The reflected pressure there may be in thousands of psi, but with pressure durations usually small. The acceptor portion of such an explosive system may include other explosive materials and/or personnel. The structure associated with the fifth pressure-loading type 1s a containment type building and is usually used to prevent escape of toxic chemicals, radiological and/or biological materials, or to limit blast pressures at the exterior to a level consistent with personnel- protection. Of the six categories, those from air bursts are seldom encountered and the free air burst is the least likely to occur. The possibility of such blast environments exists where potentially explosive materials are stored at heights adjacent to or away from protective structures such as in manufactur- ing (process or storage tanks) or missile sites. In the latter, the rocket propellant would be a source of explosive danger to the ground crew and con- trol facilities. The other four blast-loading categories can occur in most explosive manufac- turing and storage facilities. In such installations, transportation of, ex- plosive materials between buildings either by rail, vehicle, or-in the case of 2-9TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 22 Liquid or gases, through piping, is a possibility. Also, storage and handling of explosives within buildings are common occurrences. Although the blast-loading categories can be separated and classified individ- ually, no clear-cut limits differentiate each category. In most explosive facilities, the various blast environments will overlap, and judgement should be used in'the epplication of the following recommendations for determining the blast parameters consistent with the various blast-loading categories. 2-12, Blast-Wave Phenomena The violent release of energy from a detonation converts the explosive materi- al into a very high pressure gas at very high temperatures. A pressure front associated with the high pressure gas propagates radially into the surrounding atmosphere as a strong shock wave, driven and supported by the hot gases. The shock front, termed the blast wave, is characterized by an almost instan- taneous rise from anbient pressure to a peak incident pressure P,, (Figure 2- 2). This pressure increase or shock front travels radially from the burst point with a diminishing shock velocity U which is alvays in excess of the sonic ve- locity of the medium. Gas molecules behind the front move at lower flow ve- locities, termed particle velocities u. These latter particle velocities are associated with the dynamic pressures, whose maximum values are denoted qo’ or the pressures formed by the winds produced by the passage of the shock. front As the shock front expands into increasingly larger volumes of the medium, the peak incident pressures at the fronts decrease and the durations of the pres- sures increase. Those parameters which vary as the peak incident pressure varies are presented in’ Figure 2-3. . At any point avay from the burst, the pressure disturbance has the shape shown In Figure 2-2. The shock front arrives at a given location at time t, and, after the rise. to the peak value, P,, the incident pressure decays tothe an- bient value in time to which {s the°positive phase duration. This 1s followed by a negative phase with a duration t," that is usually mich longer than the positive phase and characterized by a°negative pressure (below anbiént pres sure) having a maxinua value of P.0” as well as a reversal of the particle flow. The negative phase is usually less important in a design than is the positive phase, and its amplitude P,” must, in all cases, be less than anbient atmosphere pressure py. The incideit inpulse density associated vith the blast wave is the integrated area undor the pressure-tine curve and is denoted i, for the positive phase and i,” for the negative phase. : An additional parameter of the blast wave, the wave length, is sometimes re- quired in the analysis of structures. The positive wave length L,* is that length at a given distance from the detonation which, at a particular instant of time, is experiencing positive pressure. The negative wave length lL,” is similarly defined for negative pressures. The sbove treatment of the blast wave phenomena is general. In subsequent sections of this chapter, the magnitude of the various parameters is presented depending upon the category of the detonation as previously described: free air burst, surface burst, exterior or leakage pressures, or interior or high pressure blast loading. 2-10‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P=397/AFR 88-22 2-13, Unconfined Explosions nae . 2-13.1. Pree Air Burst ee : : When a detonation occurs adjacent to and above a protective structure such that no amplification of the initial shock wave occurs between the explosive source and the protective structure, then the blast loads acting on the struc- ture are free-air blast pressures (Fig, 2-4). : As the tncident wave moves radially-avay from the center of the explosion, it will tupact with the structure, and, upon impact, the initial wave (pressure and inpulse) {s reinforced and reflected (Fig. 2-5). Tre reflected pressure pulse of Figure 2-5 is typical for infinite plane ‘reflectors. When the shock wave impinges on a surface oriented so-that a line which di scribes the path of travel of the wave is normal to the surface, then the point of initial;contact is said to sustain the.maximum (normal reflected) pressure and impulse. Figure 2-6 presents the ratios of the normal reflected Pressures to the incident pressures as @ function of the incident pressures. The peak pressure and impulse patterns on the structure vary with distance from a maximum at the normal distance R, to a minimum (incident pressure) where the plane. of the structure’s surface is perpendicular to the shock front. The positive phase pressures, impulses, durations, and other parame- ters of this shock environment for a spherical 1J§T explosions are given fn Figure 2-7 versus the scaled distance (Z - The smallest scaled distance of 0.136 ae represents the radius of the spherical TNT explosive and, therefore, represents the surface of the explo- sive. Some parameters have been extrapolated to the charge surface which are shown as dashed portions of the curves. These dashed curves represent an up- per limit of scatter in experimental data and variation in theoretical predic- tons, giving for design purposes conservative limits for these parameters. In some blast loading situations, negative blast.wave parameters (Fig. 2-8) are needed to predict the loading-time function of the blast wave acting on @ structure. This is particularly true in flexible type protective structures (usually steel-frame structures) where the overall motion of the structure will be affected by the phasing of the blast loads acting on the various structure surfaces: The effects of the negative phase parameters are usually not important for the design of the more rigid type structures (reinforced concrete). nies ‘ The curves presented in Figures 2-7 and 2-8 which give the blast wave parame~ ters as a function of scaled distance, extend only to a scaled distance Z = 100 ft/1b'/?, For most protective structures, or even Light structures; dam- age is relatively ‘superficial beyond this scaled distance, consisting at most of broken windows or deformation of light panels or blow-out walls: But, the curves are also not extended beyond these levels because the blast wave prop- erties start to be seriously affected by atmospheric conditions so that over- pressures are very much less or-very much more than the "ideal" parameters transmitted through a homogeneous atmosphere. 2-uLTH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 In the low pressure region, the pressure varies as a function of sound veloc- ity with altitude above the ground surface. at very far distances from an ex- plosion (Z= 1000 ft/1b!/3, the peak pressures (really sound pressures at these levels) can be ten times greater or more than ten times less than the ideal pressures for a homogenous atmosphere. : Even with enhancement caused by real atmospheric conditions (also called blast focusing), the pressures are still quite low and structural damage should be superficial. If it is necessary to’ predict such low levels, one-should obtain and study ‘more detailed reports listed in the bibliography. wee The variation of the pressure and impulse patterns on the surface of a struc- ture between the maximum and minimum values is a function of the- angle of in- cidence This angle {s formed by the line which defines the normal distance Ry between the point of detonation and the structure, and line R (slant distance) which defines the path of shock propagation between. the center of the explo- sion and any other point in question on the structure.surface (Fig.: 2-4), The effects of the angle of incidence on. the peak reflected pressure Ppq and the reflected impulse ipq are shown in Figures 2-9 and 2-10, respectively. The figures are plots ofthe angle of incidence versus the peak reflected pressure or the reflected inpulse as a function of. the scaled normal distance between the charge and the surface. in question. The usual load condition. in- volves the ground surface and, therefore, this normal scaled distance is re- ferred to as the scaled height of. charge above the ground (H,/W!/3), All oth- ex blast pargggters are obtained from Figures 2-7- and 2-8 fof the scaled slant distance R/W!/> to the point in question. - 2-19.2. Air Burst The air burst environment is produced by detonations which occur above the: ground surface and at a distance away from the protective structure so that the initial shock wave, propagating away from the explosion, impinges on the ground surface prior to arrival at the structure, As’ the shock. wave ;continues to propagate outward along the ground surface, a front known as the Mach front (Fig. 2-11) is formed by the interaction of the initial wave (incident wave) and the reflected wave. This reflected wave is the result of the reinforce- ment of the incident vave by the ground surface. Sone variaticn of the pressures.over the height of the Kach;front.occurs, but for design purposes, this variation can be neglected and the shock considered as a plane wave ‘over the full height of the front. ‘The blast parameters in the Mach front are calculated at the ground surface. The pressure-time varia- tion of the Mach front (Fig. 2-12a) is similar to that of the incident wave except that the magnitude of the blast parameters are somewhat larger. The height of the Mach front increases as the wave propagates away, from the center of the detonation. This increase in height is referred :to as the -path of the triple point and is formed by the intersection of the initial, yeflect- ed, and Mach waves: A protected structure is considered tobe subjected to a plane vave (uniform pressure) when the height of the triple point exgegds the height of the structure? The scaled height of the triple point Hy/Wi/> versus scaled ground distance Zg and scaled charge height Hz/W'/? is plotted in Fig- ure 2-13, 2-12TM 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 If the height of the triple péint does not extend above the: height of the structure, then the-magnitude of the applied loads will vary with the height of the point being considered. Above the triple point, the pressure-time. var- fation consists of an interaction of the incident and reflected incident wave pressures resulting in a pressure-time variation (Fig. 2-12b) different from that ofthe Mach incident wave ‘pressures, The magnitude of pressures’ above the triple point is smaller than that of the Mach front: In-most practical design situations, the location of the detonation will be far enough’ away from the structure so as not. to produce this pressure variation: An exception may exist for multistory buildings even though thesé: buildings are usually located at very low-pressure ranges where-the triple point is high: In determining the magnitude. of the air blast loads acting on:the surface of an above-ground protective structure, the’ peak incident blast pressures in the Mach wave acting on the ground surface immediately before the structure are calculated first. The peak incident pressure Prq is determined for thts ; oe from Figure 2-9 using the scaled height of charge above the ground’ H./W}/? and the angle of incidence a. ‘+ - A similar procedure is uséd with Figure’ 2-10 to determine the impulse tig of the blast wave acting on the ground surface immediately before. the structure. ‘An estimate of the other blast parameters may be obtained from Figures 2-7 and 2-8 by setting the' values of Pry and ip, equal to.the values of the. peak inci- dent pressure P,, and incident impulse 1, of the mach wave, respectively. The scaled distances corresponding to P,, and i, are determined from Figure 2-7. The eggled sistapcg siete to P.. is‘used to. obtain values'of Pr, P,, P73 ou, Ly! and Ly” /it/> while the scales ‘distance corresponding tot, 48 used to obtain values of iz, i,7,"4,", ‘to, and ty" /ai/9. 2-13.3. Surface Burst A charge located on or vety near the ground surface is considered to-be « sur, face burst. The initial wave. of the explosion is reflected and reinforced by the ground surface to produce a reflected wave. Unlike the air bursty the re-- flected wave merges with the incident wave ‘at the point of detonation to form . a single wave,” similar in nature to: the mach waverof the air burst but essen- tially hemispherical in shape (Fig. 2-14). The positive phase parameters of ‘the surface ‘burst environment for hemispheri- cal TNT explosions are given in Figure 2=15 while the negative phase parane-. ters are given in Figure 2-16. A.comparison of these parameters with ‘those of free-air explosions (Fig. 2-7 and 2-8) indicate that, at a given'distance from a detonation of the same weight of explosive, all of the parameters of the surface burst environment are larger. than those forthe free-air’environment. As for the case of air bursts, protected structures subjected to the explosive output of @ surface burst will usually be located in the pressure range where the plane wave (Fig. 2-14) concept can be applied. Therefore, for a surface burst, the blast loads acting on structure surface are calculated as described for an air burst except that the incident’ pressures .and other positive phase Parameters of the free-field shock environment are obtained from Figure 2-15, and theoretical negative phase blast parameters are shown in Figure, 2-16, 2-13TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 which give the blast wave parameters as_a,function of scaled distance, extend. only to a scaled distance Z = 100 eestor ( ction 2-13.1). As for the case of an air burst, the curves presented in Figures 2-15 and 2-16 @ Blast paraneters for explosives detonated on the ground surface other than. hemispherical TNT are listed in Table 2-2, These explosives. include, both un- cased and cased high explosives, propellants and propelling charges as well as pyrotechnic mixtures. The various shapes.of the explosive materials are: given. in Figure 2-17, The blast parameters for the various explosives are illus- trated in Figures 2-18 through’2-49. For each explosive patority considered, the peak incident pressure P,, and scaled incident ests 1 present: ed as a function of the scaled ground distance 2 = fon the point of detonation. The charge weight W.is equal to the scout weight of the explo- sive material under consideration increased: by the required factor of safety (20 percent). « é An estimate of the blast parameters other than incident pressure and impulse, + may be obtained from Figures 2-15 and 2-16. The scaled ground distance corre- sponding to 8, netdent pressure Pag 2 used co obrain the values of Fr, Fao” » Pps ty/wl/: as and Ly In addition, this scaled ground dis- tanee Zp = Ro/w!/3 {8 used to ie the equivalent TNT design charge : weight W for pressure using the actual ground distance Rg. The absolute val- - ues of the scaled blast paraneters are obtained by multiplying, the, scaled val- ues by the equivalent TNT design charge weight. graphical solution. The point corresponding to the scaled incident impulse and scaled ground distance for the explosive material in question is -plotted on Figure 2-15. A 45 degree line is drawn through this point. The point where the line intersects the scaled impulse curve corresponds to the scaled impulse snd sealed ground distance for the equivalent THT, charge, This scaled Sepygd siacgage 12 then yogi: to obtain the values of 1/0? 16° al/3, Pass, t and t,/W!/3, In addition, this, scaled ground distance iy the actual ground distance is used to calculate the equivalent INT design: charge weight for impulse. The absolute values of the scaled blast parameters are obtained by multiplying the scaled values by the equivalent TNT design charge weight, The scaled ground distance corresponding to the incident. impulse requires a . e It may be noted that the above data for explosives other. than INT is limited to surface bursts with container shapes indicated in Figure 2-17. This data * should not be extrapolated for scaled distances less than thosé indicated on Figures 2-18 through 2-49. In addition, the blast pressure and impulse for propellants and, in particular, the pyrotechnic mixtures vere obtained from tests which utilized booster charges to initiate the explosive material. Therefore, the blast parameters for both of these materials should be consid~— ered as upper limits. 213.4, Multiple Explosions When two or more explosions of similar material occur several milliseconds apart, the blast wave of the initial explosion will propagate ahead of the waves resulting from the subsequent explosions, vith the: phasing of the propa- @ gation of these latter waves being governed by the initiation time and orien- tation of the individual explosives. If the time delay botwoen explosions is not too large, the blast waves produced by the subsequent explosions will 2-14.TM 5-1300/NAVPAC P-397/AFR 88-22 eventually overtake and merge with that of the initial detonation, The dis- tance from the explosion at“which this merger occurs will depend on: (1) the magnitude of the individual explosions, (2) the time delays between the initi- ation of the explosions, (3) the separation distances between and orientation of the explosives, and (4) obstructions between the explosives themselves and other obstructions between the explosives and other parts of the facility (buildings, walls, barricades, terrain, etc.) which will distort, hinder, and generally interfere with wave Propagation. The pressure time relationships assoclaced with the wave propagation will de- pend upon the interaction of ‘the individual waves themselves. After all the waves have merged, the pressures associated’with the coumon or merged wave will have a pressure-time relationship which is similar to that produced by a single explosion (Fig.. 2-12). However, at closer distances to the explosion, the pressure-time relationship will be more closely represented by a pressure- time curve with multiple: peak pressures (similar to that occurring above the triple point (Fig. 2-12)). The multiple’ peak pressures represent the interac- tion as the various waves reach the point in question. At distances evan éloser to the explosion, the time history of the’ pressures acting on the ground surface may consist of a series of completely separate blast loads. This loading condition is-a result of the arrival of the subsequent blast waves at a particular point during or after the occurrence of the negative phase pressures produced by the initial wave at that point. The latter pressure-time relationship is probably most Likely to occur at high pressures close to the explosions while the multiple peak pressure pulse is normally associated with ‘low pressures at far distances. However, in many in- stances, the multiple peak pressure pulse will occur at high pressures, in particular where the individual explosives are positioned close together, e.g., in a cubicle or other storage facility. 2-14, Confined Explosions 2 2-14.1, Effects of Confinement: 2 When an explosion occurs within a structure, the peak: pressures associated with the initial shock front (free-air pressures) will be extremely high. and, in turn, will be amplified by their reflections within the structure. In ad- dition, and depending upon the degree of confinement,. the effects of the high temperatures and accumulation of gaseous products produced by the chemical process involved in the explosion will exert additional pressures and increase the load’ duration within the:structure. The combined effects of these pres- sures may eventually destroy the structure unless the structure is designed to sustain the effects of the internal pressures. Provisions for venting of these pressures will reduce. their magnitude as well as their duration. The use of cubicle-type structures (Fig. 2-50a) or other similar barriers with one or! more surfaces either sufficiently frangible or open’ to the atmosphere will provide some degree of venting depending on the opening size. This type of structure will permit the blast wave from an internal explosion to spill over onto the surrounding ground surface, thereby, significantly reducing the magnitude and duration of the internal pressures. The exterior pressures are quite often referred to as “leakage” pressures while the pressures ‘reflected and reinforced within’the structure are termed interior "shock pressures". ‘The pressures associated with the accumulation of the gaseous products and 2-15‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 temperature rise are identified fully vented cubicle type structur neglected. s" pressures. For the design of most the effects of the gas pressure may be Detonation in an enclosed structure with relatively small openings (Fig. 2- 50b) is associated with both shock and gas pressures whose magnitudes are a maximum. The duration of the gas pressure and, therefore, the impulse of the gas pressure is a function of the size of the opening. It should be noted that the onset of the gas pressure does not necessarily coincide with the on- set of the shock pressure. Further, it takes a finite length of time after , the onset for the gas pressure to reach its maximum value.. However, these . times are very small and, for design purposes of most confined structures, they-may be treated as instantaneous. The term "frangible" pertains to those elements of a protective structure which fail and whose strength and mass are such as to reduce the amplification of the shock pressures and the confinement of the explosive gases. To reduce the amplification of the shock pressures, frangible elements must fail so as to relieve quickly the interior pressures acting on those surfaces and mini- mize their reflection to the nonfrangible elements of the structure. Blast tests of glass panels have shown that-a true frangible material does not exist and that some reflection of the initial blast pressures may be expected fron very weak and light elements. Further, the buildup of gas pressures is a-func- tion of the ratio of the weight of tho charge to the volume of the confining structure and the venting area. As stated, this pressure buildup will not be- gin until sometime after the onset of the shock pressures, Therefore, an ele- ment which is not considered frangible for the shock pressure may be frangible for gas pressures. In addition to being dependent upon the physical properties of an element, frangibility will also be a function of the magnitude of the applied blast loads and, therefore, a function of the quantity of explosive being contained and the distance from the frangible elenent. Although frangibility is imper- fectly understood and difficult to measure, in general, it can be assumed that if a closure’s resistance to outward motion is equal to or less than 25 pounds per square foot of surface area, the resistance can be neglected since the time to reach failure is practically zero, In this case, frangibility can be stated solely in terms of the weight (inertial force) of the vent-area clo- sure. For resistances greater than 25 psf, the evaluation of frangibility must include the effects of resistance in addition to the weight of an ele- ment. The combined effects of the inertial force and the resistance can be accounted for by performing a dynamic analysis and determining the time to reach failure. However, {f the blast pressure is very large in comparison to the resistance of the element, the effects of the resistance can be neglected without introducing significant errors. Therefore, it is advantageous to use vent closures that are light and inherently weak and/or weakly supported; such as, corrugated metal decking supported on steel joists, metal panels for walls, plexiglass-or thin fiberglass panels supported by wood or lightweight steel frames or gypsum board panels. In the following paragraphs of this section, a: simple cantilever barrier as well as cubicle-type and containment type structures will be discussed. The cubicles are assumed .to have one! or more surfaces which are open or frangible while the containment structures are either totally enclosed or have small 2-16TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P=397/AFR 88-22 size openings. The effects of the inertia of frangible elements of these structures will be discussed in subsequent sections. 2-14.2, Shock Pressures 2-14.2.1. Blast Loadings When an explosion occurs within a cubicle or containnent-type structure, the jeak pressures as well as the impulse associated with the shock front will be extremely high and will be amplified by the confining structure. Because of the close-in effects of the explosion and the reinforcenent of blast pressures due to the reflections within the structure, the distribution of the shock loads on any one surface will be nonuniform with the structural surface clos- est to the explosion subjected to the maximum load. ‘An approximate method for the calculation of the internal shock pressures has been developed using theoretical procedures ‘based on semi-empirical blast data and on the results of response tests on slabs. The calculated average shock pressures have been compared with those obtained from the results of tests of a scale-model steel cubicle and have shown good agreement fot a wide range of cubicle configurations. This method consists of the determination of the peak pressures and’ impulses acting at various points of each interior surface and then integrating co obtain the total shock ‘load. In order. to simplify the calculation of the response of a protective structure wall to these applied loads, the peak pressures and total impulses are assumed to be uniformly dis- tributed on the surface. The peak average pressure and the total average im- pulse aré given for any wall surface. The actual’ distribution of the blast loads is highly irregular, because of the multiple reflections and time phas- ing and results in localized high shear stresses in the element. The use of the average blast loads, when designing, is predicated on the ability of the element to transfer these localized loads to regions of lower stress. Rein- forced concrete with properly designed shear reinforcement and steel plates exhibit this characteristic. The parameters which are necessary to determine the average-shock loads are the structure's configuration and size, charge weight, and charge location. Figure 2-51 shows many possible simple barriers, cubicle configurations, and containment type structures as well as the definition of the various param ters pertaining to each. Surfaces depicted are not frangible for determining the shock loadings. The effects of frangibility will be discussed later. Because of the wide range of required parameters, the procedure for the deter- mination of the shock loads was programmed for solutions on a digital comput- er. The results of these calculations are presented in Figures 2-52 through 2-100 for the average peak reflected pressurgg,p, and Figures 2-101 through 2- 149 for the average scaled unit ‘impulse i"/W/?." These shock loads are pres- ented as a function of the parameters defining the configurations’ presented in Figure 2-51. Each illustration is for a particular combination of values of h/H, 1/L, and N reflecting surfaces -adjacent to the surface for which the shock loads are being calculated. The wall (1f any) parallel and opposite to the surface in question has a negligible contribution to the shock loads for the range of parameters used and was therefore not considered. The general procedure for use of the above illustrations is as follows: 2-171M 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 1, _ From Figure 2-51, select the particular surface of the structure which conforms to the protective structure given and note N of adjacent re- flecting surfaces as indicated in parenthes: 2. Determine the values of the paraneters indicated for the selected surface of the structure in Item 1 above and calculate the following quanti- thes: H/H, 1/L, L/H, L/Rg, and 2, = RA/W/3, 3. Refer to Table 2-3 for the proper peak reflected pressure and im- pulse charts conforming to the number of adjacent reflected surfaces and the values of 1/L and h/H, 98. Item 2 above, and enter the charts to determine the values of py and i,/wl/ In most cases, the above procedure will require interpolation for ‘one or more. of the parameters which define a given situation, in order to obtain the cor- rect average reflected pressure and average reflected impulse. Examples of this interpolation procedure are given in Appendix 2A. Because of the limitations in the range of the test data and the limited num- ber of values of the parameters given in the above shock load charts, extrapo- lation of the data given in Figures 2-52 through 2-149 may be required for some of the parameters involved. However, the limiting values as given in the charts for other parameters will not require extrapolation, ‘The values of the average. shock loads corresponding to the values of the parameters, which ex- ceed their limiting values (as defined by the charts), will be ‘approximately equal to those corresponding to the limiting values. The following are recon- mended procedures which will be applicable in-most. cases for either extrapola- tion or establishing the limits of impulse loads corresponding to values of the various parameter which exceed the limits of the charts: 1. . To extrapolate beyond the Limiting values of Z,, plot a curve of Sie eipeairece ster aeeen cee be emi 1/L. Extrapolate curve to include the value of p. corresponding to thevalue of Z, required. Repeat similarly for value of 4,/ni/’ To extrapolate beyond the limiting values of L/R,, ‘extrapolate the given curve of py versus L/R, for constant values of Z,, L/H, b/it land 1/L to include the value“of p, corresponding to the value of L/R, required. Repeat this extrapolation for value of 1. ip fa/3, 3. Values of p, and i,/¥!/3 corresponding to.values of L/H greater ear net avger eae equal to thoge corresponding to L/H - 6 for actual values of Z,, b/l, and 1/L but with a fictitious value of L/R, in which Ry ds‘the actual value and L 1s a fictitious val: ue equal to SH. 4, Values of py and i,/w!/3 corresponding to valués of 1/L less than 0.10 and greater than 0,75 shall be taken as equal to those corr sponding to 1/L = 0.10 and 0.75, respectively. 5. Values of py and i,/W!/3 corresponding to values of h/Hi less than 0.10 and greater than 0.75 shall be taken as equal to those corr: sponding to h/H = 0.10 and 0.75, respectively. 2-18‘TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 A computer program is-available which executes the interpolation procedure us- ing numerical tables equivalent, to Figure 2-52 through: 2-149. Availability of this program is listed in Section 2-4. : A protective element subjected. to. high intensity shock pressures may be de- signed for the impulse rather than the presaure -pulse only if the, duration of the applied pressure acting on the element is short in comparison to its re- sponse time. However, if the time.to reach maximum displacement is equal to or less ‘than’ three times the load duration, then the pressure pulse should be used for these cases. The actualipressure-time relationship resulting from. pressure distribution on the clenent is highly irregular because of the multi- ple reflections and.time phasing. : For these cases, the pressure-time reli tionship may be-approximated by a fictitious peak triangular pressure pulse. The average peak reflected pressure of the pulse {s obtained'from Figures 2-52 ‘through 2-100 and the average impulse from Figure 2-101 through 2-149 and a fictitious duration is established as a function of the reflected pressure py and impulse i, acting on the element. tom. 2 / Pp: ve Bd The above solution for the average shock load does not account for increased blast effects produced by contact charges. Therefore, if the values of the average shock loads given in Figures 2-52 through 2-149 are to be applicable, @ separation distance between the element and explosive must be maintained. This separation is méasured betwéen the surface of the element and the surface of either the actual charge or the spherical equivalent, whichever results in the larger normal distance between the element's surface and the center of the explosive (the radius of a spherical TNT charge is r - 0.136 W'/3). For the purposes of design, the following separation distances are-reconmended for various charge weights: Weight of Explosive (1b) Separation Distance up to.500 1.0 501 to 1,000 Ls eee 1,001 to 2,000 2.0 2,001 to 3,000 2.5 above 3,000 3.0 The above separation distances do ‘not apply to floor slabs or other. similar structural elements placed on grade. ‘However, a separation ‘distance of at least ‘one foot should be’maintained to minimize the size of craters associated with contact explosions. It should be noted that these separation distances do not necessarily conform to those specified by other government regulations; their use in a particular design must be approved by the cognizant military construction agency. Average shock loads over'entire wall or roof slabs were discussed above. ‘An approximate method may be used to calculate shock loads over surfaces other than an entire wall. ‘These surfaces might include a blast door, panel, column, or other such items found inside any shaped structure." The method assumes a fictitious strip centered in front of the charge having a width equal to the normal distance R, and a height equal to that of the struc- 2-19‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAG. P-397/AFR 88-22 ture, This {s the maximum representative area that may be considered. Aver- age shock loads can be determined on entire ares or any surface falling within e@ the boundaries of the representative area. . ‘The procedure for determining the shock loads consists of- partitioning the surface under consideration into subareas. These subareas do not need to be the same size. The angle of incidence to the center of each subarea is calcu- lated. The reflected pressure and scaled impulse are determined for each sub- area using Figures 2-9 and: 2-10: respectively. A weighted average with respect” to area is taken for both pressure and scaled impulse. Both the pressure and the’ impulse are multiplied by a factor of 1.75 to ac- count for secondary shocks. Idealized duration {s calculated using Equation 22. . © 2-14.2.2: Frengibility . - : A frangible element, as defined here, is an element thet exhibits a resistance to internal shock loads equal to oF less than 25 pounds per square foot and will undergo significant displacenent during the loading time of the shock pressures and, thereby, reduce the effects of the shock pressures acting on both the frangible panel itself and reflections to other elenents of the structure. The following are design procedures for determining the magnitude of applied shock pressures which will contribute to the displacement of the frangible el- ements e (1) “Determine the peak average reflected pressure Py and average im- pulse 1, acting on the frangible elesent assuaing that the elenent is rigid (Figures 2-52 through 2-149). (2) Calculate the unit weight of the frangible element and divide this weight by the sixth root of charge weight, w,/w'/6 (3) Determine the fictitious scaled distance 2 from Figure 2-7, which corresponds to the average impulse determined in Step 1. (4) Determine the valyg of the factor f,, of average impulse by using the value of W,/W!/6 ‘from Step 2 and the fictitious scaled dis-" tance of Step } and utilizing Figure 2-150, contributing to 'the translation of the frangible element (may require interpolation). (5) Galeulate the value of the average impulse contributing to the translation of the frangible element by multiplying the'values of i, and f, of steps 1 and 4 respectively. ~ (6) Contribute the value of the peak average pressure to the transla- tion of the frangible element that is assumed to be equal to the value of P, of Step 1. ‘ The step by step procedure for determining the shock loads being reflected.“ fron a frangible elenent to an adjacent element 1s to: e 2-20TM 5~1300/NAVEAC ,P-397/AFR,88-22 (1) Determine the average peak reflected pressure P, and the average reflected impulse i, acting on the element in question, assuming that the adjoining frangible element will remain in place (figs. 2-52 through 2-149). : (2). Determine the average impulse acting on the element in question : ; assuming that the adjoining frangible element is removed (figs. .2- 52 through 2-149). (3) Subtract the average impulse determined. in Step 2 from ‘the | average Inpulse determined in Step 1. ee (4) Calculate the unit weight of the frangible element-and divide this Neighe by the efxth root of the charge vetghe, g/W7®, (5) . Calculate ‘the normal scaled distance Z between the center of the charge and the surface of the frangible element. . (6) Utilize Figure 2-150 to determine the value of the fraction £, of the average impulse reflected to the element in question.using the scaled weight density and scaled distance of Steps 4 and 5, re- spectively (may require interpolation). (71) Determine the magnitide of the impulse,load reflected to the ele: ment in question from the frangible element by multiplying the value of the average impulse of Step 3 by the value of f, of Step 6. - : : (8) Determine the total impulse load acting on the element in question byjadding the impulse loads determined in Steps 2 and 7. | ‘ Sonesta + (9) Calculate the peak.average reflected pressure of the, shock, loads acting on.the element in question making it equal. to the value of Py of Step 1. - In the ‘above. procedure, it is assumed that the frangible element will,remain Intact while being displaced avay from the, structure. If the element fails while being translated, then the portion of the. shock pressure, impulse dis- placing the element as well as that, portion of the ;impulse being reflected to other elements, will be reduced because of additional venting area produced by the element's "break up"... : 2-14.2.3, TNT Equivalency : The shock loads presented in Figure. 2-52, through 2-149 pertain to the blast effects of bare spherical TNT explosives and, must be extended to include other potentially mass-detonating materials., However, only a limited amount of testing has been performed to determine the TNT equivalency of confined explo- sives. Therefore, as an interim procedure, it is suggested that the determin- ation of, shock pressures for confined explosives, other than TNT utilize equiv: alencies based on Equation 2-1. Ne The above relationship assumes that the explosive in question is a bare charge and spherical in shape. If the charge is not spherical, then it is suggested that the explosive be subdivided into several seguents which will have approx- 2-211M $-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 imately equal dimensions and that the reflected impulse for any segment be calculated, as previously discussed. The reflected impulse of the total charge is then-détermined by multiplying the impulse of the individual seg- ments by the total number of segments ted pressure is calculated by assuming the total charge as having a spherical shape. The {n- pulse load for multiple explosives is obtained in a similar manner except that the locations of the individual charges are considered in calculating their individual impulse load. The impulse load of the total charge is determined by adding together the individual impulse loads. ‘The average peak reflected pressure 1s calculated using the total welght of the explosive located at the centroid of the individual charges. The explosive casing will have an effect on the magnitude of the shock pres- sures. These effects are dependent on the properties of the casing such as material, thickness, shape, etc. A review of a limited amount of surface det- onated test data has indicated that the effects of the casing are not severe and, therefore, for design purposes it'is recommended that casing effects be neglected. 2-14.2.4, Multiplé Explosions The blast pressures and impulse loads, acting on Various elements of cubicle or other similar structures, which are produced by multiple explosions, will usually differ from those produced by a single explosion of the same amount of explosives. Although the magnitude of the total combined impulse produced by the multiple explosions will usually be larger than that produced by the single explosion, the damage to a protective element due to the impulse of the multiple detona- tion may be either greater, equal to, or less’than that produced by the im- pulse of the single explosion. For a given total impulse, the degree of dam- age to a protective element will be defined by the duration of the entire load relative to the response time of the element (time to’ reach maximum deflec- tion). A minimum amount of theoretical and ‘experimental data is available: concerning the degree: of damage sustained by structural elements due to multiple explo- sions. However, results of. response tests of reinforced concrete slabs have indicated that “if the total combined: duration of the blast loads’ produced by simultaneously or near. simultarieously exploded charges is equal to or'‘less than one-third the response time (time to reach, maximum deflection) of the el- ement, then the total combined impulse acting on the element can be estimated by numerically adding the impulse loads produced by the individual explosions. However, {f the total combined duration of the blast loads is greater than one-third the response time, the actual pressure-time relationship of ‘the con- bined loads approximated bya fictitious peaked triangular pressure pulse (sim{lar to that of a single explosion) should be corisidered.” The blast loads Produced by charges that are riot simultaneously or ‘near simultaneously ‘explod- ed may be considered as two or more impulse loads, ‘two. or more pressure-time loads, or a combination of impulse’ and pressure-time loads depending on the time delay and the duration of the individual loads compared to the response time of the element. A load or group of loads should be treated as an impulse load if the duration (one load or the combined duration of two or more loads) of the loading is less than one-third the time interval between the on-set of the load or group of loads and the response time of the member. 2-22i ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAG F-397/AFR 88-22 The duration of the blast loads due to multiple explosions may be approximated by considering the interrelationship between (a) the time intervals between individual explosions , (b) arrival times of the blast waves of the individual explosions at the element and (c) the fictitious duration ofthe pressure load from individual explosions. Because of the many variables involved, a rela- tionship cannot be given to obtain the duration of the blast loads due to mul- tiple explosions. Each-situation will require a series of computations in- volving the time increments outlined above. 2-14.3. Gas Pressures - : 2-14.3.1, Blast Losdings . When an explosion occurs within a confined area, gaseous products will ‘accumu- late and a temperature within the structure will rise,’ thereby. forming blast pressures whose magnitude is generally less than that of the shock pressure but whose duration is. significantly longer. The magnitude of. the gas pres- sures as well as their durations is a function of the size of the vent open- ings in the structure. For very small openings or. no openings at all, the du- ration of the gas pressures will be very long in comparison to the fundamental periods of the structure's elements and, therefore, may be considered as a long duration load similar to that, associated with a’ nuclear event. ‘These conditions usually occur in total or near containment type structures. In the former, the internal blast pressures must be contained because of the presence of toxic or other harmful materials in the structure. In near con- tainment structures, the leakage of pressure flow out of the structure usually must be. limited because of either personnel or frangible: structure are located immediately adjacent to the donor structure. In other| cases, however, open: ings in structures may be quite large, thereby minimizing the products’ ‘accun- ulation and limiting the temperature rise, hence producing: gas pressures with Limited duration or no duration at all. The structures without gas pressure. buildup are referred to as fully vented structures. | . A typical pressure-time record at a point on the interior surface of a par- tially vented chamber is shown in Figure 2-151. The High peaks are the multi: ple reflections associated with shock pressures. The igas pressure, denoted as Pg, {s used as the basis for design and is a function 'of the charge weight and che contained net volume of the chanber : Figure 2-152 shows an experimentally fitted curve based upon.test results of Partially vented chanbers with small venting areas where the vent properties ranged between: : : 2-3 0s Ag/v/3 < 0.022 : . t The values of A and Vs are the chanber’s total vent area and free volume which is equal to the total volume minus the volune of all interior equipment, structural elements, etc, The maximun ges. pressure, Py, is plotted against the charge weight to free volume ratio. Figures 2-153 éhrough,2-164 provide-the relationship of ‘the gas’ pressure scaled impulse!i,/i//3 as a function of the charge weight to free volume ratio i 2-23 :‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 68-22 Wg, sealed,value of the vent opening 4/V,?/3, the scaled unit vetght of the cover W/w!/3 over the opening, and the scaled average reflected impulse 1,/Wl/3’of the shock pressures acting on the frangible wall (Section 2-14.2.2) oF 4 non-frangible wal} yith « vent opening. (The curves in figuyes 2-153 through 2-164 for Wp/w!/3 = 0 were obtained from data with A/V, $1.0. Ex- trapglgted values, for which there, ig less confidence, are dasiied. Curves for pall > 0 are not dashed at A/Vg?/? > 1.0 because they gxg not strongly de~ pendent on the extrapolated portion of the curve for Wp/W/3 = 0. Even light- weight frangible panels displace slowly enough that the,najority of the gas aptilse 1s developed before significant venting (a/Vge/? > 1) ean occur. For a full containment type structure the impulse of the gas pressure will be in- finite in comparison to the response time of the elements (long duration load). For near containment type structures where venting 1s permitted through vent openings without covers, then the impulse loads of the gas pres- sures are determined using the scaled weight of the cover equal to zero. The impulse loads of the gas pressures corresponding to scaled weight of the cover greater than zero relates to frangible covers and will be discussed later. The effects on the gas pressure impulse caused by the shock impulse loads will vary. The gas impulse loads will have greater variance at lover shock impulse loads than at higher loads. Interpolation will be required for the variation of gas impulse as a function of the shock impulse loads.. This interpolation can be performed in a manner similar to the interpolation for the shock pres- sures, A computer program is available which executes the interpolation procedure. Availability of this program is listed in Section: 2-4. The actual duration and the pressure-time variation of the gas pressures 1s not required for the analysis of’ most structural elements. Similar to the shock pressures, the actual pressure-tine relationship can be approximated by a fictitious peak triangular pulse. The peak gas pressure is obtained from Figure 2-152 and. the impulse from Figures 2-153 through 2-164 and the ficti- tious duration is calculated from the following: tym 2g / Py ‘ : 24 Figure 2-165a illustrates an idealized pressure-time curve considering both the shock and gas pressures. As the duration of the gas pressures approach that of the shock pressures, the effects of the gas pressures on the response of the elements diminishes until the duration of both the shock and gas pres- sures are equal and the structure is said to be fully vented If a chamber is relatively small and/or square in plan area then the magnitude of the gas pressure acting on an individual element will not vary significant- ly. For design purposes the gas pressures may be considered to be uniform on all members. When the chamber is quite long in one direction and the explo- sion occurs at one end of the structure, the magnitude of the gas pressures will initially vary along the length of the structure, At the end where the explosion occurs, the peak gas pressure is Pay (Fig. 2-165b) which after a fi- nite time decays to Pyp, and finally decays € zero. The gas pressure Pg> is based on the total vofase of the structure and is obtained from Figure 285 while the time for this pressure to decay to zero is calculated from Equation 2-4 where the impulse is obtained from Figures 2-153 through 2-164 again for the total volune of the structure. The peak gas pressure P,, is obtained from Figure 2-152 based on a pseudo volune (Fig. 2-165b) vhose 1fngth is equal to 2-24TM 5-1300/RAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 ite wideh and che height is the ‘actual height of the structure. The time ty for the gas pressure to decay from Pg to Pgp is taken as the actual length’of the structure minus the width divided by th® velocity of sound (1.12 fpms). At the end where the explosion occurs, the peak gas pressures (P,1, Figure 2- 165b) will ve a maximum and, after a finite time, they will decaf to a value (P,p, Figure 2-165b) which is consistent with full volume of the structure; fer which they will decay to zero. The magnitude of the peak gas pressures (Bp) tay be evaluated by utilizing Figure 2-152 and a pseudo volume whose 1efgth fo equal to its width and the height is the actual height of the chan- ber. The length of time tp between the tvo peak gas pressures may be taken as the length minus the widthof the structure divided by the velocity of sound (1 fpas). : : 2-14,3.2, Frangibility : Similar to shock pressures, an element can be considered frangible if it is designed such that its resistance to internal blast forces does not exceed 25 psf and that it will undergo significant displacement during the shock and gas loading phases, Figures 2-153 through 2-164 present the method for determin- ing the gas pressure impulse acting on the interior surfaces of the donor structure. These impulse loads will vary as the mass of the cover over the vent opening varies; that is, the heavier the vent opening cover, the larger the gas pressure impulse. Like the vented structures, the internal gas pres- sure impulse loads produced by a frangible cover must be interpolated as a function of the shock pressure impulse loads. “ 2-14,3.3. INT Equivalency The data preserited in Figure 2-152 and Figures 2-153 to 2-164 are for TNT only and must be extended to include other potentially mass-detonating materials. Similar to the shock pressures, only Limited amount of data is available r garding the TNT equivalency of confined explosions and in particular the of- fects produced on gas pressures. It has been suggested that the TNT equiva lency of explosives relating to gas pressures is a function of both the heat of detonation as well as the heat of combustion, while for the shock pres- sures, the TNT|equivalency is a function of the former only. "A relationship’ has been developed based on a-limited amount of testing as’ follows:’ : . a a (Mgxp - Hexpl: + Hexe Wg = ————_——— "ne 2-5 : ce ri a @ (ger = Hage) + Bowe where ‘Wp _—~ ‘effective charge weight for gas pressure ie ” Eiyr _- Reat of combustion of TNT Hexp _—~-‘eat of combustion of explosive in question - 2-25TM $-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 ¢ = TNT conversion factor (Figure 2-166) a Hqyr > ‘heat of detonation of TNT a Hexp - heat of detonation of explosion in question Wexp -- Weight of explosive in question Gas pressures will be increased because of casings, in particular, if the cas- ing is combustible. Since only unrelated data are available concerning the effects on gas pressures by the casing, a method of compensating for these ef- fects is to adjust the heat of combustion of the given explosive material in Equation 2-5 to account for the heat of combustion of the casing material. .. This adjustment should be made by chemically combining the heat of combustion of the explosive and casing. 2-14.3.4, Multiple Explosions The gas pressure produced by the.release of the gaseous products of multiple explosions in a confined area may be approximated by considering the explosion to be produced by a single explosive whose wetght is equal to the combined weights of the individual charges. This approximation {s accurate if the in- dividual charges are positioned in the immediate vicinity of one another and 4£ near simultaneous detonation of the individual charges occurs. If the in- dividual charges are not close to one another and/or positioned at one end of the structure, the magnitude of the gas pressures will initially vary along the length or width of the structure. This variation may be determined in a manner similar to that described in Section 2-14.3.1. i 2-144, Leakage Pressures 2-14.4.1, Introduction When an explosion occurs inside a vented chamber, shock pressures escape to. the outside along with venting of the gas pressures. . Trailing shocks overrun and coalesce with the lead shock at some distance to form a single diverging shock wave. Close to the structure, the blast pressures are affected by the structure itself as the shock pressures spill around the edges of the struc- ture and form highly turbulent vortices. At further distances, this effect is no longer present and the shock pressure decreases with increasing distances ‘The leakage pressures are enhanced in the direction of venting (front) and re- duced to the side and rear. The enhancement of pressures in.the front and r duction of pressures to the side and rear are less extreme as the distance away from the structure is increased. The blast environment outside of cubicle containing fully and partially vented explosions is presented in this section. Pressures and impulses acting on the ground surface are provided as a function of distance from the explosion, di- rection (front, side, back) relative to the vent opening in the structure, ar- ea of the vent opening and volume of the structure. For design purposes, the remaining blast parameters corresponding to the pressure and impulse acting on the ground surface may be obtained from Figure 2-15 and 2-16 in exactly the same manner as a surface burst of an explosive other than TNT. 2-26‘TM'5-1300/NAVPAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Explosions in three and four wall cubicles are considered. Three wall cubi- cles are fully vented structures. The blast environment is furnished for cub- icles with or without roofs. Four wall cubicles with a vent opening located either in the roof or one wall are considered. The size of the vent opening is varied from that of a fully vented cubicle through a full range of partial- ly vented structures. : ‘The data presented is based on tests in which the vent openings. were complete- ly open’. There were no frangible covers over the vent area which might inhib- ft,the pressure flow. Vent openings in protective structures are normally covered with frangible panels for weather protection,: separation of opera- tions, etc. These panels will affect the leakage pressures. “However, it 1s assumed that these frangible panels will reduce the shock pressures leaking through the opening to a greater extent than the increase in the internal gas pressure buildup. Therefore, use of this data will’ predict conservative 1eal age pressures from cubicles with frangible covers. 2-14.4,2, Fully Vented Three Wall Cubicles : For cubiele-type structures where full venting is provided through the frangi- ble or open portion of the structure, the resulting blast wave exterior of the cubicle will be appreciably modified as compared to an unbarricaded detona- tion. As the blast wave propagates out from the center of ‘the explosion, the shock front will collide with the interior surfaces of the structure. These collisions will reflect and reinforce the initial loads (pressure -and im- pulse). Eventually chese pressures will spill over. and around the blast: walls, and in the event of rapid collapse of frangible walls, through the structure to the surrounding area. The exterior pressures will not initially “have-a definite shock front but will, at some distance from the structure, shock-up with'frontal pressures similar to those produced by a surface burst. The pressure distance gradients avay from the ‘explosion will vary in all di- rections, This variation is defined by the configuration (shape, openings, ete.) of the protective structure containing the explosion. . Avseries of tests have been performed on three wall cubicle type ‘structures fllustrated in Figure 2-167. Cubic and rectangular three wall cubicles with and without ‘a roof were tested. The results indicated that several parameters were important: 1. (1) Direction. Three directions illustrated in Figure 2-167 are con- sidered.- The direction normal.to. the open wall is called the front. The directions perpendicular to the front normal are called the. sides. . The direction opposite the normal to the open ‘ - wall is called the back. The blast pressures out the front are greater: than that to the side which, ‘in turn, are. greater than that to the back. . (2) Structure geometry. Differences were found in the blast environ- ment depending upon whether the shape of the structure was cubic or rectangular. This was true for pressure and impulse measure- ments to the side. and back, andionly impulse-to the.front.. There were no differences in pressure out the front for the cubicle and rectangular structures, The difference in pressures to the side and back occur only close sto the structure. .Far from the struc- ture, there.is no effect on. pressure in any direction-due to 2-27TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 structure shape, However, impulse does not converge with distance for differences in cubicle’ shape. (3) Charge weight to volume ratio W/V and distance, The ratio: W/V does not have an effect on the pressure to the front of any cubi- cle. There is an effect of W/V on pressure to the side and back of all cubicles, but only close to the structure, For a partic- ular W/V, the pressure'is affected differently for a cubic or rec- tanguler structure. Thus, ‘the effect on pressure close in depends both on structure size and W/V, . But, for, further out, neither af- fect the pressures. For all values .of'Z, there is a measured ef- fect of W/V on impulse. (4) Venting ‘through the roof, For any direction, cubicle shape, and W/V value, -there are differences in blast pressure and impulse based solely on whether or not venting could cccur through the roof. (3) Scaled distance Z. Both blast pressure and scaled impulse are af- fected by scaled distance from the explosion. This parameter: is not independent of other factors. The pressure variation in the front, side, and back direction of any three wall cubicle without’ a roof is given in’ Figure 2-168 while for a three wall cubicle. with a roof the pressure variation is given in Figure 2-169. Due’to interferences from the side and back walls which cause complex vortices near the structure and coalescence of shock waves in close, there isa maximum pressure produced in the side and back directions. - These pressures are a function of the charge weight to cubicle volume ratio, W/V, and the configura- tion of.the cubicle. The maximum peak pressure in the side or back direction of three wall cubicles with or without a roof are “given in Figure 2-170. The scaled peak positive impulse in the front, ‘side, and back direction of three wall cubicles is given in Figures 2-171 through 2-182. The scaled im- pulse is given as a function of scaled distance from the explosion for various values of charge weight to structure volume ratio. The curves are presented in two groups; three wall cubicles without roofs and then cubicles-with roofs. For each direction, the impulse is given for explosions in cubic and rectang- ular cubicles, respectively. 2-14.4.3.: Partially vented four vali cubicles ~ vent opening in roof Four wall ‘cubicles with a vent openings located in the: roof will produce blast pressures on the ground surface which are symmetric about the vent opening. Leakage pressures were determined fora below ground cubicle with its roof flush with the ground surface (Fig. 2-183a). Figure 2-183b shows the above ground four wall cubicle. The vent opening was centrally located in the roof, and various: verit areas were considered. The blast pressure was determined to be a strong function 9f the vent area divided by the structure volume to the two-thirds power (A/V2/3) and the scaled distance,.and a very weak function of the charge weight to volume ratio W/V which can be ignored with negligible er- ror. + . : The leakage pressures resulting from an explosion in a partially vented below- Bround cubicle with a vent opening. in its roof: is given‘in Figure 2-184, and ~ 2-28TM 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR the impulse is given in Figure 2-185. The scaled ground distance as indicated in Figure 2-183a is used in these charts for the below-ground structures. Figures 2-184 and 2-185 ‘also be, used ‘to détermine the pressure and impulse acting on the gréund, sur 183b). "For an above-ground structure, the shock front must travel a longer distance than a below-ground structure. Therefore, the scaled distance that must be used in Figures 2-184 and 2-185 is approximated by the addition of the slant and horizontal distances indicated in Figure 2-183b. The figures ‘are’ tisefui in selecting the degree of venting required to’ limit leakage pressures ‘outside ‘roof-vented four wali cubicles to a specified safe level at safe given distance. Frost a knovledge of the pressure “and impulse on the ground surface, the blast load acting on a structure may be obtained’ frow the procedures given In this report. Thus, an adjacent ‘structure may be de- signed to resist a blast load resiilting from a given’ vent opening or the vent opening may be varied to suit the capacity of an adjacent ‘structure. 2-14.4.4, Partialiy, vented four walt cubicle - vent pening through wall Leakage pressures resulting from an explosion in a partially vented four wall cubicle where the vont opening {s.located in a wall (Fig. 2-186) have not been documented. These leakage pressures have a variation in direction similar to a three wail cubicle ‘with a roof and a variation with vent opening similar ‘to ~ a roof vented four wall cubicle., Extrapolation of the data for these types of cubicles resulted in Figures 2-187 through 2-189. ‘These figures present a reasonable estimate ‘of the pressures produced in'the front, side, arid back Girections (Fig. 2/186).. In addition to direction, these pressures are a function of scaled distance and the vent area divided by the volume to the two-thirds power (A/V**(2/3)). 2-15. External Blast Loads on, Structiires’ 2-15.1. General The blast loading on a structure caused by’a high-explosive detonation is de- pendent upon several factors: (1) The magnitude of the explosion. (2) The location of the explosion relative to the structure in ques- tion (unconfined or confined). (3) The geometrical configuration of the structure. (4) The structure orientation with respect to the explosion and the ground surface (above, flush with, or below the, ground). ‘The procedures presented here for the determination of the external blast loads on structures are restricted to rectangular structures positioned above the ground surface wheréthe structure will be subjected to a plane wave shock front. The précedures can'be extended to include structures of, other shapés (cylindrical, arch, spherical, ete.) ai well as structures, positioned at. and below the ground surface. : See 2-29TM 5-1300/NAVEAG P-397/AFR @8-22 2-15.2. ‘Forces Acting on Structuré The forces acting on a structure associated with a plane shock wave are depen- dent upon both the peak presstire and the impulse of the incident and dynamic Pressures acting in the free-field. The peak pressures and impulses associ- ated with the free-field shock wave have been preserited for various explo- sives. i For each pressure range there is a particle or wind velocity associated with the blast wave that causes a dynamic pressure on objects in the path of the wave. In the free field, thése dynamic pressures are essentially functions of the air density and particle velocity. For typical conditions, standard re- Lationships have been established between the peak incident pressure (Pao), the peak dynamic préssure (q,), the particle velocity, and the aii density be- hind the shock front. ‘Thé magnitude of the dynamic pressures, particle veloc- ity and air derisity is ‘solely a function of the peak incident preséure, and, therefore, independent ‘of the explosion size. Figure 2-3 gives the values of the parameters versus the peak incident pressure. Of the three parameters, the dynamic pressure is the most important for determining the loads on struc- tures For design purposes, {t 1s necessary to establish the variation or decay of both the incident and dynamic pressures with time since the effects on the structure subjected to a blast loading depend upon the intensity-time. history of the loading as well as on the peak intensity. The form of the incident blast wave (Fig. 2-190)"is chafacterized by an abrupt rise in pressure to a peak value, a period of decay to ambient pressire and a period in which the Pressure drops below, ambient (negative pressure phase). ‘The rate of decay of the incident and dynamic pressures, after the passage of the shock front, is a function of the peak pressure (both positive and nega- tive phases) and the size of the detonation. For design purposes, the actual decay of the incidental pressure may be approximated by the rise of an equiva- lent triangular pressure pulse. The actual positive duration is replaced by a fictitious duration which is expressed asa function of the total positive im- pulse and peak pressure: tog = 2i/p : 126 The above relationship for the equivalent triangular pulse is applicable to the incident as well as the reflected pressures; however, in the case of the latter, the value of the pressure and impulse used with Equation’2-6 is equiv- alent to that associated with the reflected wave. The fictitious duration of the dynamic pressure may be assumed to be equal to that of the incident pres- sure. For determining the pressure-time data for the negative phasé, a similer pro- cedure as used in the evaluation of the idealized positive phase may be util- ized. The equivalent negative pressure-tine curve will have a time of rise equal to 0.25 to whereas the fictitious duration toe” is’ given by the triangu- lar equivalent pulse equatio “tye” = 20°70" 2-7 2-30TM 5-1300/NAVPAC P-397/AFR 88-22 where 1” and p” are the total impulse and peak pressure of the negative pulse of either the incident or reflected waves. The effects of the dynanic pres- sure in the magazine phase region usually may be neglected. Since the fictitious duration of the positive phase wi1l be smaller in aagni- tude than the actual duration, a time gap’will occur between the fictitious duration and the onset of the negative phase. This time gap, which is illus- trated in Figure 2-190, should be maintained in an analysis for consistency of the onset of the various, load phasings. 2+15.3." Above-Ground Rectangular Structure Without Openings 2-15.3.1. General For any given set of free-field incident and dynamic pressure pulsés, ‘the for- ces imparted to an above-ground structure can be divided inte four general components: (a) the force resulting from the incident pressure, (b) the force associated with the dynamic pressures, (c) the force resulting from the re- flection of the incident: pressure impinging upon an interfering surface, and (4) the pressures associated with the negative phase’ of the shock wave. The relative significance of each of these components is dependént upon the geo- metrical configuration and size of the structure, the orientation of the structure relative to the shock front, and the design purpose of the blast loads. The interaction of the incident blast wave with a structure is a complicated process, To reduce the complex problem of blast to reasonable ters, it will be assumed that (a) the structure is generally rectangular’ in shape, (b) the incident pressure of interest is 200 psi or less, (c) the structure being loaded is in the region of the Mach stem, and (d), the Mach, stem extends, above the height of the buildiig 2-15,3.2, Front Wall Loads For a rectangular above-ground structure at low’ pressure ranges,’ the variation, with time on the side facing the detonation (front face) vhen this side is parallel to the shock front (normal reflection) is illustrated in Figure 2- 191a. At the moment the incident shock front strikes the front wall, the pressure immediately rises from zero to the normal reflected pressure, Py, which is a function of the incident pressure (Fig. 2-15).. The clearing time, tg, Fequired to relieve the reflected pressure is represented as: 2 4s : - 2-8 (+ Ry Gy, : ; $= clearing distance ‘and is equal to H or W/2' (Fig. is the snallest .2-191a) whichever H= hefght of the structure R= ratio of $/¢ where C is equal to H or W/2 (Fig, 2-191) whichever is larger 2-31‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC 'P-397/AFR 88-22 = sound velocity in reflected region (Fig. 2-192) The pressure acting on the front wall after time t, is the algebraic sum of the incident pressure P, and the drag pressure Cpq or: P= Pet Cpa 209 The drag coefficient Cp gives the relationship between the dynamic pressure and the total translational pressure in the direction of the wind produced by the dynamic pressure and varies with the Mach number (or’with the Reynold’s number at low incident pressures) and the relative geometry of the structure, A value of Cp=1 for the front wall is considered adequate for the pressure ranges considered in this manual. At higher pressure ranges, the above pro- cedure may yield a fictitious ‘pressure-time curve because of the extremely short pressure pulse durations involved. Therefore, the pressure-time curve constructed must be checked to determine {ts accuracy. The comparison is made by constructing a second curve (dotted triangle as indicated in Fig. 2-191a) using the total reflected pressure impulse 1, from Figure 2-15 for a normal reflected shock wave (Fig. 2-191a). The fictitious duration: ty¢ for the nor- mal reflected wave is calculated from: tee ip / Py 2-10 where Py is the peak normal reflected pressure (Fig. 2-15). Whichever curve (Fig. 2°191a) gives, the smallest value of the impulse (area under curve), that curve should be used in calculating the wall loading I£ the shock front approaches the structure at an oblique angle (Fig. 2-191b), then the péak pressure will be a function of the incident pressure and the in- cident angle between the front and the front wall and is obtained from Figure 2-193, An equation similar to that used for the manual shock front may be used when the angle of obliquity {¢ greater than zero as follows: tre * Abra / Pra ig 2 where peak reflected impulse ‘i,g is obtained from Figure 2-194 Usually only the positive pulse of the pressure-time relationship of Figure 2- 191b is utilized for the front wall design since the negative pulse seldom af- fects the design, For determining the overall motion of the structure, the effects of negative pressures should be included. The peak negative reflected pressure (Fig. 2-190) and reflected impulse are obtained from Figure 2-16 and correspond to the peak incident pressure (Fig, 2-15) acting on the front wall. The rise time and decay of the negative pressures -are similarly calculated as described in Section 2-15.2. : 2-15.3.3, Roof and Side Walls As the shock front traverses a structure a pressure is imparted to the roof slab, and side walls equal to the incident pressure at a given time at any specified point reduced by a negative drag pressure. The portion of the sur- 2-32,‘TH 5-1300/NAVPAG P-397/AFR 88-22 face loaded at a particular time is dependent upon the magnitude of the shock front inctdgnt pressure, che location of the shock front and.the wavelength (yy and L,") of the positive and negative = pulses. To determine accurately the overall loading on a surface, a step-by-step anal- ysis of the wave propagation across the surface should be made. This analysis includes an integration of the pressures at various points (Fig. 2-195a) on the surface and at various times to determine the equivalent uniform incident Pressure acting on a span L as a ‘function of time (Fig. 2-195b).. Since the point of inflection of the element will vary as the shock front traverses the surface, in order to make the assumption of the uniform pressure valid, the reinforcement on both faces must be ‘continuous across the span length. As the shock wave traverses .the roof, the peak-value of the incident pressure decays and the wave length increases. As.illustrated in Figure 2-195b, the equivalent uniform pressure will increase linearly from time tg when the blast. wave reaches the beginning of the element (point £)' to time ty when the peak equivalent uniform pressure is reached when the shock front arrives at point 4. The equivalent uniform pressure will then decrease to zero where the blast load at point b on the element'decreases-to zero. To simplify the calculations, jthe equivalent uniform pressure.has been ex- pressed as a function of the blast wave parameters’ at point f. The equivalent load factor Cg, the, rise time, and duration of the equivalent. uniform pressure are obtained from Figures 2-196, 2-197, and 2-198, as @ function of the wave length-span ratio Lyp/.L The peak value of the pressure acting on the roof Pp is the sum of contr{bu- tion of the equivalent uniform pressure and drag pressure a7 CEP soe + Cpdor. . eee 2-12 where Pypj is the incident pressure occurring at point f and dog is the dy- namic pressure corresponding .to. Cy :Pyge- The drag coefficient Cy for the roof and side walls is a function of the peak dynamic pressure. Recommended values are es follows: Peak dynamic pressure Drag coefficient 0-25 pst 0.40 25-50 . pst -0.30 50-130 psi” ; ' -0.20 The data presented above for the equivalent uniform roof and side wall blast pressures are used principally for. the design of individual elements: For overall motions of a structure, the effects of the negative phase pressures should be included., The equivalent load factor Cg for the peak equivalent un- iform negative pressure is obtained from Figure.2-196 as a function of the wavelength span ratio Lj¢/L. The value of the negative pressure acting on the roof, Py” is equal to Ck Prog where the value-of Cz” is a minus value. The value of the equivalent negative pressure duration tog is obtained from Figure . 2-198. -The value is not a.function of ,the peak incident pressure at point f. The rise time ‘of the negative phase is equal to 0.25 tor. 2-33TT 5-1300/NAVPAC P-397/AFR 81 Uf a side wall is positioned at an oblique angle to the shock front, then blast loads’ acting on the’ side wall are calculated in the same manner as that deseribed for front walls 2-15,3.4, Rear Wall As the shock-front p over the rear edges of the roof and/or side walls the pressure front will expand, forming secondary waves which propagate over the rear wall. In the case of long buildings, the secondary wave enveloping the back wall essentially results from the spillover from the roof, and the side walls. In both cases, the secondary vaves are reinforced due to their impingement with reflecting surfaces. The reinforcement of the spillover wave from the roof is produced by its'reflection from the ground surface at-the base of the rear wall, and the reinforcement of the secondary waves from the side walls is produced by their collision near the center of the wall and/or their interaction with the wave from the roof. Little information is avail~ able on the overall effects on the réar wall loading produced by the reflec-. tions of the secondary waves. ' Im most design cases, the primary reason for determining the blast loads act- ing on the rear wall is to determine the overall drag effects (both front and rear wall loadings) on the building. For this purpose, a procedure may be used where the blast loading on the rear wall Figure (2-199a) 1s calculated using the equivalent uniform method used for computing the blast loads on the roof and side walls. Here the peak pressure of ‘the equivalent: uniform pres- sure-time curve (Fig. 2-199b) 4s caleulated using the peak pressure that would. accrue at the back edge of the roof slab P,,,. The equivalent uniform load factors Cg and Cg” are based on the wave length of the peak pressure above and the height of the rear wall H, as are the tine rises and duration of both. the positive and negative phases. Like the roof and side walls, the blast loads acting on the rear wall are a function of the drag pressures in addition to the incident pressure. The dy- namic pressure of the drag corresponds to that associated with the equivalent pressure Cp P.gp, while the recommended drag’ coefficients are the same as used for the roof and side walls In the event that the back wall is positioned at an oblique angle to the shock front, peak incident pressure at point b should be calculated at the mid width 2-15.3.5. Multiple Explosions As previously mentioned, the blast loads, produced by' multiple explosions, ac- ting on structures located far from an explosion may consist of a series of separate’pressure pulses rather than a single. pulse blast load. ‘However, ‘the multiple’ pressure-pulse loading is usually associated with weights of explo- sives which are very small (several pounds) and, therefore, will not be the usual design situation.’ For large charge weights, however, the single pressure pulse loading with multiple peak pressures’will occur. At the pres- ent time no’ specific method has beendevised which will enable one to evaluate this type-of blast loading. In the interim, it is suggested thatthe multiple peak pressure type loading be replaced by the’ pressure-pulse which is associ- ated-with the merged shock wave. The parameters of this shock wave -and-cor- 2-34TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 aresponding pressures are determined assuming a single explosion, the. explosive weight of vhich is equal to the combined weight of the individual charges. 2-15.4,. Above Ground Rectangular Structures with, Openings. 2-15.4.1. General : ‘Two structural, configurations are usually encountered = when blast. loads are determined on structures with unsealed or unprotected openings in its exterior... The first configuration includes windows, doors or other openings located in both the front and rear walls as well as along the side walls of the structure. The second would include openings located only in the front face of the structure. The remaining surfaces are void: of open- ings. The second configuration is the. one most likely to be encountered since interior partitions will restrict the flow of the, blast wave through the structure. Increased interior blast leads are produced due ‘to the reflection of the blast wave on interior components. The blast loads associated with the Second configuration are. primarily discussed in this section with conments re- garding the loads pertaining to the first configuration. When a shock front strikes the front wall of a structure, the incident pres- sure is amplified. Windows and doors will fail almost immediately (approxt- mately one millisecond) after the onset of the shock front unless they were designed to resist.the applied load. As a result, blast pressures-will flow into the structure through these openings. This sudden release of high pres- sure will cause @ shock front to form inside of each opening. Each individual front will expand and tend to combine into a single front which will further expand throughout .the structure's interior. This interior shock is initially weaker than the incident pressure at the building's exterior. However, the incorior pressure will,tend to get stronger due to reflections off interior butlding components, An idealized structure configuration is show in Figure 2-200. The, incident shock front arriving at the front wall of the structure has an incident pres- sure Pgo and wave length.L,.: As the shock front, sweeps across the structure, blast pressures enter the interior of the building through the opening in the front wall: of area A,. The area of multiple openings are added to obtain a fictitious, single opening located at the center of the front wall. The blast Pressures entering the building first load.the interior surface of the front wall, folloved by. the interior surface of ‘the side yalls and roof, ‘and finally the interior surface of the back wall. The idealized pressure-time load cur- ves for these surfaces are presented in Figure 2-201. The procedures neces- sary to obtain the magnitude of the parameters given on the idealized loa curves for .a particular explosion are presented.in the remainder, of" this-sec- Except for the front wall, the blast pressutes acting ‘on the, exterior structure are not affected by the opening and are, determined according Procedures of the previous section. ., ' The primary purpose of this ‘section 1g to provide:the blast loading on the interior surface of an exterior wall so that the maximum outward motion of the wall may be determined. It is not the intent to use those interior loads to reduce the exterior positive phase loading. Except for the front wall, accu- rate phasing of the interior and exterior blast loads are not possible. The interior loads will always lag the exterior positive phase loading and, due to reflections off interior components, the duration of the interior load is al- 2-35,1M 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 ways longer. ‘For design, the interior blast loads should be added to the neg- ative phase exterior loading to obtain the maximum outward motion (negative response) of a side vall, roof or back wall, The maximum positive response should be determined for the exterior positive phase loading without: any re- ductions due to internal pressures. In most instances, interior partitions are required to withstand the blast pressures leaking into a structure. The procedures presented in this section may be used to determine the design blast load acting on these elements. An interior partition located parallel to the front wall will reflect the shock front and, therefore, is considered as a back wall. The length of the side wall would then be taken as the distance between the front wall and this partition. “An interfor partition(s) perpen- dicular to and framing “into the front wall may be considered as a side wall(s). The length of the front wall vould then be taken as the’ distance be- tween an’ interior partition and'a side’ wall or between two: interior parti- tions. In both cases, only the openings located between thesé partition walls would be considered as the "vent opening. ‘The procedures presented in this section to determine interior blast loads ac- ting on a structure with -an opening in thé front wall were developed for a shock front striking the front wall head-on. For the same size opening in a front wall, this orientation of the approaching shock front -results in the most severe interior shock wave effects. “The use of these procedures for shock ‘fronts approaching at all othér angles will result in conservative esti- nates of the blast loadings acting on the interior of ‘the structure, 2-15.4.2. Extertor Front Wall Loads . ‘The time required for reflected pressures to cleat a solid front wall is ex- pressed in multiples of the ‘time necessary for a rarefaction wave to ‘sweep the wall. When walls with openings are considered, clearing takes place ground the. edges of the opening in addition to the edges of the wall. Depending upon the size of the overall wall and the openings, the clearing tine of the ¥ flected pressures may be significantly reduced, © +3 The pressure-timé relationship “of the applied blast’ load acting ‘on the front wall .of a structure with openings is the same as that of a solid front-wall (Fig. 2-191) except the clearing time will be reduced. To evaluate this re- duced time, the value of S’ is introduced into Equation 2-8. This value {s the weighted average distance that the rarefaction wave must travel to cover the wall assuming immediate access of the incident shock to the interior of the structure. If frangible covers (windows, doors) do fot fail inediately, the clearing time should not be reduced." + The -wlettiog” for evaluating S’ is {llustratéd in -Figure 2-202 where the face of the front wall is divided into rectangular-ateas. These areas are determined by the location and dimensions of the openings in the wall, and by considera- tion of the direction along which the reflected pressure clears’ around the area in the shortest possible time. ‘The individual areas are labeled depend- ing upon the number and:lotation of the clearing sidés of the individual Clearing factors 6, aré establishéd fér these areas as follows: 2-36TM 5-1300/NAVFAC 'P-397/AFR 88-22 @ Area. 6, Nunber.of Clearing Sides i 1.0 Two, adjacent sides » 2 0.5 © Two opposite sides ~ 3h +10 One side ° : 4 Lo None fee ‘The weighted average clearing distance S‘ is: expressed as: D 6y hy Ay 4 Pee eee eae ee 2-13 Ag at where . S' = weighted average clearing distance with openings 6, ~ Clearing factor ' . = average clearing distance for: individual areas as follows: ‘Area 1 -.width or height of area whichever “ts smaller * . Area 2 - distance between opposite sides where clearing occurs Area 3 - distance between side where cledring occurs and opposite side Area 4 - same as Area 1 e A, ~-area of individual wall ‘subdivision : “Ag’= net! area of the wall excluding openings! ° + The clearing tine ‘t’, for’ a front wall! with opening is calculated from Equa- tion 2-8 in which 'S/ is substituted for $ or ast qi ’!.- ———_. Ql (+R) C ‘ P. . where. all components of Equation 2-14 have been previously. defined. “It should be realized that the load acting on the front wall with openings is still the sane’ as that shown in Figure 2-191 except with the reduced clearing time, t'; The curve which represents the wall loading is still the curve'which gives: the lower impulse. As previously stated, window breakage will require a finite length of time: This time may be evaluated using the restating functions of Chapter VI and the dynamic: procedures of Chapter 3. This time must be accounted for-in deter- mining the window contribution to the blastipressures acting on‘the wall. 2-15.4.3° Interior Front Vall Loads - : . The average pressure acting on the interior face of cho front vall vill. ini- @ tially build up in a similar manner as ” : the average presaure on the exterior back wall of a closed structure. How: ever, vortices are located all around the interior qdges of all openings in the front wall. The ‘effect of these vortices, which tend'to reduce the blast load, ‘has been neglected. 20971M 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 ‘The shock front entering through the opening in the front wall travels along the interior face of the front wall, thereby subjecting the wall to incident pressures. When the front reaches the side wall, it 1s reflected back. The length of wall loaded by this reflected wave 1s a function of the wave length, Ly: The average pressure acting on the:wall is determined assuming a single opening of area A, located at the center of the wall. In the case of multiple openings, a single opening equal to the combined area of all openings 1s lo- cated in the center of the front wall. : ‘The idealized pressure-time blast load acting on the interior face of the front wall is shown in Figure 2-201. The time at which the shock front ar- xives at the exterior surface of the front wall {s taken as zero (T, ~ 0). ‘The blast load acting on the wall begins at time Ty. This time represents the time it takes for the shock front to enter thé structure through the opéning Ao. The pressure buildup is linear from time T, to a maximum pressure Ppa, at time Ty, and then it decays linearly to zero at time T The maximum average pressure Paoy acting on the interior face of the front Penirsiar ant fostctmat tetinc ties eae ne aatese cmieetenlis corresponding to that pressure, and the geonetry of the wall. Figure 2-203 through 2-206 give the maximum pressure Pyg, acting on front walls having width to height ratios (W/H) equal to 3/4™4/2, 3 and 6, respectively. The idealized times 7), Ty and T; are also obtained from plots of front walls having width to height ratios W/H equal to 3/4, 3/2, 3 and 6. The arrival time T, of the load is given in Figures 2-207 and 2-208 as a function of the various opening to wall area ratios A,/A,... The rise time of the load, Ty - Ty is given in Figures 2-209 and 2-210 as a’ function of Pq and various wave Jongth to width of front ratios Ly/M. Finally, the dufation of the load ty ; 1, is given in Figures 2-211 and 2-212 again as a function of P, The times T) and T3 are obtained from subtracting T, from the rise re éuration, respectively. Failure of the cover sealing openings in a building (windows, doors) will af- fect the onset of the blast load acting on the interior surface of the front wall. -Due to the time required to cause failure of the covers, the onset of the interior pressures may not be in phase with the onset of the exterior blast load. Therefore, care must be taken.to arrive at a combined loading for the structural element - 2-15.4.4, Interior Side Wall and Roof Loads The blast pressures entering the interior of the building through the opening in the front wall (multiple openings are coubined.to form'a single opening) must travel along the interior face of the front wall before arriving at the side wall, The incident pressures arriving at the side wall are increased due to reflection off the wall itself. The front expands and travels ,across the side wall until it reaches the back wall. It is then reflected off the back wall, and the reflected wave travels back across the side wall towards the front wall. The length of side wall loaded by this reflected wave is a func- tion of the wave Length Ly. : @ The {dealized pressure-tine blast load acting on the interior face of the side wali and roof is shown on Figure 2-201b. The same assumption is made for the 2-38‘TM 5-1300/RAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 side wall and roof as for the interior front wall. That is, the time at which the shock front arrives at the front wall of the structure ia taken as zero = 0). The time Ty represents the time it takes the shock front to travel Er8m the opening across the interior face of the front wall to the side wall (or roof). The pressure build up {s Linear from tine T, to a maximum pressure Puax at time T, remains constant until time T3 and decays linearly to zero at tine Tj. This idealized curve applies to both the side walls and roof. The structure configuration paraneters as given in Figure 2-200 apply for aide wall loadings. However, to determine the roof loading, the structure must be rotated 90 degrees so that the roof takes the position of a side wall, The width and height of the structure aust be interchanged. All other paraneters are not effected. The maximum average pressure Pag, acting on the interlor face of the side wall (or roof) varies as a function of the incident pressure P,. acting on the ex- terior face of thé front wall, the wavelength L,, corresponding to Po, and the geonetry of the.structure. Since a large numbeY of plots would be fequired to describe Pugy for the blast and geometric parameters involved, an equation has been developed: The value of Paay 12 given by: Pax ~K/(Ly /L) . 2-15 For 6 > W/H < 3/2 Ke CAEL BR (hy MIE Pd xD KER Bigh OS: 7 2-16 where a A= 0.002 (w/ny-4467) - 0.0213 2-7 B ~ 2.2075 - [1.902 (w/ty29:085} 2-18 © = 1.231 + [0.0008 (w/uy?-678) 2-19 D = [2.573 (L/w) 70-444). 9.3911 2-20 E = 0.4221 + [1.241 (Ag/A,)9°367} 2-21 For W/H = 3/4 Kean ex chy ply P0978 2-22 vhere A = [0.5422 (1,/L)1-2944) - 0.001829" 2-23 B= [0.654 + 2.616 (A,/A,) - 4.928 (49/%4)?1 2-24 [2.209 (L/ay~0-3451 . 9.739) . C= 0.829 + 0.104 (L,/L)!-6 2-25 + [0.00124 + 0.00414 (L,,/L)3-334} [L/H}>. D= 2.579 - 0.0536 (1,/L)3-892 2-26 2-39STE RARER TEI TM 5-1300/RAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 E = 999 (Ag/A,)9- 964 2-27 F = 1,468 - 1.6627 (A,/A,)°- 7801 : 2-28 + [1.8692 - 1.1735 (Ag/Ay)“-2226] (1/1) G = 0.2979 (Ag/Ay)"2-4872 - 0.8351. 2-29 B= (5.425 x 20-4) + (1.001 x 109) (ayy? 965 2-30 For 3/2 > W/H > 3/4, graphical interpolation is required to determine P, Several values of Pag, are determined from Equation 2-15 for values of W/A equal to 3/4, 3/2, and preferably two values greater than 3/2, A plot of Paay versus W/H is prepared and the value of Pag, is read for the required W/H. The idealized times T, and T, are determined from Figure 2-213. These times are presented as a function of the ‘incident pressure P,, arriving at the ex- terior of the building and the width co. height ratio W/M of che front wall. Since the distance that the shock front must travel across the front wall is taken from the center of the opening, tines T, and T are not a function of the area of the oponing. This assumption will not result in significant errors since the openings considered are comparatively small. The idealized times T3 and 1, are determined from Figures 2-214 through 2-229. Each figure is preparad for @ given structure configuration defined by the length to height ratio of the side wall L/H and the width to height ratio of the front wall W/H. The times T; and T, are given on each figure as a func- tion of the incident pressure Poo and various values of the wave length to side wall length ratio L,/L. As explained above, these times are not a func- tion of the area of the opening. For ease of reference, these figures are listed in table 2-4 for the various L/H and W/H ratios provided. In most cases, interpolation will be required to obtain the correct values of T; and Ty for the given structure configuration. 2-15.4.5. Interior Back Wall ‘The blast pressures entering the interior of the building through the opening in the front wall must travel the full length of the building before arriving at the back wall. ‘The incident pressure arriving at the back wall is essen- tially uniform over the wall. This pressure is inmediately increased to the normal reflected pressure when it strikes the back wall. The idealized pressure-time blast load acting on the interior face of the back wall is shown in Figure 2-201c. Again, the time at which the shock front’ ar- rives at the front wall of the structure is taken as zero (T, - 0). The time Ty represents the time it takes the shock front to travel from the opening to the back wall, The pressure buildup is instantaneous to Pry, due to the nor- mal reflection of the shock front and then decays to zero at time Ty. This loading is similar to the loading of an exterior front wall except that clear- ing is not possible. The maxioun average pressure Fpyp acting on che back wall is obcained from Figures 2-230 and 2-231. Each'figure 1s prepared for a given value of L/H. The ratio of the maximum average Pressure on the back wall to the incident 2-40‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 pressure P; is given as a function of P,g for various values of Ag/Ay. Taeerpelactae béveen figures aay be necessary for a given structural configu: ration. The idealized timé T is determined from Figures 2-232 and 2-233. Each figure {s prepared for a given value of the width to height ratio of the wall W/H. The time Tj 1s given as a function of the incident pressure P,; for various values of the wall length to height ratio-L/H and the ratio of the opening. area to the wall area Aj/A,. The duration of the load T)-Ty is determined from Figure 2-254. "The”eite te given ap a function of the Incident pressure 9 for various values of A,/A,. Since the back vall-is located at the great- Cl2 Giscance from the trone’wali; the aree of che opening has a significant effect on these times and must bé considered. 2-15,5, Pressure Buildup In Structures 2-15.5.1. General, . : : The procedures in Section 2-15.4 are for determining the net effects of shock loads entering openings'in structures from‘ windows or doors which are not de- signed to withstand'the applied blast loads. In certain cases, structures may have closures which are designed to resist the blast loading, but have very small openings due to vents and ducts, which will not withstand the blast. In this case, the small opening will not allow the shock front to develop inside the structure. However, the structure experiences an increase in its ambient pressure (a "filling" pressure) in a time that is a function of the structure volume, area of the openings, and applied exterior pressure and duration. Since personnel exhibit a tolerance limit to such pressure increases, a method of determining the average pressure inside the structure is needed. It should be noted that the interior pressures imuediately adjacent to the openings will be higher than the average pressure. 2-15.5.2. Method of Calculation The following procedure is applicable for structures with small area-volume ratios and applied blast pressures less than 150 psi. The change in pressure SP; inside the structure within a time interval ét is a function of the pres- sure difference at the openings, P-Py, and the area-volume ratio, Ap/V,: 1 OL (Ag / Vo) 8 2-31 vhere G_ = leakage pressure coefficient and a function of the pressure difference P-P; and is obtained from Figure 2-235 P= applied exterior pressure Py = interior pressure = interior pressure increment = area of openings Vo = structure volume 2-41TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR.88-22 be = time increment ‘The interior pressure-time curve is calculated as follows: a @) (3) (4) Determine the pressure-time history of the applied blast pressures P acting on the surface surrounding the opening as presented in Section 2-15.3. Divide the duration to of the applied pressure into n equal inter- vals (St), each interval being approximately t,/10 to t,/20, and determine the pressures at the end of each interval. _ Compute the pressure differential P-P; for each time interval, termine the corresponding value of G, ‘from Figure-2-235, and cal- culate 6P, from Equation 2-31 using the proper values of A,/V, and &c. Add SP; to Py for the interval being considered to obtain the now value of Py for the next interval. Repeat for each interval using the proper values of P and Py. eee ea cece ar eeeten armen cea ees tgirete tee ola eee must also be taken as negative. ‘The above procedure is most easily accomplished by.using a tabular arrangement for the required computations, An illustrative example is presented in Appen-. dix 2A. 2-42Barrier’ Shel ‘Above Ground Iter Below Ground Shelter Containment Cell only Partial Containment Cell, Suppressive’ Shield, or Containment Cell CHARGE 7 _| . PRESSURE PROTECTIVE CONFINEMENT CATEGORY, Loaps STRUCTURE | rinea | Free Air Burst ©. Unreflected ‘eegaeios | 2. Air Burst b. Reflected Shelter 3, Surface Burst b. Reflected ¢. Internal Shock 7 4. Fully Vented oe Cubicle ae c. Internal Shock | contominh cell SPartially Confined | e, Internal Gos or Explosions Suppressive 6. Fully Confined 4. Leakage ¢. Internal Shock @. Interna! Gas Figure 2-1 ‘Blast loading categoties 2-43 Shield Full Containment Cellw POSITIVE SPECIFIC IMPULSE, is 3 tHe o NEGATIVE SPECIFIC & Ps IMPULSE AMBIENT, Po DURATION, DURATION, to eure-time variationPEAK DYNAMIC PRESSURE , qo (psi) 1000 700: 00 300 200 100 5 10 70 if 50 5 307 3 20} 2 10 te to 7H 7 5 5 10 07 : 03 2E : : : = 02 i 01 to 23 5 70 2 30 $070 100 300 500 1000 PEAK INCIDENT PRESSURE , Fyo(psi) Figure 2-3 Peak incident pressure versus peak dynamic pressure density of air behind the shock front and particle velocity 2-45 DENSITY OF AIR BEHINO SHOCK FRONT, p (\bs./ft?) AND PARTICLE VELOCITY, p (ft./msec.)PRESSURE “REFLECTED, PRESSURE INCIDENT PRESSURE DURATION, to, POSITIVE PHASE _ DURATION, to Figure 2-5 Pressure-time variation for a free-air burst 2-47gsinq 17e 9e13 e 103 eanssex0 queprour femnseerd poyooT zor TouUICU Jo OTALT 943 sNEXOA oANssoId quoproUT Hveq 9-z oanbrg (18d) %g BUNSSAYd LNACIONI AV3d 00001 001 901 or fds 4d JYNSSINd LNIGIONI/SUNSSIYd 031939743 TVAYON 40 OlLVE 2-48) +. ws ‘Wis Figure 2-7 (CHARGE ‘SURFACE On ost 5 0 80 100 SCALED DISTANCE z+ R/w'/3 Pap = PEAK POSITIVE INCIDENT PRESSURE, psi Pe PEAK POSITIVE NORMAL REFLECTED’ PRESSURE ,p Eywl/3 5 SCALED UNIT POSITIVE INCIDENT IMPULSE , ps1~ma/16\/2 i/WW/3 © SCALED UNIT POSITIVE NORMAL REFLECTED INPULSE , psi -ma/ibl/? {Q7wl/3 = SCALED TIME OF ARRIVAL OF BLAST WAVE, mo/1b te/W/3 = SCALED POSITIVE DURATION OF POSITIVE PHASE ,ms/1b!/3 a SHOCK FRONT VELOCITY, f1/ms WF CHARGE WEIGHT, Ibs Ly/w/3 SCALED WAVE LENGTH OF POSITIVE PHASE, iol’ Positive phase shock wave parameters for a spherical TNT explosion in free air at sea level 2-49w= . ae 6 ; 5 ; 5 e : - = bos 2 : nee SCALED DISTANCE zens : SCALED UNIT NEGATIVE INCIDENT IMPULSE , psi- ms /ip!/3 SCALED UNIT NEGATIVE NORMAL REFLECTED IMPULSE, -ms /1p/3 = SCALED DURATION OF NEGATIVE PHASE, mo / 10/3 SCALED WAVE LENGTH OF NEGATIVE PHASE, ft/Ib Ye in free air at sea level 2-50RELECTED PRESSURE , Preipel) ° 0 2 30 40 30 Ce) e980 ANGLE OF INCIDENCE , ex, DEGREES @ sive 25 vartatton of reflected pressure as a function of angle of inetdence 2-51[Numbers adjacent to teurves are ecaled LW Hof SCALED REFLECTED IMPULSE, iovw"*(psi-ms/IbY*) “o © 2 30 40 8 60 70 @ ANGLE OF INCIDENCE ,ox DEGREES Figure 2-10. Variation of scaled reflected impulse as a function of angle of incidence 2-52auamuortaus 38eTq 383nq aTy 11-z eanBtz uaz QNNO#S 39v4uNs GNNOYS: 4H 437aHs ANOS HOVH ANIOd 37d1uL JO Hivd BAVM 31937338 ~ AVM LNGIONI w ‘BON3GIONI 40 STONY 2-53asanq 2ye 403 woyaeriea oura-aanssaag z1-¢ aandty AINIOd 37diul BSAoaV LNIOd (4) AINOU3 HOVW (0) = ‘SWE (ANQIONI) Sa (AN3GIONI) “d BUNSSIUdYSAO (CAN3QIONI How) 8a BUNSSadUaAO 2-54used aqdys3 go qwBy9u pateos ET-z Panky 7) *Z*3ONVHO WON B0NVLEIO TWLNOZINOH a31vOB a + a 1 ® 9 . z ° (en) Fs amiod adn Jo LNOI3H aFWOS te) oe *yyB1eH 964049 palpog| HH 2-55quawuosyaus 3se7q ISinq edeJang yI-z sanBIy govauns aNnoud wat7aHs ANOYS 3AM aNV1d GaWnssv- 2-56. BAW 031937438 GNNOYO‘CHARGE ‘SURFACE 0.05 jo.o1 0.008 ot os 1 5 SCALED DISTANCE Zquny/w!/3 }0.001 a) PEAK POSITIVE INCIDENT PRESSURE , pi 3° Peax POSITIVE NORMAL REFLECTED’ PRESSURE , ps ‘Jw 2 SCALED UNIT POSITIVE INCIDENT IMPULSE , ssi-ms/ib/> ‘7w'/3 = SCALED UNIT POSITIVE NORMAL REFLECTED IMPULSE , psi =ms/ib!/3 I a3 scateD TIME OF ARRIVAL OF BLAST WAVE, ms/ibY/® te/w/3 = SCALED POSITIVE DURATION OF POSITIVE PHASE , ms /10/3 u SHOCK FRONT VELOCITY , ft/me w CHARGE WEIGHT, Ibe ve Lw/wi/3 = SCALED WAVE LENGTH OF POSITIVE PHASE, 11/10 Figure 2-15 Positive phase shock wave parameters for a hemispherical TNT explosion on the surface at sea level 2-57HARGE SURFACE hasw/3 | be 8 Ws ys On 05 1 5 10 ‘30 100 SCALED DISTANCE Z5#Ro/w'/3 PEAK NEGATIVE INCIDENT PRESSURE, psi PEAK NEGATIVE NORMAL REFLECTED PRESSURE, psi SCALED UNIT NEGATIVE INCIDENT IMPULSE, psi-me /iD'/3 SCALED UNIT NEGATIVE NORMAL REFLECTED IMPULSE, psi-ms/ib!/> SCALED DURATION OF NEGATIVE PHASE, me/ip!/3 SCALED WAVE LENGTH OF NEGATIVE PHASE, f1/1b!/> Figure 2-16 Negative phase shockwave parameters for a hemispherical INT explosion on the surface at sea level 2-58a. ORTHORHOMBIC b. HEMISPHERICAL ©. IN-PROCESS HOPPER 8889a 4. GRENADES IN-PROCESS 130 'e. CLOSED-TOP HOPPER f. PRESSED BILLETS 9. EXTRUDED ROD i ~h. PROJECTILES a | BEAKER Le j. CYLINDRICAL “O. A SPHERICAL a 1 CARPET m. BAS. ee Figure 2-17 Explosive shapes 2-59Teasq vas ae aoezane 943 uO uorserdxs ue 305 esinduy payeos pue sanseord quoprout eatazsod weg gt-z eanSta adoys joatupuik ‘edoys avjnbuojoay, adoys s0jn6upjoay €-¥ Uorsoduiog “© en80U/W “gp/ Ou 287! 22000819 921095 entAl/W ga M/Pas 87 22001810 921005 eAPQ1/ 4 gq M/Pue 82! 22U0I8I0 921095 09 oper oz ol 9 be zt 08 Onor org be 2 09 ore @z ol_9 we Zt 4 eA M/BU- 186%. M8 | asiNdw! (URpIDU) BAU IHES iTUN PA;22g 1908 ‘aungsosg (uap!dul BA14i90g 498d 2-60TeAsT eas 3P oDesaNs a4 UO uorsoidxs ue 105 astndwy paqeos pur eanssoad quapyouy aayaqsod yeag GT-z 9andTy Iooyspuncy @ UOH!80dwoD “9 eA 881/1h "gp M/2M #82! 22v01810 P1025 03 obor ozo 9 FEE My 8 PZ dy 8 $898 8 les1seydg 4809 EAA "gy M/Pee %2! 22001810 721995 09 ovo ce ol 9 et 2 an (51 g8 8 epM/tu-188'< M/S" asindul wuanious aatiitog sun palo2s 3g }ed0tg" sunsagig 1U2D12U) anigtnog xOeG 2-61[easy eas ae adezans 243 UO uoysotdxa ue 103 astndwy payess pue ainssaad quapsour oatatsod y@0g Oz-z andra aiquioysoyi40 2yDayIN auypiuoN *2 a8 gp P82! sov04810 991095 Boo’ o 9 re 2 4 7 888 & siquioysoys40 siqwowourso p-9 vorsoduiog “4 y-9 woIyIsoduiog “o en¥Al/10 “g gM/P= % 92061810 991095 ent ‘gg 427! e20018G 921025 03 Oro. ce or 9 be 2 1. coor oF 9 be z a eM /AW- 186% ¢y/M * 98indu juapyaul antisog sun pAIDeS 196 '%%y ‘ouneneug jueploul eAysited Hood 2-62TPaay Bas 4e |>ezans 243 uo worsotdxa ue'10y astnduy payess pue aangsord quapyout oatatsod yor [z-z eanBtg 9 40 Koay susddon ‘g1woysoys40 Sapousl ZbW 5 °o Of/OL 101019K9 -q 0/02 104019k) “0 n/Mis®2! 29001810 791095 a enh /Ma= 92" 22001810 921095 o 3 be \. 09 obocce ol. 9 »e 2 1 : =H fi oa | *asindwy juapiout aanisog sun 99/025, einsaeig (UepI2U, en1s180g XoVd joo oo 3 = q joo! loo. 53 looe joe jooz 5 looe loos lor $ looe loo cor s loos loos > ‘003 1008 loosTeAaT wae ye DeFANs 342 uO uotsojdxe we 105 astndwt poess pue oxnssoad quaprour oatatsod yzeq. zz-z¢ aanB1y punoy a6uis joatspuyseo 7 d1qmoysoy0 a1i9efosd WO! WWSGI CebW “9 XWH “@ XWH “0 enP8U/0 gy h/%822" 220010 731925 q 888 “tg pM/ 4292! 99001810 21095 en*81/ 04 ‘gy M/28 222" 9200}819 931025 63 obo ce ol 9 bE 2 1% «(09 OO Ol 9 ‘ve 2 09 Oop oly be 2 1 x ie qi WA /41 4 a¢inoul yuap}2ui anyiisog Hun paj095, NEN big {UAPIDUL BAI}I30g 109d 2-649a9] eas av osezans 242 uo uoysotdxe ue x03 astnduy poqeos puv ainssaxzd quapyouy aayazsod yeag ¢z-z andra eypuydhig poe7 “2 ‘ajouydhag poor “a (peyouzixep) spizy poe ‘0 nti gM /22 97! a2u04nig 991095 eAtQI/ gq W/2U2°2" 8201810 2109S ATH ea 63 over oz Of 9 bE 2 1. 039 Oh Of 9 ve 2 | 03 pore ol 9 be zt ie Z joz z jov jos 3 Hd bangs ig 1vBpIDUl BAIGI¥0q YORd. 8388 & 2-65T2aaq vas 3e adezans 943 uo udtsojdxe ue x03 estndwy poqeos pur eanssead quapsour eaqaysod yeag yz-2 aanfra aiquoysoys4o plex "9 enPO1/H) “gn /*u 2! #200100 721025 8 oor ol 9 bez 1, =H ¥ 08 ovor we en W/M42 07! e2u018Ig 21095 g9oez 4 o S4a11Iq pasterd . blexT “a fs 09 obor oz 2 a B38 Ba8 8 oO ayquioysoysso bI-XT *0 W 'gaWs*ue?2" 2001810 121095 9 vez PrauL aanitog HUN PRI095 3 z 7 = ? z 3 i 7 z 2-66T2aaq eas ae aezans ay3 uo” uoysoydxa ur 403 asyndwy payess pur einssoid quoprour anyaysed xeoq ¢z-z aanByq Spunos 4yG19 40 21104 aaddou arquioysounO WWE 1PZ/2I2N 9) $2/SL 10190 -q SZ/S2 10190 “0 enV “gy M/Pu 292! 22001810 921095 e881 “gq M/2Gs4z! #2U0;H0 pajo2s en8U/ “G9 h/ 2827! 2300}819 931095 08 vor ce Of 9 bez 1 03 OE OS HE Zz 1. GeO O 9 bE z iz =H fi 8 gs 8288 & 8298 8 88 aA/00-104' gM 7H ‘onindu wuapouy anyiteg stun peI025 194 '9tg “eananeig jwopiauy vayjt0g XO8d 2-67: : Tesay pas ae aoeyins 942 uo uoysoydxe ue 303 asynduy payeos pur dinssoad quopyour aaratsod yeag 97-¢ aandrg 199 410410, @00NH1N “G aiquioyso4yi40: . a8o1n|1920441N ‘9 en" "gM Page 87! 9200180 ALOIS a '841/4h "gy M/Pus%2! e2uD;EIG P1095 ent ‘gg 2827! 93U 09 Orc oz ol 8 be 2 i 03 Over | 9 be 2 1 09 Ovo zo} 9 he zt joz oz los low low joo 9 joo! oo! joo! jooz, jooz ooz loos lor Jooe loow, cov Joow, loos Joos loos looe 1009 loos ‘OR "esnaseed 1U2PIDUL PAI}I804 NOOK: AW /tW- 1864. )M/ 4‘ o8indu swepIoul aayiytog HUN P2105 2-68easy vos 3e 9Pz2Ns 2y2 UO uoysotdxa ue 203 asqnduy potess pue oanssord qusprout oataysod yeog (Z-< 2andta po. papnsyxg roo1purika e02-Oxed > €0%-oxed “@ en PAI 'g yih/ PHP! 93001810 91095 en'tt/ th 'g pM/P¥892! s9u0181g 991095 OS orn ce” of 9 +e 2 ty eaM/Bu-186', ,M/ 4 ‘asindu wapIoUl aaUiEeg LUN 92/025 ea "0hg‘eunenang Wvapou) anitnag ¥08d 2-69[2AdT_vae Ie aovzIns 942 uo woysoqdxa’ uv 103 estnduy pateos pur aansserd uapyouy enzatsod' yeag gz-z omndTE 1wduapuitey aiqwoyioyO * ywaupunika ° 2/86 xu. "2 2/86. xau “a Auinjs XG ‘0 AVAL gM /PusP2 22001819 p21095 EAB gy W/242%2! 22901810, 991095 a 03 ovr oz o_o “be 2 09. por oz ot 03" obor 2 o._ 9 be 2 Ova 1/18 gg PH2Z! adu01819 921035 t " loos aeincu uapi2uy anyieed sun pA1095 eid (Uap IDUl PAN II0g NORA ensue ted Mm /™ 2-70Teaay eas ae aoe. uofsotdxa ue 103 astndwy press pur aanseasd quapyouy aA seddon 21qwoys04140 Wotapuyiko ANL 9 : 4NL @ po ANDO tag 88g aunexasd 1v2p!2u1 2A14!50g 402d eA M/8U-186 '¢ M/ SE" asindul \UaPIDVT a4liHEOg HUN P2I02S <7.Teast vee ae aougane 942 US woyeordes we 103 ostndmy pozeos puv oanevoad queprouy aataysod 470d Of-2 santa Woupusiko auypruonBodIN -q usapiiaL “D nd/bas0z! s2004810 731995 wl o 9 re zt, 0 “en /22 07! #204810 991095 ATA ‘gq M/UH92! e2U0K8IG 991025 @ oo 9 vez 1, 09 ror ol 9 bE Zt 7 q 8 8288 8 8888 8 ted WAPIOU BAU|AOY HOO ‘en M/M ‘asindut weproul enqitted s1¥n pRI095 190 "08g, annsen 2-72Yeast ees ae aDezans ay2 uo Yoysordxs ue 203 asynduy pazvos pur sanssead yuapyouy eayazsod yeog Te-z sansta 91qwoys0u430 4apmog ¥90/a “0 apt "gp M/Pus02! 22401819 21095 aA*AI/H ‘eq /2us°z" sou0i8G p9i095 ‘en Mh/ 4292! a0u0i810 991095 03 over oz or 9 be 2. Bo. bee et ==} —|cos “asindwt qwapiaut aatiisog tun pej09s 194‘%y eunesaig 4W9p!ou enliss0y x08 AM /80-188 "5 AW? 2-73uoqsoqdxs ue 103 as{nduy poyeos pur sanssoad quapyouT oaTatsod yeaq Yessy eae ye aonzane aya uO zene eantya suaddoy d}quioys0yjs0 1orspurky j@doid OOWN-SB “9 juoliedoid OOWN-SB “9 juo}iedoid OOVN-SE “O eA PSi/1h gq M/PH9Z" aauoitig 921095 a AiBAI/ Ug pM/2BH0Z" aouEI8IG 9299S a /i8A1/ gn /M427Z! e2U0181G 21095 Os pore of 8 be 2 1, O98 VOR OF 9 ee 2 1, G3 ovoe ae. OL 9 ve WW /su 1886, K/5) ‘asindul uapIoul aALUISOG HUN PaI09S en peg "O8y*aumssaig wuaplouy aauisog YOad 2-74Tena] eas 3” aopzins 943 wo uoysoTdxe ue 103 astndwy poyeos pus vansso1d quapyout aatatsod yeoa ¢¢-z eanBzg 21qwoyi04440 wojjedoid Z2eGT d¥-7910 ‘9 Ia}spuyika Wolladord 12bGI d¥-1910 ant 03. oboe oe “enW/2ae%2! e2voitia pejoos dIquioys04s39 juo|ladoud OZPST du=791G “> Ovoe 2" on gq m/e 22! s2401NG }005 9 9 a i WA / 4! as;nowy quaprouy aauisog sun pajoos 14g '08y"aunesaig wuapiaul aniiisog 192d cAMssu-ies* 2-75T2AaT vas Ae soezans ay uo uoysoTdxe we x03 asqnduy pateds pur sanssead quapyouy aaqatsod yeag pe-z2 aan8yty [2130q s9puaig (payniojsad- 1410) (parosossad - 1410) quo}1@doud T392W ‘9 Wwoj1adord IW oa Ente ‘gq MBe9Z! oDu01019 pr125 08 obos @ ot Hun paioag AM /$8- 186" M2 seinawl Wuaprou, sanisog 1n0 "8g ‘ounseaig juspiou) aauisog Yo2d 2-76Tena] vas 38 aoeyiny ys we worsotdxe uv 203 osynduy pateos pus ainssaxd quapyouy eatqTs0d yeaa ce-z eanSta 913puNNKD A®8nq_ dosp o1quioyso4si9 P9q 49ksp siquoysowss0 ( paipso}9d-1)0W) (payos04i04 -14100) (paios04s0d- 1411) tupiiedord 13. 920 9 fupiiedosg 13 92H Wwojjedosd 1392W NH “gy h/datz! a9ucs1g pat09s en PA 10 gM P8292" a0u0;810 81025 09 oboe ce love loos leo “foos 009 20g veg wapiouj sasiisog s10n 9ajoag 2-77 arnsseig sweprouy ais pRB EE! M/F a8) 9081 mattyyeaa] vas ae a2ezins 343 Uo worsotdxe ue 10j asynduy pazeos pue aanssaad quapyouy eayaTsod ywaq g¢-z 2andta 1oo1spurieo (peyosojs0d 9}6uIs)) Wwo}isdodd IY OSH “Oo eA PAI/¥4 gy /%8092" 99001810 921095 eats gg Hea! 20005810 921029 68 oor ot” ot 9 ve 2 28 eg M/E * asindust wuaprouy anjleog s1un B8)0: Hag Oty asnenaid juapi2u) ani )804 408d 2-78[easy vas qe avezans ay7 uo uoysoqdxe ue 10g estnduy pazeos pur eansseid quapyouy aayaysod yea f¢-z 2anBTg (@pis Bu05) (@pis 440s) Pag-4eksp s1qwoysoussO arquioys0yj0 We4s04440 (paiou0}104- 310") W0}19d01g YOU'S PAHOIS 13 IV IZIN “9 uojjadorg HONS PEHOIS 13 IVIEW @ sup) jadord, OrW eA" ‘gph /%u2®2! a2u01810 991995 09, ob or 0” * esindwy qwapyaus eanissoy stun pajoas ams enm/sunied! 14g 108g taunesarg wwapIoU! anyitog xOeE 2-79T2A9q ves ae avezans ay3 uo Uoysotdxe ue 203 asqnduy patess pue ainssaxd guapyouy aayayeod yeag ge-z osndta (@p1g 6u07) (apis 1404s) suaurpjuos Burddiys ‘s1qWOYs04sI0 s1quioys0ys20 puo}j@doig SN 'O 4U0}19d01d HONS PIHOIS IZIVIEW “O JUD} }adOdd HONS PEHOIS IZIVIEW “O EAPO gM /MHMZ 22,0181 D21095 ep ¥9V/Ub “gg M/Mte 92! aouoisig p21995 en¥i/40 “gp /28e*Z! sous1810 991095 03 Orr oe” ol 9 Fe EES PINT tr 08 crore cz ol 9 be 2! 1 9 ee 2 ret Joos eAB/AW-1ES cm /81 *asindwl wuapious aamsog sun pajo2g Hed '08q sunseaid Wv@plul S411:808 ¥O8d 2-80Teas] was ye oRjane 243 uo uoysoydxe ue soy ostnduy payess pue oanssoid quapyouy aayaysod yeog Ge-Z aandTa ‘vo1404n6};409 419q 40Kkenuog syoyong a61049 81104 490309 yup|ledord GN “2 Jun} |adord SN °@ quoiledoig GN “O en 8/44 “gM /PA2°Z" a2u01810 paI025 eA 8AI/H4 ‘gn Mh/ P8E°Z! 89405810 921095 ESQ ZU “gp M/P82°Z! sou0Hs1G P1025 8) * ssingwi qwapjaul aanisog stun pajo2s sunsteig Wv2D!9u) eA IS0g D2 EA M/BU=1ES AM/ 2-81[easy vas ae soezane aya uo worsotdxe we x0y astnduy pazeos pue einesoid quapyouy eatatsod yee oY-z oanBta Jeddoy vedo 4 paso, suinup Suddys junjiedoig 9W “9 qup}|edord SW “4 “eam /Mle°2! a2u04819 921995 2* a2u0isig pai025 soe 2 Stes ena 09 Oro cz Ol 9 ee Z = as =EE Jub}|edoig QW “o ‘ga Mh/Pa222" a2u0481g P2I925 eA B/AH- 168g M/S a6indwl wapyul aasisog iWUN pB|O>s 4g'9Fy eunesaid suep(2u enijit0g YoedTPA2T Pas ae s9vzIns aya UO WoFsordx9 we Joy eginduy poress pue aanssead quoproUuy oatazsod Yeog [y-z oanByg 1orapunso aiqwoysoyso 49PMOd 1108 beEOM ‘9 \-¢6 4 49PMod 1108 beBOM “a UID 4a¥90N UgZ'z “o eAP/0 gg 28222! a0u04810 921995 en*8l/¥) “gg M/be82' 200;810 931998 09 oe eo 9 be zt 09 OFOE O Ol 9 ¥ ¢ EH 8417 ign W/2H222" 22401810 21025 03 oboe o2 9 ez = r EAM/W-188 6 M/S) ‘asinewl qUap;oul axjeitog sun pEso2s H9d°O8y eunsseug Wepiou) aaisneg 40ed 2-836uiddiys uog oy Tos] 98 ae aoezans 943 uo uoysoTdxs ue 105 ostnduy poyess pus sinssoxd yuapyous aayaqsod ywog Zy-z eanBry pepnaixg (suj018 puomiog) quojiedoig dvd LEWX “a en¥AU/Ht 'ggm/ 222! 23004519 p21025 5 psomio} aj6u1g) qupiladoid dvy LEWX “° juapiouy saiyisog stun 921095 saa 'O8gSaunssaig juep)ouy a nme psog 408g 2-84[a9] 898 ae soezans 9y3 UO uorsotdxa ue 103 astndmy poyess pus eanssoad qepyoUuT eataysod yeeq ¢y-z aan2yg 830ujDjU09 Bujddiys uop om pepnsixg suosB wv) mB iv) (1618 440. tuopiedoid: dva LEWX "2 suojiadoid dval ZENX “4 us) + gam/achz! sauoisig pai075 en PAX/ "g gM/ MP2! e2U018IG 21095 6a ov oe” 1 9 ve 2 Seeteses i 03 oe oO 9 ve zt, 09 Groce of 9 be z 3% 8 8288 § jupyjedoid dv LEWX “> en FAI/U "gp/%87Z! 22001810 931025 i. gee BEYER §8 W/ 4 * asindu uapi2uy aauisog wun pajorg 190° ‘auneseig juaplaut eayit0g xORd 3 2 2-85Teas] vas 38 adezans 942 uo worsordxe ue 203 ssjnduy poteos pue sinssaad auapyouy eatatsod yeaa yy-% aandya “(te M/H) 24quI0ys04130 s1quioysouss9 : 1o91puH1k sup} |edosg OW. 2 + dupjtedorg (09S) 2-wr “a qupiiedodd (O9%S7) Z-Wr “0 ent) gq Abe PZ! a2ioing va1095. en t/t 'gyM/Me*2! s2v0r8ig p21095 en¥Q1/"ib ‘gq M/2H8°2! a2u0181g 121095 09 oper oz. of 9 be zt 09 Ore oO 9 re 2 08 Oren or 9 ee 2 | = STEER ry 7 ET = ie CITE loz lor —lov Joa joot foo! jooz fooz Jor joe Joow joow loos Joos i q = 1” 8 8 S888 8 enM/3U-186 6 M9) aeinduy (wapiDul aanitog HUN paI095. “ounesaig 49p12u) eniiog xed 199 Oty 2-86T2aay vas ae asezins 943 Uo uoysotdxe ue 103 aetnday potess puw anesard quopyouy eatatsod wad Cy-7 2anBTa (I> M74) 104304140 doid OIN ” yor !sodwog peyouyuin} 2. €v-bIEW Wuso! 4 £V-b1EN wugo e/PAL/ 10 'g yM/ Pasta! a2v0i8Ia 981095, 09 Oar OO 9 bE ZF ‘gnWk/ Sue02! e2u0;810 921025 /Pax2z: e2u0189 921095 @: oo 9 ee 2 4, ie =o ut aausttog \tun Pai925 a td ‘unteaig UapIOM B41)180y YOM “eam st anny 2-87yeaa] vas 38 adezINs 942 vO uotsoydxe ue 103 astnduy payeoe pur aanssaad quepyouy eatzTeod yveq gy-z 9andzy sopuyika s9puyiad sepuyka SaMAXIW 4941U61aNS OBST “> oangxW 49yuBL BSGI “G eaniqw 2011u81 BSG 70 gpk MEANT! 93001810 21095 x acca 09 Opa or 9 ve 2 cans XQ ea se B88 & eae g “enh Mustz! 220018 921025 ‘ F qi ¢ z 2 3 = z z z 2-88sepuylko QunyXIW 49904, BZN. 2 T2aap P98 3 soezans O42 uO uoysoqdxa ue 103 astnduy pazese pur srnssead queprour aaqaTsod yPaq anew 499041 68ZY “4 1 apse are 91995 9 W/o € cal z kone 2andya sepuriho, ‘aunixiW 4941UBIQNS OBST © eA 8G/ Ug gM/ 2U292" 200/810 921095 09 _opoe oz on 9 bee a i ‘enh / 4: a6indw wuapioy) anliitog sun p91025 ensued [Wd "Oty ernssoid suaprout eatsj40g xoad 2-89easy ees ae aDezans 943 UO uoysoydxe ue 203 aeqnduy patwos pue vinssasd auapyouy eataysod yeog y-Z 22NITE 1k” fig 9yquoysoys30 vo}s}sodwiog e1014 G41. IV-6hN "2 ~ - voNjsodiued out e114 eY-bIEW “¢ jodwWoD auld H8414 SY-bIEW “O M/Z! esu01810 981095 eAFAI/U "gn / HZ eouD/8I 991095 en ¥Al/h ‘gM/Ptx?2! 22000810 P21095 oOo 9 pez 1 OS Oro ge ol 9 re z 1. ore os we zt 7 ry = q 7 q *eqW/8 *asindul uapr2uy aanisog HUA pa}035, 2d ‘buns seid 409194) BAN IO tad 18g 2-90T9aeq #99 3 aoezIns 343 UO uoyeoqdxe ue 103 setnduy poteos pue aanssaid apyoUT eaTateod yeog Gy-Z 2aNSTA vooupuniko ie @ uo!s80duiog e014 GL IY-6EM 'o ‘enm/Puez ‘e2u0ing pai03s 1 gpm /Pust2 * eou0in1g og bt 2 ty. 8 Oro ce _or_9 re 2 1. 3% 8 3 194 '%%g *ounanaig ju9p|9u1 entsi¥0g HOR an /00- 186 pM / 5 ‘onindu jueprauy onuiteg stun pAI09s B88 8 2-91,yONS 9191GND “Dsa979mexed“pue: suoyqean3};uoD"aTITqno pue oTIIeg {>-z 2INS TA eAb/H = "2 MU/T H/T SH/U S/F tH ssa929uCIe4 poxtnbay +9 *¢-z 94n8}q 998 ‘9 220M UT sz9zauezed pexgnbaa Jo sontea xenoyq3ed 103 seanByg enoqe 30.987] 99u910393 103 “6x 91 YoL~2 seandya ses ‘sostadey poqsoys01 serene poyeos oatsradeo: iog *O0T-Z 03 7527 SaanBry a08"uKoyS squstioBuezse o12rqno pue 20y138q: 103 soansse3d ead eBexzar jo FonTeA "40g, “S +o8po 9943 as9aeau aya 03 poanseam ay 44 2adym T{eA x9K9TTaUED aya 203 adaoxa aoezans 8473031501 as9aveu 'ay2 02 paanseou séen sty oy seovjins 3uzq99[J21 asexveu 943 03 poanseow sSen| “ery ce “ *uoyasenb uy s9ezans 03 asset pe gooey ane Burasotgar go N‘s9qune owoTpUS sesDyauased BF SIGHIY “7 “Foou s920u9p y PUP TIPA 9PHS s920U9P $ ‘ITEM ¥oeH Ser0uP BT 28230N Foran ase a = SE, See oe Ss Cp Gr ‘Eh 2-93(01-0 = H/Y “OO = 1/ ‘T= N)-2ans9024 poavatzea yeod soeroay ic-z oahdtg Wass on TSE o00's =H/1 © “0062 = H/T . (0S2'T =H/1 szg'0.= H/T (ed) “4 ‘quassauad GaLogldad Mvad FOVUIAY aro 2-94 +“sco Pue cz*o = 1/ (or'o = H/a ‘T= N) eanesoad paaoatyoa yead aBesoay ¢¢-z oansya ooo's =H/1 oos'2 = H/T ose't = H/T Szo°0 =H/T (isd) “d ‘aunssaud daLOa1say NVad aDVAIAV azo 2-95(OT'O = B/Y ‘05°0 = 1/ ‘T= N) eanssead poaooqzex yeod o8exoay y¢-z oanBTz aeo "H/T or W/t ot i 2-96 pt PF oso: (isd) “d ‘qunssaud GaLoatagu AVad aovUaAY or ot ooos =H/T oosz =H/T - oset. = H/T seg0 =H/T(60°0 = W/4 (0-0 = 1/ {T= Ny aanssoxd pogsotyox yoad oBer0Ay cc-z oanttg u/T or pr ‘or ‘or or or o00's =H/1 oose =H/1 oset = H/T $290 = H/T (18d) “d ‘aungsaud aaloa liad vad FOVEAAV ar0 2-97000s = H/T (9270 = H/4 "810 Bue Sz°0 = T/y ‘T= RN) eanssead pasoatjex xved ebezony gs-z eanbta oose =H/T ose't =H/1 s29°0 = H/T (isd) “d ‘gunssaud Galaga Tage AVEd TOVUIAV aso 2-98(S2°0 = H/4 ‘0S°0 = 9/9 'T = N) eanssead peroayzea yRad aBezeay (¢-7 eanBya ¥ on 8/1 000s =H/1 on 8/7 oos'2 =H/T ¥ oy 8/1 oset = H/1 ¥, or aT sz9'0 = H/T (isd) “d ‘aunssaud GaLO@1Agy AVAd FOVAIAV 490 2-99(0670 = H/4 {01-0 = 1/4 ‘T= N) anssaad parsatzex ead o8ezoay gg-z 22NdT4 u/t a/1 on /1 000s =H/1 cose =H/1 ose =H/1 S290 =H/T (isd) *d ‘gunssaud daLoa ddd AVdd dOVUEAV azo 2-100(0s"0 = H/Y "S£°0 PUR GZ*O = 1/T'T = N) P4nssead pozo0qz01 yeod aBer9Ay 6S-z Pandya a/T . or ast or 1 000s = H/1 oo =H/1 ose't = H/17 szo0 = H/T (sd) “d ‘aunssaud GgLoa say AVad BOVAGAY a80 2-101(0S°0 = H/Y ‘0S°0'= 1/3 ‘1 = N) aanssoad porvoqzea yead y, a 8/T Yar! y, or t/t or H/T 00'S = H/T oos'2 =H/1 oszt =H/1 e8erzay 99-7 2an8ty or eer ‘ ' sz90 = H/T (isd) “4 ‘qunssaud Galoglagu AVad SOVUIAY 2-102(SLO = H/Y ‘OT"O = 1/3‘ = N) enssaad porsaqjex yead aBereay 19-2 oanBya aot (id) “d ‘qunssaud GaLOaTsaY AVad OVAIAV o00's =H/1 00s’ =H/1 oset = H/T seg. =H/T 2-103(S£70 = H/Y “£50 PUR Gz°O = I/F ‘T = R) aanssead parsoqjer yead oBeraay 79-2 2ankya y, on WI 000s =H/1 oos2 =H/1 ose't = H/T $290 = H/T (1s) “d ‘aunssaud a10a1day Vad OVAGAY cig 2-104“L/H= 0.625 L/H= 1.250 L/H= 2.500 L/H= 5.000 SOT-2 AVERAGE PEAK REFLECTED PRESSURE, p, (psi) LR," Le,” Lr, 12B Figure 2-63 Average peak reflected pressure (N= 1,£/L = 0.50, h/H = 0.75)(Oro = H/¥ COTO = 1/F'T = N) eAMssaad paavatsoa yead aBorsay 99-7 24NBTE /1 aet y vast 2-106 (isd) 7d ‘qunssaud CgaLod1sad AVad JOVAIAV 000'S = H/T oose =H/7 ose't =H/1 seoo = H/T(O1°0 = H/M $Sz°0 = 1/2 'Z = N) Panssoad parostzex yead adexzay cg-z oandqg y, t/t y, oy 8/1 000s =H/1 oos'2 =H/1 oset =H/1 szg'0 = H/T (isd) “d ‘qunssaua CgL0a 1494 AVad ADVUSAY aot 2-107(OT'0 = W/W ‘05° = 1/2'z = N) eanssead paaootze3 yeod aBesoay 99-2 aand4g ast on 8/7 or w/t on 8/1 oT (isd) 7d ‘qunssaud dgL0a14gu AVAd JOVUTAV o00's = H/T oose =H/T oset =H/T sz9'0 = H/T 2-108(OU'O = B/4 “SL°0 = 1/2 *Z = Ny eanssaad porseqy02 yeod o8eraay 19-7 santa “yy, % Ey oe 1 : a w/t. % ant 000s = H/T oosz =H/1 oseT =H/T szo0 = H/T (sd) “4 ‘aunssaua CaLOa1sau AVSd ADVUTAY aot 2-109(St"0 = H/4 “OL"0 = 1/2 'Z = N) SAnssasd porso]Z04 ywad aBer0ay gg-7 2ANFFE Yast vat, on aT ia “d ‘aqunssaud 2-110 (asd) GaLoa1igau AVadd SDVYIAV o00's =H/1 oos =H/1 ose't =H/1 seo0 = H/T(52°0 = W/W ‘S2°0 = 4/3 'Z = nN) anssaad pagoaqzox Hood aBeroay G9-z aanByg a/T vy) ¥, or t/t a/T 000s = H/1 oos'2 =H/1 oseT =H/1 seo =H/T (isd) 7d ‘quassaud CaL0a149a Vad ADVUTAY aet 2-112(S20 = W/Y ‘0670 © 1/7 'Z = N) aanssazd pars9150x ywod aFexeay QL-z a4nSta a/T ee aa a/T a/7 000s = H/T oos'2 =B/1 ose't =H/T S290 = H/T (isd) *d ‘guassaud GaLOT daa AVEd IOVUAAV ast 2-112(St°0 © H/Y “5L°0 = 1/9 {2 = N) ainssord porsazyax yead aBexoAy ¥ op wT o00's = H/1 oos'2 =H/1 ost =H/1 1L-% 2andyy S290 =H/T (isd) *d ‘aqunssaud GaLoa14au AVdd DVUGAY aoz 2-113(06*0 = H/Y ‘OTO = 1/7 'Z = N) Banssard poretzoa Hood oBexOAY ZL-Z 9ANBTE giz ¥ on e/1 a1 a/7 2-114 (sd) “d ‘gunssaud GaL9914g9U AVad ADVUAAY o00's = H/1 oos2 =H/T oset = H/T szo0 = H/T($70 = H/4 *Sz"-0 = 9/2 'Z = y, 8/1 000s =H/1 oos'2 =H/1 N) eanssaxd porvetzox yead aBeaeay ¢c-z ean8yg oseT =H/T sz9'0 = H/T (isd) “d ‘qunssaua GaLoalsgd AVad FOVAIAV azz 2-115(05'0 = H/Y ‘0S"0 = 1/3 ‘% = N) emnssoad paroazzor ead oBesoay HL-Z OanBTE acz pee on WT vast ° (wd) “d ‘qunssaud GaLoaTdad AVAd AOVUTAV 2-116 000°S = H/T oos2 =H/1 ose't = H/T sz79'0 =H/1(06° = W/N ‘SL°0 = 1/7 'Z = N) PAnssoad poroaqzex ywod aBeasay Si-z aanBta ave (sd) *d ‘qunssaud GaLoa1dad Wad FOVETAV 2-117 000s = H/T oosz =H/1 ose't = 8/1 $290 = H/T(SL°0 = B/G “OL'0 = 1/3'Z = N) Panssoad poasatzex pad aBervay 92-2 aandta 4/1 ‘tae oe on e/t at (sd) 7d ‘gunssaud GaLIITIIN AVAd IOVUIAY 2-118 000s = 8/1 o0s'2 =H/1 oszt =H/T sz9'0 =H/1(SL°0 = H/Y ‘6270 = 1/4 ‘Z = N) aanseaad pagretjar yead aBeavay {4-7 22nBTg age (isd) “d ‘aunsgaud GaLoa ddd AVad SOVUTAV 2-119 _ 000°S = H/T oos'z = H/T oset =H/1 sz9'0 = H/T(SL'0 = H/4 (06°0 = 1/7 'Z = N) Panssaad parvazzea yead aBereay gL-7 9aNFTE 000's =H/1 oos'2 =H/1 oset =H/1 sz9'0 = H/T (18d) “d ‘gunssaud GaLOa dau Vad ADVUGAV™ az 2-120(SL°0 = W/4 S570 = 1/7 ‘7 = N) oAnssaad parsatzax yeod 000°S = H/T oos'2 =H/1 oszt = 8/1 e8eraay 61-2 aan ya ot S290 = H/T (18d) “d ‘quassaud GaLOa14gu Vad SOVUSAV weet 2-121.(OVO = H/Y ‘OT"0 = 1/7 'E = N) eanssead porsotzea yeod oBeseay og-7 oantTa 62 P8/T a/T on w/t ] Wt (isd) “d ‘gunssaud GaLoa sau AVad ZOVYIAY 2-122 000s = H/1 00s =H/T ose't =H/1 S290 =H/T(oro = H/L “ce-o pue G2°0 = 1/7 *€ = N) eAnssaad paasayyox yead aBexDAy 18-2 24N8t4 aoe 2-123 or (18d) “d ‘aqunssaud qasoa1dau WVad SDVUGAY or or 000s = H/T oos'2 =H/1 oset =H/T S790 = H/T(O10 = H/Y ‘0S"0 = 1/2 f€ = N) e4nssead poaserze2 yeod aessay 79-7 9anFTa ate y, on w/t (sd) “d ‘gungsaud GaLOa dad AVEd ADVAGAY. 2-126 000s =H/1 ose =H/T oset =H/T sz90 =H/T(s0°0 = W/4 ‘01"0 = 1/7 “E = N) Banssoxd porseTze1 Head aBesemy Cg-7 omNdTA aze (isd) “d ‘qunssaud Gaioaliau AVad dOVUIAY 2-125 000s = H/T © *g0s'2 = H/T" ose't = H/1" - S290 =.H/T(s2"0 = H/U aqyaryead o8exoay “yg-z oanSta : scuso puw g2"0 = 1/94 = wi) 23ne8924 aa “*8 i gee (isd) “d ‘qunssaud daloa1aay Nvad gOVaaAY 2-126 000s =H/1 oose =H/1 oset =H/1 seo =H/T(6270 = H/U 105°0 = 1/7 *E = N) eanssosd paavaTses Ywod aBeroRy SE-z oAnBTE are 2-127 (isd) “d ‘gunssaud ga.oa1say AVdd SOVUAY 000s =H/T,, - ; 00S =H/T osz"t = 8/1 * $29°0 = H/T(05°0 = W/4 ‘OT°0 = 1/7.'¢ = N) aunseord posotzex yeod oBeioay 99-7 onBTg Yast ase or ¥ y, on WT oy 8/1 (isd) “d squnssaud GaLoa14au AVad FDVUIAY 2-128 000s =H/1 oose =H/1 osz't =H/1 S290 = H/T(S70 = H/4 “sc°0 PUP SZ'0 = 1/7" = N) Panssoad pogoaq zea yead eBesvay Lg-z eunBIg age (isd) 4d “auassqua a.oa1aau Wad TOVATAY 2-129. 000s =8/1 oosz =H/1 oset =H/1 S290 = H/T(05°0 = W/Y ‘05°0 = 1/3 ‘E = N) sanssasd porsoqge2 yead aBesony ggez sandra 000s =H/1 00s = H/T oseT =H/1 sz9'0 = H/T (isd) “d ‘gunssaud CaLog14ga AVad OVUTAV ae 2-130(SL:0 = H/4 ‘010 = I/ 7 = N) P4nesexd pordaqz0x yead eesaay 6g-z 2an8Ta age ¥, on /T . ott, Y on W/1 y wy a/t (sd) “d ‘qunssaud GaLoa1aau NVad ZOVUGAY 2-131 000°S = H/1 oos'2 =H/1 oset =H/1 9290 = H/T(SL"0_ = H/H “Seo pue sz-0 = 1/2 ‘€ = N) Panssoxd porseqjo1 yBad aBeseay y on UT 000s = H/T oose = H/T osz"t =H/1 06-2 asta S290 =H/T (isd) “d ‘gunssaud GaLog dau WVad JOVUGAV ase 2-132(St°0 = H/¥ $06°0 = 1/3 ‘C= N) Panssaad pord91J02 Yead oFer9AY 16-2 PASTA aor 8/7 a/T (isd) “d ‘qunssaud daL0a1dau AVdd JOVURAV 2-133 000s =H/1 vos =H/1 oset =H/1 sz9°0 = H/TCOL"O = H/Y ‘OL"0 = 1/7 ‘y = N) Panssazd pardoqzox ‘at Yast “Tut or : or 1 000s = H/T oos'2 =H/1 oset = ead oBezeay 76-7 a1n8yq on wT H/T S290 =H/T (isd) “d ‘aunssaud GaLoalddd AVad SOVUIAV ary 2-134‘ (O1-0 = H/H S£°0 PUP 67°90 = 1/7 'y = N) aanssaad pagroqzoa yead aBex2Ay 6-7 aandTy der > % g x 23 5 8 8 3 ge 8 BR 3 2B 28 ge Soh 7 § 000s = H/T oose =H/1 oset =H/T S20 = H/T(O0'O = H/Y ‘05-0 = 1/3 %y = N) aanssasd paroaqjox yeod oResoay y6-2 aang A te der * ‘ * . or a/T - ae u/T - 5 or a/t : or 8/7 fe : > . s 3 3 23 3 8 & a qs 3 a 5 8 eae oo ae rg ~ § ge Soh £8 3 a 8 coos =H/T o0s2 =H/T os2't =H/1 S290 = H/T000s = H/T ($470 pus sz-o = H/Y “O10 = 1/4 'y,= 8) Pansverd poroazyax yead a8er9ay G6-z omnta y ¥ on w/t a wT oos2 =H/1 ose't =H/1 s29°0 = H/T (18d) “d ‘gunssaud GaLoa14gu AVad ADVYAAY ayy 2-137(S6°0 pus sz-o = H/Y “SL°0 Pue Sz*0 = 1/7 *y = N) eanssaad pordaqze1 ywad Ber9AY 96-2 oan8y4 ast ¥ on a/T y or a/1 ‘ast eu (isd) 7d ‘gunssaud GaLOaTAaY AVad TOVUIAV 2-138 000'S =H/1 oos2 = H/T oset = H/T sz90 = H/T(SL°0 PUP 62-9 = H/Y *0S°0 = 1/7 ‘y = N) eanesoad porooqyox yeod aBeraay (6-2 aandyy % aor or W/T : eae % 3 , BS g 8 Saeae BR 32 Pa PB ae ge &¢ 7 8 000s = H/1 oos'2 =H/1 ose = H/T sz9'0 = H/1(0570 = H/4 ‘OO = 1/9 'y = N) eanssazd paroaqjaa yead a8esoay g6-z oanBya * ” " ay VT WT tit 000'S =H/T oose =H/1 ose't = H/T S290 =H/T (isd) “d ‘quassaud Gala 14au AVad ADVUIAV 2-140(0870 = H/Y *SL"0 PUR SZ-0 = 1/7 ‘b= ND eanssezd pozooq yer yead aBezony 66-2 omnbTa aar on H/T . gp t/t (sd) *d ‘aunssaud GaLog1sau Avid AOVUAAY 2-1 000s = H/T ose =H/1 ose't =H/1 szo'0 = H/T eae(0S°0 = H/Y ‘0S"O = 1/2 'y = N) eanssasd paroaqjax yeod oBesaay gOT-z aznBTa oy a6+ or S/T : > z 3 zé Z 0 Bos z ge 3 Bk z > os Pg ge ¢ 5 ~ | o 000s =H/1 oos'2 = H/T osz't =H/1 S290 = H/T(O1-0 = H/Y *OL"0 © 1/9 ‘T = N) Betndwy poroayzai 31un aBer9Ae poqess tOL-z eandrTE ast ‘pr or pt ov or 000s =H/1 oos =H/1 oset =H/1 $790 = H/T (,a/sertsd) w/t asiadnt daioa'ldgu LINA agTvos vto 2-143(0170 = H/4 ‘52° PUR cz-O = 1/7 ‘T = ND astnduy poyseqser qtun ofex2ae pores zor-z eanya v20 pr 5 ge rae PR sere : ig q 2 $4 ¢ ag x = 8 3 2 8 i 2 ee $3 © OEE ie or 000'S = H/T 00s =H/T oset =H/T szo0 =H/T(01-0 = H/4 OS" = 1/2"T = N) seqnday paysaqzea atu aBex9Av potess cor-z 9an8Ta ‘w/t veo . or ast or ' ot or 2-145, ot ay (,A/Ser-184) 6/4 as TNgWI ag1og1gau LIND aa1Vvos or 000s =H/1 oose = H/T oset = H/1 $290 = H/T(S2°0 = H/Y ‘OT"O = 1/7 *T = ND seqnduy po3o01303 a¥un eBeson9 paTess yOT-Z 22n8ta vo a/T ‘pr pr 2-246 pr GaL9a1494 LIND GgTVOS or (arses), 4/41 asTNA RI a 000s =H/1 oose =H/1 ose't = H/T szo'0 =H/t(S270 = H/4 *SZ°0 puE 8 eee, or 000° =H/1 oos'2 =H/1 ose't = H/T $790 =H/1(S£°0 = H/Y ‘05° = Wat =) petnduy payoarser ayun oBesoae paqess Z1T-z 2andry ee ay 8/1 pt ot a ooo's = H/1 oos'2 = H/T ose't =H/1 sz9'0 =H/1 (AV SEISE) 41 aSTNGNT daLoa'14a¥ LINN daTvOS vet 2-154(OT‘0 = H/Y ‘OL"0 = 1/7 *% = ND astndwy pezsaqJo1 q1un eBexr9av poyess E1I-z eandta ver pt 5 es ao OG Soe +3 Ss 8 2.2 -] 54 3 ‘pt > fa T 2 a § 38 Gi zo a 000s =H/1 00S =H/1 oset = H/T S290 = H/T(OT70 = H/Y 'Sz"0 = 1/7 *2 = wD aetnday porsetyez ayun a8esae payeos HIT-zZ eandts ver on a/T ' o 8/1 1 ¥ ‘ fa 3 e3 rs Sos q 2 a 54 2 ee a o gz # 8 1 ob a & a ¢ & or or 000s =H/1 oos =H/7 osz'T =H/T S290 = H/T(Ol'O = H/Y ‘05°0 = 1/7 *z = ND eetnday parsoqzaa aqun ofexeae pateos stt-z eandya vst ‘or 5 <3 pt be Boe y 8 ae 8 $4 ; “ $8 a 5 3 8 8 23 = 8 og & on pr o00's =H/1 oos =H/1 ost =H/1 sz9°0 = H/T(01-0 = H/M ‘Sé°0 = 9/2‘ = ND etndwy parsoqyar ayun oBereae poyesg gtt-z vandty “a1 Yast at Yat oe a or row : or 5 <8 3 ao OG 2B ro = z¢ 8 55 3 ‘pt — a 8 2 8 3 8 § & 3 $3 Ore ue Py 000°S = H/T oos'2 =H/T oseT =H/T szo'0 = 4/1(St'0 = H/Y “OL"O = 1/9 "7 = ND astndwy payoayyzai Tun aBeroAe payers LTT-z eansra ee * . vat oy Ty wee 1 ait 1 pt 5 23 aig ait 8 Log 2 2 ‘ $a Ae oT Pa a 368 a 2 & 4 BG ag & a t 5 at or o00°s = H/1 oosz =H/T oszt =H/1 sze0 =H/T(80°0 = H/U “S70 = T/7 "T= ND aetndwy peroayyar yun aBeroae paqess gtI-¢ eanBra y, vat on H/T : or = ¢3 pr ge #5 eee Hees s $5 3 ar >: a % 6&8 £5 roe es g eerie or ooo's =H/1 00s =H/1 ose't =H/1 szo'0 = H/T(S20 = H/4 06" = 1/2 *Z = N) aetnduy parsoqzex ayun eBerane patess gtt-z aandya ver at : er or or 2-161 pt GaLOaTsaa LINA GaTvoOsS at (,,A/Se—184) 4/74 aSTAANI o 000s =H/1 oos2 =H/1 oset =H/1 seg =H/1(S2°0 = H/Y ‘5L°0 = 1/7 ‘Z = ND estnday paysatger 3yun afexeaw poyess ozT-z 2anBra van voz ¥, i ot ‘oY or 2-162 pt gla 4a¥ LINA aaTvos aT (,AU/eu-I84), 4/41 “STINET oT 000s = H/T oos'2 =H/T oset =H/1 sza'0 =H/T(0S°0 = H/Y ‘OT'0 = 1/7 ‘z= N) estndwy por2eTy0a apun aBeaane paqeos qzt-z oandqg a/T 1 pr 000'S = H/T oos2 =H/1 ose't = H/T seo0 =H/T (asus), a /4t asTnd nl ga10a14g4 LINA qa1VOS vie 2-163(0S"0 = H/4 ‘Sz"0 = 1/7 *z = HD eeqnday pazseqjar atun aBexoae peyesg zzt-z amnSrg on 7 Bt ar or ov ot o00's =H/1 00s =H/T ose't =H/1 seo0 = H/T (,,2/8-18¢4) 6/45 ASTANA GaLOa14a4 LIND GaTVOS vee 2-164(05°0 = H/Y *0S°0 = 1/9 “2 = ND 2s{ndw} peqoaqgea 37un eBex9av peress ezt-z eanSta vez pt 5 ge or = & q 8 S> ¢ az 4 35 s os 2 a 3 ob ag $8 eee or 000s =H/T oos'2 =H/1 ose't = H/T sz9'0 =H/1(0S°0 = H/Y *SL°0 = /7 “t= ND astndwy pazoaqyoa aqun oBeraae paqeos yzq-z aanya y, y, vee or ast ir at ast ¥ pt 5 2.8 o RE r 2g $ kins 3 so cat @ 5 “ i = a 8 ao os & 3 8 or 000° =H/1 00s’ =H/1 ost =H/1 s29°0 =H/T(SL°0 = H/Y ‘0T"0 = 1/7 °% = ND astnduy pezoetzoa atun sBer9ae pasos zt-z eandra vse ‘pr 5 ge es a § 3 Sg 2 2 e $5 2 paviiiciit a el 2 9 5 gg oF § pt 000s =H/T oose =H/1 oset = H/T seo0 = H/T($070 = H/Y *62'0 = 1/7 ‘7 = 8) astnday pox20qja1 ayun afexoae payess 921-2 eaniy Yast ial 1 ot : or or pr or pt 000°S =H/T oos'2 = H/T ose't =H/T S290 = H/T (A/S-186), w/t STASI dgLoaTsau JIN daTvoOs voz 2-168(SL°0 = W/4 *0S"0 = 1/2 ‘z = Wy eetnduy poaseqyex atun afesoae popvas (z1-z sand tq ’ or ast ‘pt or oT pt or 000s =H/1 oos'2 =H/1 oset =H/T S290 =H/T (,.t/seraisd), w/t asTaaMT GaLog14ay LINN aaTVvos viz 2-169(S00 = H/H *5L°0 = 7% = ND asqndwy pozoaq3zaa ayun oBe20AP paqess gZT-z 2andta Y Y ¥, ‘i vae, w/t ‘i oy 8/7 : on B/T ' pre 5 e 3 5 oe RE + 5 aa $5 5 as 3 2 8 2 9 i of | $ av og 6 or 000s =H/1 oos2 =H/1 ost = H/T se9'0 = H/T Anaastndut paasayzex yun aBeaoae pores 621-2 22n8ta % % \ vez on 8/1 e on w/t : on wT : ‘ot 5 ¢ 8 he vo RE z - 3 a i ; 2g e $5 aS 3 8 i ¢@ tg $ a 6 ot 000°S = H/T eos = H/T ose't =H/1 sz9°0 =H/T(01-0 = H/Y *SL°0 PUR Gz*O = 1/7 ‘E = ND astndut paqsayyaa aun Berane paqess ogt-z 2andta vat vor or 5 <3 or be Poo ae 2 % 8 = g fa 55 8 "Te 2 5 toe eg 3B og 8 ot 00'S =H/T oose =H/1 ose't = H/T S290 = H/T(OL"O = H/Y ‘0S"0 = 1/7 ‘tC = ND astndwy paysetjar atun oBez9a0 pateag ¢1-z aandta or ot or or 000s =H/1 ose =H/1 oset =H/1 sz9'0 =H/1 (a/serts4), w/t asTnaWt daLoaT4ay LINA GaTVOS vie 2-173(S20 = H/Y ‘OT'O = 1/7 *€ = ND etndmy porsarzer atun ofexoae pares ze 1-2 eanBtg : : vi ‘w/t %e or : ar pr 2-174 (,,aV/sor-184), 4/71 asTAAAL or GaLOaTIau LIND GaTvOS or at or oo0's =H/T oosz =H/1 oset =H/1 sz90 = H/T(S70 = H/U ‘SL"0 PUe sz°0 = 1/7 ‘E = N) ‘geyndy paqsoqyor ayun oBe2ar patess cci-¢ eandry NT. Yast ee or = 28 5S or & BOR > 6 22 55 oo 2 8 4 | “ 8 a 3 a 6§ or 000s = H/T oos'2 =H/1 ose't =H/1 $790 = H/T(S2"0 = H/4 ‘0S°0 = 1/7 ‘E = BD aeqnduy porsetsea atun efezear payers y¢T-z aandya a/t Yast ast a/1 ‘pr pr 2-176 pt or (,AV/8-184),, w/t gg TOaMT agLoaTaad LIND aaivos or 000s =H/1 oos'2 = H/T ose't =H/1 seo°0 =H/1(0S°0 = W/4 *OL'O = 1/2 *E = ND petndmy paasayyer 3Tun ofersae poteog sET-z eandta EAL ‘ot or ot ‘ar or 000°S = H/T oos'2 =H/1 ose't =H/1 G29°0 = H/T (,0t/s-184), ay astnaNT GaLoa Tsay LINA agTVOS vse 2-177(S70 = H/¥ *S£°0 PUE Sz" = 1/7 “E = ND astnday parseyjaa ayun aBesoae pateas g¢t-z ean3ta vor at 1 a/T “ast ar ot 2-178 ot GgL99 1494 LINA aaTVOS ot (,AUSUIISA), n/t aSTNGWT ou 00's =H/1 oose =H/T ost =H/1 sz9'0 = H/T(0S"0 = H/4 ‘0S*0 = 1/7 ‘e = HD gsqndwy parsaqyoa aqun oBeaaae potess yct-z eantrg ‘pr ot pr ot on 000s =H/1 oos'z =H/1 oset =H/17 sza°0 =H/1 (pAV/sE84), w/t STAGNI aauoa1sgu LINA aaTvOS vie 2-179(SL°0 = H/4 SOTO = V7 ‘t= wD) 2eyndmy parsoqyea arn oBexeqv poTess gel-z oan8ty - - vi yet Be vast 2-180 (,U/sta-18d) 1 'agindNI GgaLIg14au LINA GaTvos 000s = H/T oosz = H/T oszt = H/T(S£70 = H/4 ‘Se°0 PU Gz = 1/2 ‘C= N) ‘aetndity pagsozyer y1un aBexVAe payers GET-z eanFTa vee + ast 2-181, (,0/sI—184), 4/4 aSTNGWI GgLOa Tsay LINN GaTVOS 000s = H/1 oos'z =H/1 oset = H/T(SL"0 = H/4 f0S°0 = 1/9 ‘E = A) eeqnduy parsaqyex aun oBez90e poteos Oyt-z aanta C oo a/T Ya/t a a/T. or pt ot ot pr. oo0's =H/1 oos2 = H/T. oset = H/T soo =H/1 (,,A/s0r-84), 4/41 STAAL daLOa1dau LINA AaTVOS vor(OT'O = H/M "OT"O = 1/7 *y = ND eindwt porsaqze1 azun afesaae pateog TyT-z2 aandyg vie ‘a/t ‘pT at 2-183 oT pt CnAl/ser-1s4), a /7t ‘asTnaWI GaLoaTIgd LINN GFTVOS pt 000S =H/1 oos2 =H/1 oset =H/1 S290 = H/T(O1'0 = H/4 *SL°0 PUR Gz*0 = 1/7 "Y= KD eetnday porsaq3z0a 37un oFer9Ae paqess zyT-z eanBta on B/T ; on t/t on t/T or pt ot at pt 000s =H/1 goose = H/T oset =H/1 $290 = H/T (,,0/88I184), 4/41 ESTAR daLogT4ge LINA daTVOS ve 2-184(OU"0 = H/Y OS°0 = 7 y= ND eeqndwy poroatyaa ayun aBexsAe payeog yt-z sandy ver or or 2-185 pt GaL99'1494 LIND Ga'1vos ar (8/884), w/t as Ind or 0005 = H/T oos'2 =H/1 ose'T = 8/1 s290 =H/T(S£°0 PUP Sz°0 = H/Y OT"O = 1/7 *y = ND ‘geynduy pazoayyea aun aBeraae pazess yyT-Z 21nSta ves a/T a/T u/T a a/T : ‘pr or 2-186 or daLoaTsau LINA aaTvoOs ot (,AV/S-184), a1 ASTAGAT pr 00's =H/1 oos'2 = H/T ose't =H/T sz7g0 = H/T(S£70 PUP 10. SCALED VENT AREA, A/v?/> Figure 2-155 Scaled gas impulse (W/V¢ + 0.002, i,/wi/3 = 600) 2-197SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig /W'”® (psi-msec/tb'”*) 10000 1000. 100. 10. oor Ot . SCALED VENT AREA, A/vé/ Pigure 2-156 Scaled gas impulse (W/V_ = 0.015, i,/w/3 = 20) | 2-19810000. 1000: 100 SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig /W"” (psi-msec/Ib“®) 9.01 0-1 t 10 SCALED VENT AREA, A/vP/® Figure 2-157 Scaled gas impulse (W/Vg-= 0.015, i,/wl/3 =. 100) 2-199SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig/w”® 10000. 1000- 100. Figure 2-158 Scaled gas impulse (W/V¢-= 0.015, i,/w1/3 = 600) SS ne ve) SEP 4 si - rT ‘ : Hu | oe 1 On 4H 1 10 SCALED VENT AREA, A/V2/3 2-200SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig/W"” (psi-msec/ib >) 10000. 1004: oot ot t SCALED VENT AREA, A/vp/5 Figure 2-159: Scaled gas impulse (W/Vg = 0.15, i-/W!/3 = 20) 2-202SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig /w'”* (psi-msec/ib'“*) 10000: 1000. 190 oon ot 1 SCALED VENT AREA, A/v?/3 Figure 27160 Scaled gas impulse (W/V¢ = 0.15, 1,/w!/3 = 100) 2-202 10SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig/W"? (psi-msec/ib/3) 10000. 100. 10: “SCALED VENT AREA, A/v?/3 Figure 2-161 Scaled gas impulse (W/Vp = 0.15. i,/w1/3 = 600) 2-203SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig/W'/? (psi-meec/ib”>) 100000. 10000 On 7 SCALED VENT AREA, A/V?/? Figure 2-162 Scaled gas impulse (W/V = 1.0, i,/w!/3 = 100) 2-2043 (psi-msec/ib/*) SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig/W 100000. 10000. 1000. 100. SCALED VENT AREA, A/v?/> Figure 2-163 Scaled gas impulse (W/Ve = 1.0, ip/wl/3 = 600) 2-205190000 SCALED GAS IMPULSE, ig /W' (psi-msec/ib™>) 19000: 1000. 100. 10} — 0.01 ° v 1 10 SCALED VENT AREA, A/v?/> Figure 2-164 Scaled gas impulse (W/Vg = 1.0, t,/w1/3 = 2000) 2-206PRESSURE PRESSURE IDEALIZED SHOCK PRESSURES TIME. 0) SMALL. AND/OR SQUARE CHAMBER TIME b) LONG RECTANGULAR CHAMBER Figure 2-165. Combined shock and gas pressures 2-207TNT CONVERSION FACTOR, 2 a ° > 2 x 9. ° 002 004 = 0060.08.10 CHARGE WEIGHT TO FREE VOLUMN RATIO, W/V, (lbs/eu ft) Figure 2-166 TINT conversion, factor. for charges 2-208SIDE FRONT: BACK Zz al re > PLAN : “SECTION 9) CUBIC THREE WALL CUBICLE without A ROOF : SIDE BACK : # | : ee : SECTION b) RECTANGULAR THREE WALL CUBICLE WITHOUT A ROOF SIDE BACK ce PLAN : SECTION PLAN SECTION d) RECTANGULAR THREE WALL CUBICLE WITH A ROOF Figure 2-167 Fully vented three-wall cubicles and direction of blast wave propagation 2-209PEAK INCIDENT PRESSURE , Pso (psi) 100 10 10) oO 1 10 SCALED DISTANCE,Z (ft/ibs) Figure 2-168 Envelope curves for peak positive pressure outeide three-wall cubicles without a roof 2-210 100PEAK INCIDENT PRESSURE, Pgo (psi) 100, it o.1 3S 3 Hee 10 100 SCALED DISTANCE, Z (f1/1b¥5) Figure 2-169 Envelope curves for peak positive pressure outside three-wall cubicles with a roof 2-211seTotqno [Ten-seay2 apTeano aanssazd yead wnyxew 103 senino adoyoaug OL1-¢ 2andta (8/41) A/M'ANNIOA 3191GND OL LHOIAM FOYVH on oro 100 tooo t (300u HLM $37918N9 fir Ty) NOILOauIG XOVE (400u" HLIM 37918N9) NOILOTIO 3aIS, (4004 1NOHLIM SIT9I8ND) SNOILD3UIG XOVE B 3015 (8d) 08g *auNSSaud LNAGIONI WAWIXYW 2-212yooa © anoyatA BTOFqND' TTeA-sa242 oTqno yo°auoay uado ayz-3no astnduy aarazsod yead pateos 1/1-2 2andra Ge, Saiay Z‘39NVISId Ga1VOS os 4 ol. s z 1 jLSUNG 39VIUNS G3NI4NOONN S2'0 | S2l‘0| 1g90°0 = A/M 3STNdW! LNAGIONI G31V9S (gn8O1/8U-18d), M74 2-213JO0X © ANOYITA BTOTANo [Tem-o92y7 eTNIUEZDeI z Jo auoay uado 243 ano asyndwy onzaysod yead pores zL1-z 2an8ta (5484/44) Z'RONVLSIO G3a1VvOS = isung Jovsuns F” GaNisNOONA 12200] 6000's A/M (en8Q/8W-184)¢,M/*1* AS TNA! LNBQIONI G31VOS_ 2-214Joos & anoyaTA OTD TqND [1eA-992q3-3TqNT 30 TLenepEs puiyeq ostnduy anzazsod yead patwos -¢11-z aanBya (gS) Z*3ONVLSIO -G37V9S oz ‘8 Sicia z Asuna 39 vsuns} ‘daNI4NOONN| S2ro Ei £900=A/m yy (en891/8w-18d) - ,M/*! “3S1ndWi LN3GIONI d31Vv9S 2-215joox B 4moyaya aTOTqNo [Ten-sa1y9 ae[NBULI—aT 30 T1emapye puryeq setndut oataysod ywad patos y{T-z aansTy (e841744) Z *ZONVLSIO G37VvOS ‘sung 3ovsuns daNiJNOONN 2200 ‘6000 =A/M. (en891/8w-18d)_,M/9!ASTNGWI LNAGIONI Ga1voS 2-216Joos © anoY;TA aToFaND TTeA-90342 oTqNo JO TTeAyDeq puTyoq asqndwy eayitsod yead paters S/t-z eanBta (e841/43) Z‘3ONVLSIQ G37VvoS oot os ot s j z t S210 8 £90°0=A/ = isune 3ovuns ‘GNI SNOONN (gp841/8W-18d)_,M/8! "3STNdNI LNIGIONI G31V9S 2-217JOO © an0yaTm aT>7qN> {TeA-saay3 seTnBuLg22a, JO TLPAx9eq pUTyIq aeTnduT DATIFE0d yeod poTes g/T-z oInBTa . (841744) Z*BONVLSIG G3TV9S oor Of oz ot S z 1 i 48uN8 3ovsuNs| ‘daNISNOONN (ep8Q1/8W-184)_ 4/91 ‘3SINdWI LNAGION! G31V9S 2-218001 JOod © YAIR aTOTGND []eA-s92y3.2TqnD Jo qwoax usdo 243 ano seqndat oatatsod ead poreos . (gp 81743) Z‘3ONVLSIG Ga7iVvoS os ‘02 ol s z Sune 3OV4NNS GaNIJNOIND, te =e OG20 S2l'0 €900=A/M Ler-z Pandya gaqvos 3STNdWI LN3GIONI 3 z i Z 3 2-219Joos © yITA aToTqno TwA-29143 zeTNBuPIO—I yo qwory usdo 243 yno es{nduy sATay90d Head. porters, (s,891/43) Z°3ONVLSIG G3TVOS UNG JDVSUNS daNldNOONN, ‘sS00 1200 ‘6000=A/M eut-z eansya (gn841/8W-180).,M/% '3STNAWI ANZQGION! G37VoS 2-220oor @ UIFA aTOTANS TTeA-aaaya oTyND 30 T1emapte pusyaq eeqndmy ontazsod ywad poteos 6/T-z oanBeg W743) Z'SONVLSIO GaTvOS oz on s z- €900=A/M| 4sung a0vsuns GaNIJNOONN (cp841/8W-184).,M/8!1'3SINdWI LNBGION| G3 1VvoS 2-221goo2 ® YITA eTOTAno {TeA-aazy3 aeTRsUEIIer JO [1PAAPTS puyyoq asqnduy anzarsod yeod pateos Ogt-z-sinBry (c,841744) Z*SONVISIC G31VOS 001 705 oz ol s 2 ' ASHNG 3ovIUNS| ‘aNI4NOONN}| 220°0. 6000 = A/M| (eA8Q1/8W-18¢)e,M/%!'3SINdNI LNSGIONI G37V9S 2-222yooa & YITA a[>Fqn>.TTeA-9aay3 OFqND JO T1emyDeq puryoq DeTnduy anzaysod yeed pateos TgT-z PANT Ty (s)841/44) Z*3ONVLSIG G3TvOS usuna 39vsuns ‘G3NIJNOONN| €900=A/M (en841/8W-18d)¢,M/8! ‘ISTNdIWI LNIGION! G31V9S 2-223Jor © Y3TA BTOTGND [{eA-99I43 IeTNBueID91 30 T1emyoeq puTYyeq astnday anfatsod xeod (s8d1748) Z ‘3ONVLSIG G31V9S oz o1 s [! asune 3ovsuns: ‘GaNI4NOONN peteos zet-z ean84q (841/841-1864). M75: *3STNdW! LN3GIONI G37VOS 2-224a) BELOW GROUND STRUCTURE WITH ROOF AT GROUND SURFACE de h OPENINGS” io , dyedg+heds Wis, 4 ‘ b)’ ABOVE GROUND STRUCTURE. Figure 2-183 Four wall cubicle vented through its roof 2-2250.2 03 0.4 0.6 log 1.0 20 3.0 40 PEAK INCIDENT PRESSURE , Pao(psi) Ou 0.001 ‘0.008 ~“‘a.0r 005 (Ol 05 10 SCALED VENTING, A/v2/3 Figure 2-184 Peak positive pressure outside of a four-wall cubicle vented through its roof 2-226eet SCALED INCIDENT IMPULSE , ig /w!/3( psi-msec/Ib'”3) 0.001 ‘050 SCALED DEGREE OF VENTING, AWw!/3v(1b'/%y¢t) Figure 2-185 Scaled positive impulse outside of a four: through its roof wall cubicle vented SCALED DISTANCE, 2 (ft/ib!”)SIDE VENT OPENING w Heng (ager eee ope VENT OPENING SECTION Figure 2-186 Four wall cubicle vented through a wall and direction of blast wave propagation 2-228Beary 20 30 40 50 PRESSURE , Peo (psi) 80 90 loo Ol 0.001 0.01 + Ol 10 SCALED VENTING, A/V"/s Figure 2-187 Peak positive pressure at the front of # partially vented four-wall cubicle 2-229PEAK INCIDENT PRESSURE , Pyo( psi) 0.001 0.008 0.01 0.05 Ot SCALED VENTING , A/v2/> Figure 2-188 Peak positive pressure at the side of a partially vented four-wall cubicle 2-230 Os oO BOBNH AS 8 $83e88 8 & 1.0PRESSURE, Peo (psi) too, 10] BOON ea w 60. 70 30, 100 au e001 oor Ol 10 SCALED VENTING, A/V Figure 2-189 Peak positive pressure at the back of @ partially vented four wall cubicle 2-231POSITIVE PHASE P-T Foo | IDEALIZED POSITIVE PHASE P-T ie : 5 8 i 3 & IDEALIZED NEGATIVE PHASE P-T AMBIENT,P NEGATIVE PHASE P-T NEGATIVE PHASE DURATION, DURATION, to TIME AFTER EXPLOSION Figure 2-190 Idealized ptessure-time variation 2-232e SHOCK We, DIRECT w 2 s B Pet Og Peo +Cp 90 IH & : tot Pr TIME o2sta a. NORMAL REFLECTION Pro Ws, w s B Poot Cpdo = lH oO tt f TIME o2st7 b. OBLIQUE REFLECTION Figure-2-191, Front wall” loading 2-233se oe pangserdieao qwepyouy yeod ensz0a uoT8ax aangsaxd3aa0 p93221J21 UT punos Jo AIT90T9A Z6T-Z PANBta (18d) 8g ‘gunss3udY3AO LNSGIONT 4vad 09 os ov og oz 21 ‘0% (9ws;)4 ‘NODBY BUNSSIUdYBAO- G3L93743" NI ALIOOTZA GNNOS 2-234aouapyour Jo eqBue enerea qudz9733000 aa: saad peasatyey c6I-2 aankyza “($33493Q) D ‘3ONSGIONI 4O 37T9NV 06 og OL 09 og Ov og oz ot (1d) Sq_aunssaudyaAo JLN3GIONI XV3d 3H SLVSIGNI S3AUND OL LX3N SY3EWNN: 49 ‘1NaINId4300 3UNSS3¥d 031937434 2-235NUMBERS: NEXT TO CURVES INDICATE THE PEAK INCIDENT OVERPRESSURE Pyg(pel) SCALED REFLECTED IMPULSE igg /W'S (psi-msec/ib's ) ANGLE OF INCIDENCE & (OEGREES)Buypeot [Ten apy# puE JooN s6I-z Panta NOILWIMVA NIL-3UNSS3¥d FOWNIAY (a BAIL He Wisz04+%4h +H b99+4 Sy. BYNLONYLS HONOYHL NOILIIS (0 q a aw av ANOUS X9OHS: BuNSS3ud 2-237P, a Poof ae Psof EQUIVALENT POSITIVE PHASE LOAD FACTOR, Ces EQUIVALENT NEGATIVE PHASE LOAD FACTOR, Ce 3 NEGATIVE PRESSURE :: egtittity ets Ter ‘ ou i 1 10 O.1 10.0 WAVE LENGTH/SPAN LENGTH, Lwf/L Figure 2-196 Peak equivalent uniform roof pressures 2.2383" ‘uy6uatT ueds / yzBuat anew ot ot SBUNSSBud JOON BAT}TSOD WYOJTUN JUafTeAtNda jo awl} astu pared uO o'r OF *L6h-2 aunbty aut, asty pateas 2-239— POSITIVE PRESSURE --~ NEGATIVE PRESSURE too 10. SCALED DURATION, tof/W)s, Lo Ot 10 10 WAVE LENGTH /SPAN LENGTH, Lwf/L Figure 2-198 Scaled duration of equivalent uniform roof pressures 2-240Burpror Trem seoy GE T-Z aanBra NOLLVISWA AWIL- 3YNSS3Yd JOVYIAY (a 424+} +94 Riszo 99 +984 39. BYNLONALS HONOYHL NOILI3S (0 ANOS Si90HS: Bunssaud ° 2-241,SECTION NOMENCLATURE: L, LENGTH OF SIDE WALL W, WIDTH OF BACK WALL AND FRONT WALL i H, HEIGHT OF ALL WALLS Ag,AREA OF OPENING IN FRONT WALL Aw AREA OF BACK WALL Ly, WAVE LENGTH OF SHOCK WAVE OF INCIDENT PRESSURE, Pyo, ‘AT EXTERIOR FACE OF FRONT WALL Figure 2-200 Idealized structure configuration for interior blast loads e 2-242PRESSURE PRESSURE. PRESSURE * To b. To lo Ti Ts TIME INTERIOR FRONT WALL SURFACE, P, te Ts 7 1} TIME INTERIOR SIDE WALL OR ROOF SURFACE q te TIME ©. INTERIOR BACK WALL SURFACE, Figure 2-201 Idealized interior blast loads 2-243Figure 2-202 Sub-diviston of typical front wall with openings e@ 2-264bw /H 08 2 1,000} = pes ‘ sco] 3 ‘20 ve 109) =| «| “ «| = ve Par. ¥ by /H 2. g Re & 2 aes eee ert 2 30 yg (nal) EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE OF BUILDING, P,o (psi) Figure 2-203 “Maximum averagé pressure on interior face of front wall (W/H = 3/4) 2-24510,000, 2,000] Ao/Ay by /H v2 2 a as ‘soo ve v4 6 al a - Wy oos va 1 ve be ve} we ve . ve 5s »} : ve 13 ve a} ve ' C 7 : 7 7 7 7 a 1 2 4 6° 6 0 2 30 Pao (oi) EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE OF BUILDING, Pyq (psi) Figure 2-204 Maximum average pressure on interior face of front wall (W/H = 3/2) 2-24620} Ao/My bw/H 4,000 eo a 2 xo] a = ve ° v4 ‘ ve ve 100) “4 3 2 wi «| «| 2 z vs } we 5 ve i 3 ve ; ae v4 ve 4 va | v4 3, LE ' 2 4 6 @ © 2. 30 Pyo (Psi) EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE OF BUILDING, Pyo( psi) Figure 2-205 Maximum average pressure on interior face of front wall (W/H = 3) 2-24700 | Ao/hy w/t al Va} oe 400) ve | ve “4 6 100} ve =| «| ve | v4 3 = a 5S * x ve 72 a} ow « . g) : ” \ a} > aad 1 re) oo os o 01 ' 2 4 6 6 © 20 80 Roloeid EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE OF BUILDING , Pyq (pal) Figure 2-206 Maximum average pressure on interior face of front wall (W/H = 6) 2-248(Z/€ PUB 4/E = H/M) PeOT a8eTq TTen qwosz zoFsoruz 20j “Ty ‘omya TeaTIzy Loz-Z oansTa (isd) 4 ‘ONIGTING 40 30Vd LNOUS LV 3UNSSTYd LNZGION| WNYBLXS 6) CEC C100 z ' on / ” ie zn “we 2 (ow) 883 ¢ 883 ¢ 2/22 H/A /S3 H/M (wy & (9) 1‘ 3M. WAIWEY BUNSSBed TIWWM LNOUd 2-249(9 pur ¢ = H/M) PeOT 3SeTq [Tem yuosy roFx9qUF Z0z ‘TL ‘auya TeaTIZy goz-z eanBrg (ied) % oO @ o8s » z an wi 2 awe 9=H/M (way id) %y ‘ONIGTING 40 3Ov4 LNOUS Lv 3UNSSAYd LNSGIONI WNY3LxX3 7 myyey “SH/M (sw), aWIL TWAlday 3uNssaud TIM LNOUS 2-250(ZIE PUR o/E = H/M) POT aseTq Tea quory xoyxequy z0y ‘Ty - Zy touya 98Tz pozttwept 6oz-z oanSTa 184) %d ‘ONIGTING 40 3OVs INOUS 1V 3YNSS3Xd LNZOIONI WNY3LX3 (198) a 1 a zn! ez wm ow oes + z ' 2/2 =H/M (omy 2 oz 47 oes ’ w/E=H/MN ges ¢ (ow) "4-4 (sw) 4-21‘ awii asIy BENSS3ud TVA LNOwd 2-252,(9 puw ¢ = H/m) poor a8eTq 1184 quoay roya03uF 303 ‘Ty - Zy ‘ouyy 2942 peztteepr gTz-z oxnBrg isd) %q ‘ONIGTING 40 3OV4 LNOM4 LV FYNSSIYd LNAGION| TWNY3LX3 1 a oe of ole 9 z 1 (y= 888 9=H/M SeH/M (say = (sw) 2-2 * 3WiL asia BuNss3ud TIvM LNOUS 2-252» S58 ° (z/e Pe 9/¢ = H/M) PeOT aSeTq Ties 3uoay xoyzoquy soy ‘Ty - Cy, ‘uosaeinp pazyyeapl T1Z-z emn81g (#8d)°8g ‘ONIOTING 40 30V4 LNOYS LY BUNSSAYd LNIGIONI WWNY3LX3 2) Ry oss + z ' on ’ ke [ieee we pHi Bites 3 e Hoz ® ov a 4 08 oe 001 e/e= H/M b/S=H/M NOlLvuna 3uNssaud TIVM LNOUS (sw) et 2-253(9 pur ¢ = H/M) Prot 35°Tq Tes yu0ay xopaoquy soy ‘Ty - £3, ‘uoyaeanp poztieepr z1z-z ean8ta (18d) %g ‘ONIGTING 4O 3Ov4 LNOMS LY 3UNSSBYd LNAGION! IWNY3LX3 ay (amy 28h 9= H/M =H/M (sw) b- % ‘ NOlLvuNG 3UNSSaud TIVM LNOWS 2-254peor ase1q T1em apys roysoquy 40g Zy puw Ty sowTa poztteepr ETZ-z eanfya (18d) %y ‘ONIOTING 40 3ov4 LNOYS dv ANNSSAYd LNAGIONI TWNY3IX3 (18d) a ind) a oe aes 2 1 ee oes y 2 £ we : 2 "s i a a eee 2 ‘ ce : 2 ° = ° n/m ee H/m ov jos oe jot (ew) A“ BWtL 2-255vn we (ofe = HM ST = H/T) Prot 1SeTq [TPA |pys rors9zUF soy %y pue FY somya pazytPaPI yIz-2 aanra (sd) "ONIGTING 4O 30v4 LNONS LV 3UNSS3Yd LNAGION! TWNYSLXx3 (390) % (180)0%y eo » 2 1 e-oele torr ertalee tiie g gee ¢ (su) BWI 8 g82.2 (sw) & 'aWtL 2-256(eee zum 1 = aay PeoT aseIq ITEM eprs xorsoquy soz Fa pulres Sats pbvTTeOBt ste-z omnbra (196)% ‘eNlaTing 40 30vd LNOUd IV 3YNSS3¥d LNZOIONI WNYSLX3 4) eo 6 2 1 (186) & (su) WIL “awit (aw) 2-257- (e = H/M “T= H/T) PROT 28214 TTeM apys sorxaqUT 30y %y pue EY souTa postyeepI 91Z-7 santa (18d) °% ‘ONIGTING 40 3Ovs ANOS Lv 3UNSSAYd LNAGION| WNUSLX3 septa 4)°%q oe 9 z ' oe ow oe 9 + z g (sw) awit gee 8 882 @ & 8 SWIL (aw) 2-258(9 = Wm “T= H/T) PeOK aseLq Tem oprs soyxeaur 105 %, pue Ex souya pozTTesP] (1z~-z aang (84) ‘ontaTing 40 30va ANOS Iv JUNSS3Nd LNAGIONI WNYILXa (12)00g o @ os 9 o a ue a Baa at as % o 3 4 Hos ~ 001 coz oor 009 coe (sw) § awit 2-259(ae = H/M °Z = H/T) PeOT 38eTq TTA apres soyxeIUT x03 YL pue EL souta poztTeapl eIz-< oxnBta (84) °% ‘oNiaTing 4O 3ovs LNOY4 Lv 3YNSS3Md LNAGION! WwNY31x3 (189) 98g og of (sw), 3WiL (sw) & anid 2-260(fe = W/m *2 = 4/1) PROT 38e1q TteA opts sozsequT 10 Yy pur EZ somp2 pozTIeOPy GIzZ-z exnFta (188) "4 oMIaTING 40 3ovs LNOWS AV auNSS3ud LNSGIONI WwNUaLXa } oy (184) 08g (sw) Bit Lawl (sw) 2-261(= W7h *@ = W/1) peor 387g [Tea apres zoyz0quy 403 YE puv EL souT] pozTPePI OZz-z 2NBTa 84 oNIOTING 40 3OvVd LNOU4 Iv AYNSS3Yd LNAGION! TWNY3LX3 02 Z x a won oF o = 01 coz oor || 009 (sw) Saw 2-262(9 = B/M ‘Z = H/T) Poor 3001q Tea opys zoys9qUF 103 %, pue EZ somya pozTTeepY 1zz~-z eandTa (184) "4d ‘ontating 40 3ov4 LNOw4 IY a4unssaua ANZGIONI TWNY3LX3 = 2 z z a a ” a i z 2-263(aft = Wa ty = HD PeOT ISeTA ITE OpTs xoys0IuF 305 My puE LL soWTa pOETPOPI ZZZ-Z PznFTA (84) ‘oNiaTING 40 3OV4 LNOUS Lv JYNSS3¥d LNAGIONI TWNYBLX3 (usa) ony (188) 08 oe 9 » 2 1 awl. (sm) ey ¢ 0001 aWIL (sw) Sy 2-264(fe = ym ty = H/T) POOL a6Tq [Tea aprs royaeqUT 103 % pu ty souya poziteopr (184) 4‘ onicrting 40 304 LNOUd Ly SYNSSIe LNAGION! “Twi. c2e-e oaneyy 34K (14) on, (ise) 055 (su) 4 amid “WH (sm) 2-265(en Bin *y = wry peor 18e14 TTeA apys sovs0qUy soy %y pue EY soaya pozsTeePL y2z-z 94NBTE OS‘ ONIGTING 40 3OV4 LNOUS Iv FUNSSIYd LNAGION! WNY3LX3 (184) Fy (sw) 4 SWiL (sw) 83d 2-266(9 = B/N “y = H/T) peor 26214 [1¥A pre roFsoaut 103 %y puw ty somEa pozyTeopT ¢zz-z aanBra (186) a‘ owiating 40 30s NOs IW aUNssaud ANZQIONE TWNEBLX3 (184) os, (sm) %2 avid “BML (sm) 8 2-267Cafe = Him ‘8 = 4/7) PooT 35eTq TteM opys Zopx0auy 203 Yy pur EL souys porTTPaPI 9zz-z sandra (84)°% ‘onlatina 40 30V4 LNOHS 1v 3YNSS3Yd LNAGIONI TWNYSLX3 (saya 39d) oe 9 + z ' ow, oso + 2 Z = a a = on tt 2 zi = we (sw) awd 2-268(2/e = H/m °8 = H/T) Prot asPTq [1em pre zozz0quT 303 Yr pue Cy samy poztTeopy [zz-z oandty (188) %y “ONIOTING 40 3dvd LNOUS IV FUNSSAMd LNZOION WNYSLXa (180) 0% or we oe os + 3) 0% og stew S.°SWiL oer 2-269(e = W/m 8 = H/T) pool 3eP1q [Ten apy xotaaqUT xox Ys, pue LL eouTa pazyTeapl gzz-z eandta (isd) YG ‘ONIGTING 40 3OV4 LNOUS Lv 3YNSS3Nd LNBOION! WNYSLXS t18d) ony (18d) 9% rs (se) % avi 2-270(9 = B/A °8 = H/1) PrOL.25°14 ITA oprs spgaaQny 40y > vue Cx souyy pOzTTPOP] gzz-z eanBt4 (184) ‘ ONIGTING 40 3Ovs LNOMS LY aUNSS3zd LNZGIONE WNY3LX3 14) oF oe 9 + z ' BWiL (sw) > “BW at (sw) 2-271ENT, Prig/Pso Padosi) INTERNAL BACKWALL REFLECTED PRESSURE COEFFI PolPai EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE OF BUILDING, Pgo(pe!) Figure 2-230 Idealized pressure coefficient for back wall interior blast load (L/a = 1 and 2) 2-272Fei /Pao ec gs INTERNAL BACKWALL REFLECTED PRESSURE COEFFICIENT, Pig /Po Pao(si) EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE: OF BUILDING , Pgq (psi) Figuee 2-231 Idealized pressure coefficient for back wall interior blast: load (L/t = 4 ana 8) 2-273100 WAH = 3/4 L/H= 8 20) 60) 40) = 20] - @ - - 10] Z 8 z z 6 & Z ‘80 100 s & & 2 x 3 3 2 3 % S w = = z = & 3 a =: S EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE OF BUILDING, Figure 2-232 Arrival time, Tj, for interior back wall blast load (w/a = 3/4 and 3/2) 2-274T, (me) 8 1 2 6 8 10 2 40 60 80 KO Pag(si) ARRIVAL TIME OF SHOCK FRONT AT. BACKWALL , T, (ms) Tas) r 2 a6 8 0 20 ‘40 60. 80 100 (si) EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE OF BUILDING, Pgo (psi) (W/H = 3 and 6) 2-275BACKWALL SCALED REFLECTED PRESSURE DURATION, Tg -T, (ms) Te T (ms) t 2 4 6 8 0 20 40-60 80 KO Rtesid EXTERNAL INCIDENT PRESSURE AT FRONT FACE OF BUILDING, Pyo (psi) Figure 2-234 -Idealized timé Tz - Ty for interior’ back wall blast load 2-276coe z 8 é @ : 8 g 2 & 3 20 oo PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL PP, (psi) @ Figure 2-235 Leakage pressure coefficient vs. pressure differential 2-277TH 5-13900/NAVFAG P-S97/AFR 88-22 Table 2-1 Heat of Detonation and Heat of Combustion Explosive Heat of Heat of Name Symbol Detonation (£t-1b/1b) Combustion (ft-1b/Lb) Baratol : 1,04 B+06 Boracitol, : 5.59 B+06 BIF 2:37 E406 Composition B Comp B 2.15 E406 3.91 E+06 Composition C-4 Comp C-4 2.22 E406 Gyclotol 75/25 + - 2.20 E406 3,68 B+06 DATB/DATNB 1.76 E+06 4.08 E406 DIPAN 1,89 B+06 ~ DNPA 1.48 E+06 EDNP 1,72 B+06 FEFO ‘ 2.03 E+06 od 2.27 E406 3.31 E406 HNAB 2.06 E406 © HNS 1,99 B+06 1X-01 2,41 E406. : 1LX-02-1 1399 +06 K-04 1.99 B+06 1X-07 2.08 E406 1X-08 2.77 E406 1X-09-0 2.26 E406 IX-10-0 2,17 E406 G11 1.72 E406; 1X-14 2.20 E406 NG (2.22 E406 2,26 E406 NQ 1.49 B+06 * 2.79 E406 Octol 70/30 : “2.20 B406 3.81 £406 PBX-9007 2,18 £406 PBX-9010 2,06 B+06 PBX-9011 2.16 E406 PBX-9205 2.04 E406 BBX- 9404 2.18 E406 PBX-9407 2.24 E406 3,31 £406 PBX-9501 2.22 E406, Pentolite 50/50 - 2.14 B406 PEIN 2.31 E+06 2,70 E406 RDX 2.27 E406 3.20 E+06 TETRYL, 2.11 E406 4,08 E406 ‘TNETB 2.3% E406 ‘TNT 1.97 E406 5.05 E+06 2-278642-2 preninop pier é out mapronso 2 arg ebezeae pes sang earpyenng +9 worarredaeg 1 voraysedne 5-9 woyareodaen -¥ wor reetveg wre at ore 22-98 UAV/L6E-a OVAAYN/OOET-S KL092-2 rae - mee aa cee Face Ee rae - wee wn wart jews were ism THOT an sworivanorawon (wenay2ueg) seayrordig snorze4 30 worseuoweg oez5ng 6q peonpoxg extndoy poe eznavexg aeapqour fred 30 S0OTIeFIEOTTE 7 T8TT wuraeodqtenata we szvse T0190 spray poet neste 22-88 BAV/LEE-A OVAAVN/OOET-S KLtae-t Bet sopmeg ete 00-8 wee cor) un ove sat 276 x08 1 rt otagay MEE” SIS cone sare more REEMA erin 39 3877 t aT, (wenarivea) sesrsorésg srorsea 70 worzewoneg #2¥zzng Aq peompeng setmy pu exnseeag yuaprour eeE 30 AUO}At 22-88 WAV/LEC~d OVAAVR/OOET-§ HLra 90 sawn Of WA aw ‘savas sone AaISKI0 Rind fs svorivanoranoo 7 cpenaraco) searsodey.snovzen 30 wosaedoseg edesang 44 peonposg eeteday pum emesexy tuaproul Wes Jo suoTIWTIENTTT J018T FE STERL %2-88 WAV/LOE-A DVAAV/OOET-S HLeac-z serriedora out come 2-40 sertetose surrtedeng owt whew (penaraveg) searsotdag enorz¥4 0 woystioeg wonzans 0.9999, use: 2 2.2 “L8G 7 My) Wer Min [l-Qa-e ) 2-43 The number of fragments with weight greater than We is: Ne - Np (1 - Gy) 2-46 It should be noted that Equations 2-41 through 2-44 are not applicable to cas- ings designed to fragnent in a specific pattern In order to facilitate design calculations, Figure 2-238 is available for de- termining the quantity M,/B for a given cylindrical casing geometry and Figures 2-239 and 2-240 provide, the value of We/M, corresponding to a spec- ified confidence level. Figure 2-239 is applicable for a wide range of confi- dence levels (0.3 < Cy < 1.0) whereas Figure 2-240 is applicable for high con- fidence levels (0.986 S G, <1). To ealeulate the actual nunber of fragments with a weight greater than the de- sign fragment weight, Equation 2-36 can be applied directly, Alternatively, Figure 2-261 presents a plot of the quantity B?N;/¥_ versus the casing geome- try. The number of fragments with weight greater than Wp can then be calcu- lated from Equation 2-44, 2-17,3.2, Explosives with Non-Uniform Cylindrical Containers The equations in Section 2-17.3.1 vere developed assuming a uniform cross-sec- tion along the axis of the cylinder with evenly distributed explosive in direct contact with: the outer casing. Actual cased explosives’ rarely conform to these ideal conditions. If there is only slight variation in the casing thickness and/or casing diameter, the fragment weight may be estimated using an average casing thickness and diameter in Equation 2-37, If the cross-section varies greatly, the container is treated as-a series of equivalent cylinders representing the actual shape as closely as possible 2-291TM 5=1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 68-22 (Fig, 2:242), Using the average casing thickness and diameter of each section, the velocity and weight of the design fragment must be determined for each section. The worst case fragment of the equivalent cylinders is then taken as the design fragment for the entire container. Cylindrical explosives with steel and hollow cores are shown in table 2-6 The fragment mass distribution may be estimated for these shapes using the uniform cylinder equations of Section 2-17,3.1. In applying these equations, the same procedures as outlined above for nonuniform cylinders are employed, except that the steel or hollow corés are neglected in the calculations. Figure 2-236 illustrates the cased explosive where the explosive and outer casing are separated by an incompressible fluid. The outer casing is much thicker than the inner casing which encloses the explosive. Here again, the fragment mass distribution may be estimated using the uniform cylinder equa- tions of Section 2-17.3.1 except as indicated below. The heaviest fragment will fracture from the outer casing. Thus, W, should be the weight of the outer casing only. The thin inner casing is neglected in the calculations. In addition, since the ratio of explosive weight to casing weight (W/W,) is small, the fragment distribution factor (M,) should be the larger of that giv- en in Equation 2-36 and Equation 2-44 as follows: 3/2 jaa woo41/2 ty = Atg————. |1. + — 2-45 ay We where A= explosive composition constant from table 2-7 and all other terms are as previously defined, 2-17.3.3, Explosives with Non-Cylindrical Containers Information is not presently available for evaluating the number and weight of fragments from charges other than those having a cylindrical casing. The equations of Section 2-17.3.1 can only be employed to calculate masses of primary fragments which evolve from accidents involving an explosive detona- tion within a container of some sort, such as a casing, a storage tank, or a confining piece of machinery such as a centrifuge or press. Weights of frag- ments created as a result of a given quantity of explosive detonating while being machined or in an unconfined space must be estimated using other methods. 2-17.4, Variation of Fragment Velocity with Distance When an explosion is lecated close to an object (acceptor explosive or barri- ex), the velocity v, at which a fragment strikes the object is approximately equal to the Initial velocity v,. However, if,the detonation is located at a relatively large distance from the object, then: the inpact ér striking veloc- ity of the fragment may be substantially less than its velocity inmediately after the explosion. This variation in velocities, which {s primarily a re- 2-292TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 sult of air resistance, is also a function of.the physical properties of the casing and the distance between the donor explosive and the object. When the protective. barriers are located 20 feet or less from a detonation, the variation between striking and initial velocities usually may be ne- glected, On the other hand, for determining the effects of primary fragment impact on structures further avay from a detonation, the variation of fragnent velocity with distance should be included in the design. The «fragment veloci- ty of major concern is the velocity with which the “design fragment(s)" (the worst case fragment(s) which the structure must be designed to withstand) strikes the protective structure. This striking velocity is expressed as: (12 Re | : . iter y, : 2-46 0 and ky = (ig) Pa Sy 2-47 where Vg ~ fragment velocity at a distance Rr fron the center of detonation 9 initial (maximum) fragment velocity : Rg = distance from the center of detonation ky = velocity decay coefficient A= prasanted area of the fragnent We = Eragnenc weight A/g ~ fragnent form factor Pq — specific density of air p= drag coefficient The decay coefficient can be evaluated as: A/ig = 0.78 /ug'/3 for a random mild steel fragnent 1g ~ 0,00071-02/in? : : Cp = 0.6 for primary fragnents The resulting expression for the striking velocity ts: + <1 ,004R¢ /ig!/3} %%-%Q e 2-48 Figure 2-243 shows the variation of primary fragment velocity with distance. ‘The term initial velocity refers to the maximum fragment velocity as the frag- ment is ejected from the charge. Due to the extrenely high rates’ of fragment 2-293‘TH 5-1300/RAVFAG 'P-397/AFR 88-22 acceleration, this velocity is considered tobe attained by the fragment prior to moving appreciably from its initial position. : 2-17.5. Primary Fragments - Shape, Caliber Density and Impact Angle 2-17.5.1, General In order to determine the damage potential of primary fragments, it is neces- sary to evaluate the caliber density, shape and angle of obliquity of the fragments, and the previously described weight and striking velocity. When a container fragments, a random distribution of fraguent shapes results. Section 2-17.3 contained a method for determining the weight distribution of primary fragments. From the weight of the fragment and shape of the contain- ment vessel, one can estimate the size of individual fragments. This section discusses a method for performing an engineering estimate of a standard design fragment(s) for use in fragment impact damage. 2-17.5.2. Shape of Primary Fragments ‘Two possible fragment shapes are shown in Figure 2-244 for explosives in con- tact with the outer casing. The blunt fragment shape in Figure 2-244 is con- sidered as the standard shape in'the design charts presented in the following section. While the standard fragment has a milder nose shape than the alter- nate fragment, the standard fragment is generally considered appropriate for use in design since (1) only a small number of fragments will strike the structure nose-on, and (2) only a small fraction of these fragnents will have a more severe nose shape than the standard fraguent. In addition, the length- to-diameter ratio of these fragments is felt tobe more representative of an average fragment configuration. For convenience, a plot of fragment weight versus fragment diameter for these two fragment shapes is given in Figure 2- 245. There is little data available concerning the shape of a fragment ejected from 4 cased explosive where the explosive is not in direct contact with the casing (Fig. 2-236), Consequently, the worst possible shape is assumed, a thin rec- tangular or circular rod. The diameter of the cross-section (tne thickness of a rectangular cross-section) is equal to the casing thickness at rupture. The fragmentation pattern of this type of cased explosive somewhat reseables that of a ruptured pressure vessel. The casing diameter typically expands be- fore rupturing and, therefore, to conserve mass, the casing thickness must be decreased. It is assumed that the outside diameter expands to 1.5 times the original di- ameter. Thus, the adjusted inside diameter is: 2. 2 7M2 ay = [22s (dy + 2tQ)° + ay ] - 2-49 where dy! = adjusted inside diameter of casing 4, = original inside diameter of casing 2-294TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR. 88-22 te = original casing thickness bs The adjusted or “necked-down" thickness is: te! = 0.75 (dy + 2tQ) - 0.56," 2-50 where t ic’ @ adjusted casing thickness Assuming a circular cross-section, the length of the fragment is: ig ly- ——> Shey 2-51 Se Mette") where 7 : Lg = length of the fragment Ug ~ weight of the fragment from Section 2-17.3 fo = density of casing material Leyj = length of the cylinder or equivalent cylinder If assuming a;circular cross-section, the length Lr calculated. is longer than the length of the cylinder, then a rectangular cross-section is assumed where the width is equal to: W, B be = ———— 2-52 Pete’ Ley where be = width of the fragment 2-17.5.3. Caliber Density The influence of the fragment weight to fragment diameter ratio is expressed in terms of the caliber density of the fragment which is defined as: D= We fa? 2-93 where D = caliber density 4 - fragment diameter 2-17.5.4, Nose Shape Factor The nose shape factor expresses the influence of the shape of the primary fragment and {s defined as For.flat-nosed, solid fragments: | . N= 0.72 i 2-54 2-295TH 5-1300/MAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 For fragnents with spectal nose shapes N= 0.72 40.25 (m+ 0.2)1/2 « 1.07 2-55 where N = nose shape factor 7 n = caliber radius of the tangent ogive of the assumed fragment nose 2-17.5.5. Impact Angle The angle of obliquity refers iv sw augle between the path of the fragment and a normal to the surface; thus, a normal impact corresponds to an angle of obliquity of zero degrees. ‘A notmal ‘mpact is usually assumed in penetration calculations in order to conservatively destgn for the worst case condition. 2-18. Secondary Fragnents 2-18.1. General The explosion of HE during sone manufacturing or forming process (i.e., nitra- tion, centrifuging, pressing, and machining on lathe) can result .tn a large number of secondary fragments which vary greatly in size, shape, initial velocity, and-range. Each of these parameters affects the damage potential of an accidental explosion and, therefore, should be considered in the design of protective structures. The current state-of-the-art for assessing damage potential requires that the design engineer estimate the conditions which are likely to exist at the time of the accident and perform a structural assessment of any equipment which will be involved. Some of the initial factors to consider are: (1) Type and amount of HE. . a (2) Configuration of HE (i.e., sphere, cylinder, cased, uncased). .* (3) Location of HE (i.e., attached to lathe, resting on: support table, con- tained in centrifuge, proximity to walls and other .equipment). (4) Type of propagation after initiation (i detonation). , high order, burning, partial If the fragmentation pattern varies with the initial conditions, the Architec- tural Engineer must examine several likely scenarios to evaluate the damage potential. To estimate the weight, shape, and velocity of fragments’ vhich.result from” detonation of an HE during a manufacturing or forming process, one would per- form the following steps: 7 (1) Determine distance ap from the center of the explosive to the ith point of interest (reter to structural details of the machine and/or ar- ehitectural drawings), 2-296TH 5-1300/NAVPAC P-397/AFR 88-22 (2) Determine the size and shape of the expected fragment (refer to struc- tural details of the machine). (3) Determine the fragment velocity (refer to sections 2-18.2 and 2-18.3). 2-18.2. Velocity of Unconstrained Secondary Fraguents To predict velocities of objects accelerated by an explosion, the interaction of blast waves with solid objects must first be considered. Figure 2-246 shows the interaction of a blast wave with an irregular object. The interac- tion-is shown in three phases as the wave passes over the object. As the wave first strikes the-object, a portion is reflected from the front face, -and the remainder diffracts around the object. In the diffraction process, the inci- dent wave front closes in behind the object, greatly weakened locally, and a pair of trailing vortices is formed. Rarefaction waves sweep.across the front face, attenuating the initial reflected blast pressure. After passage of the front, the object is imuersed in a’time-varying flow field: Maximum pressure fon the front face during this "drag" phase of loading is the stagnation pres- sure. ‘ To predict the effect of a blast wave on the object, it is necessary to exan- ine the net transverse pressure on the object as a function of time. This loading, somewhat idealized, is shown in Figure 2-247, After the ‘time arrival tq, the net transverse prossure rises from zero to a maximum peak reflected pressure Py in time (Ty - tg), For an object with a flat face nearest the ap- proaching blast wave, this time interval is zero. Pressure then falls linear ly to drag pressure in time (Tp - Ty) and decays more slowly to zero in time (13 - 1). : : The basic assumptions for unconstrained secondary. fragments are (1) the object behaves as a rigid body, (2) none of, the energy in the blast wave is absorbed in breaking the object loose from its moorings or deforming it elastically or plastically, and (3) gravity effects can be ignored during the acceleration phase of the motion. The equation of motion for the object is: A p(t) = Ma 2-56 where A = area of object presented to blast front P(t) = pressure-time history of blast wave acting on object é M mass of object oe a= acceleration of object Roarranging terme and integrating: : [ zi “ (Ty) = | (5/tq) ade = — | (15/tq) p(eyat = — ty 2-57 J x J " where 2-297‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P:397/AFR 68-22 v(T3) = initial velocity of the object » ig + total drag and diffraction impulse The integral in Equation 2-57 is the area under the ‘curve of pressure-time re- lationship. Equation 2-57 can be integrated explicitly if the pressure-cime history can be described by suitable mathematical functions or it can be eval- uated graphically or numerically if p(t) :cannot be easily written in functioi form. : For intermediate strength shocks, the solution of Equation 2-57 can be déter- mined.from a,rather long equation. For computational purposes that equation is presented here in graphical form as Figure 2-248, where Pg = peak incident ‘overpressure Po 7 atmospheric pressure Gp ~ drag coefficient ig = incident specific impulse ag ~ velocity of sound in air K = constant (4 if object is on the ground or reflecting surface * and 2 if object is in the air) : H = minimum transverse dimension of thé isean presented area of object: X adistance from the front of the object-to the location of its largest cross-section normal to the, plane of the shock front mass of object A ~ mean presented area of object ova = initial velocity of object ‘The peak incident pressure P, and the incident specific impulse i, can be de- termined from Figure 2-7 knowing the scaled distance to the object. Values for the drag coefficient Cy for several-common shapes are given in Table 2-8. ‘This analysis is appropriate for objects “far” from the explosive charge: thus, the object is-not ina high velocity flow field and Cp is essentially a constant, Figure 2-248 can be used in most cases where the distance from the object to the center of a spherical charge {s greater than 20 charge radii, which is normally considered to be "far" from the charge. For objects close to a charge, the initial velocity is a function of the impulse on the target, and the actual pressure-time variation across the “object is unimportant. For this close-in range the impulse acting on the object is equal:to the applied momentum iam sa : - Hi 2-58 Thus, the velocity in terms of the actual target shape is: 2.298825‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 @ Yo ~ 10001Ba / 12K 2-59 where 1 = specific acquired impulse B= target shape factor from Figure 2-249 A= area of the target M = mass of the target vo = velocity of the target To calculate the specific impulse imparted to a close-in target, the following equations were developed based on experimental data For spherical. charges with R/R, < 5.07: 1 | 0.158 * a1.4 - RR | ~ 32,000 [ f, se] 2-60 eo / Re e BRece and @ Rare" 2-61 For cylindrical charges with R/R, $ 5.25: 1 [ 0.158 —- &/ Re] ~ 46,500 [ 3, 7a} 2-62 e / Re e BRere For cylindrical charges with 5.25 < R/Ry $ 10: i 0.158 1.75 oe fae ny PO = 1.709 faa] 2 BReee and: 0.333 eres 0 [4.78 [7 a where 1 = specific acquired impulse A = nondimensional shape factor of the target from Figure 2-249 Reg ~ effective radius @ Pee ere eer R ~ standoff distance 2-299TM 5-1300/NAVEAG ,P-397/AFR 88-22 Ry - target radius fe 1g = length of cylindrical explosive ‘The effective radius Regp is the radius of an equivalent sphere of explosive which could be formed from a cylinder of radius R, and length 1, ‘The specific impulse imparted to a target,’ as given’by Equations 2-60, and '2- 62 and 2-63 for spherical and cylindrical charges, respectively, is plotted in Figure 2-250. This experimentally derivéd ‘data should not be used beyond the distances shown in the figure. When these standoff distances are exceeded, the specific acquired impulse may be approximated by using the normal re- flected impulse obtained from Figure 2-7. . . 2-18.3. Velocity of Constrained Secondary Fragments. 0) -.+ ‘The method used to predict initial velocities of a constrained secondary frag- ments close to an explosion must first consider the amount of energy applied to each fragnent as well as the energy consuted in freeing the fragment from its support. This relationship can be expressed using the conservation of mo- mentum and allowing the structural constraint to reduce the imparted impulse as follows: 2 + Tye 7 BY, 2-65 total impulse of the blast applied to the fragment ae Isp — impulse consumed by the fragment support connection mass of the fragment e < 1 velocity of the fragment after break “away e be The value of I,_ must be established experimentally. “Based on tests, ar empirical expression has been developed for cantilever beams subjected to closein effects é Mee 7 ya : ~ 1000 | T w2hr, 0.3 vo | Gy '+ Coie / [A [ae 3 [ete 7d ] : 2-66 12 Pe where ese T= toughness of material (area under the stress-strain curve) from Table 2-9 pp mass density of the fragment Cy = constant equal to -0.2369 Cp = constant equal to +0.3931 2-300°‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFRi 88-22 e@ 4 = unit impulse acting on the menber bg = width of fragment exposed to the blast A = cross-sectional area in the plan perpendicular to the long axis of the fragment Lg = length of fragnent exposed to the blast Equation 2-66 is adequate for determining the fragnent velocity vhen: 172] - 0.3 Ibe / [A [re 1] [eve / ve | 2 0.602 2-67 When Equation 2-67 is: less than 0.602, the magnitude of ‘the velocity is equal fo terovwhich indleates that disengagenent of the: fraguent will not oeckr. The constants In Equation’ 2-66-were derived frox‘experinental data and can on- ly be used forscantilevered beams ‘of steel or aluminum.~ An equation similar to that of Equation 2-66 has been developed for clanped- clamped: fragnones except that che value of C 4s equal-to -0.6498 and C) to equal to 0.4358; 4 plot of Equation 2-66 for both cantilever and clanped:clanped fragnents ts presented in Figure 2-251. 2-19. Fragment Trajectories ‘ once primary fragments or secondary missiles have been formed and accelerated by an explosion, they will move along a specific’ trajectory until’ they impact a target (receiver), or the ground. The forces acting on the fragments and affecting their trajectories are inertia, gravitation, and fluid dynamic forces, The fluid dynamic forces are determined by the instantaneous velocity of the fragment at each instant in time. Generally, fragments are quite irregular in shape and may be tumbling, so a completely accurate description of the fluid dynamics forces during flight is difficult, if not impossible. In the trajectory analysis for fragient flight, one usually resorts to some simplified description of the fluid dynamic forces, and uses the concepts from aerodynamics of division of ‘these’ forces into components called drag (along the trajectory or normal to the gravity vector) and lift (normal to the tra- Jectory or opposing gravity).: Then the force’couponents are given at any in- stant by: +L = Spay (1/2) p v2 2-68 and @ Fy = CpAp(1/2) p v? 2-69 vhere 2-301TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 FL + lift force Fp = drag force Gy = 1ift coefficient Gp = drag coeffictent Ay = lift area Ap = drag arco p = density of the medium through which the fragment is traveling v= velocity of the fragment The lift and drag coofficionts are determined empirically as a function of shape and orientation with respect to the velocity vector, and the magnitude of the velocity v. Fragments discussed in sections 2-17 and 2-18 are general- ly of chunky shape, so that Gp >>.C; for any flight orientation. Thus, they are called drag-type fragments. The lift force on drag-type fragments -is very small and may be neglected. In a simplified trajectory problem, where the fragnent is considered to move in one plane, equations of motion can be written for acceleration in the X and ¥ directions. The acceleration in the X direction (drag only) is: ae cee 7 Annas | % + vy | cos a / 2M 2-70 and for the Y direction (drag only) ay = “1.2 x 10°5g = Ante [ery] sina / 2M | 271 vhere: i aq: ay 7 acceletation in the X and ¥ directions, respectively bo ~ mass density of the medium through which the fragnent travels Yqs Vy = velocity in the X and ¥ directions, respectively g = gravity force (32.2 £t./sec.*) M = mass of the fragment @ = trajectory angle Vig 7 Voe0S Gy 2-72 2-302 °‘TT 5-1300/NAVFAC 397/AFR 88-22 vy 7 Vosin Gy 2-73 where 9 7 initial velocity @, ~ initial trajectory angle ‘The equations shown above can be solved simultaneously to eventually determine the distance traveled by the fragment. These equations are valid for fragment velocities up to Mach 1 for standard.conditions. Figure 2-252 summarizes the results of fragment range R for numerous sets of initial conditions for frag- ments affected only by drag forces. tt should be noted that, in this curve, several initial trajectory angles were used in the analysis to obtain the max- imum range R for the respective fragments. Thus, one need not know the initial trajectory angle of a fragment in order to use Figure 2-252. 2-303 «b. STEEL CORED CYLINDER 2-304"RATIO OF INITIAL FRAGMENT VELOCITY. TO GURNEY'S CONSTANT,VoAVZE" Figure 2-237 ‘SYMMETRIC ‘SANDWICH ‘CYLINDER, ‘OPEN-FACED ‘SANDWICH. CASING WEIGHT TO DESIGN CHARGE WEIGHT, We /W Initial velocity of primary fragments for various geonetries 2-305Axja00a8 Suzee> [eoyspuyAo snesea g/VR Bez-z Panta (4) 'p ‘oNISvo 40 Y3LIWVIC ZCISNI OS OF Oo Oez9Se £€ @ ot go ¢€0 y‘sseuNoiy, Bujs0 e4Dd)pul| Seauno 0} {xu ssequinN 2-306Ol 03 04 05 06 O7 08 09 10 DESIGN CONFIDENCE LEVEL ,CL Figure 2-239 Design fragment weight versus design confidence level (0.38cL $1) 2-307(1519 5986°0) [easy aouapTzuco usysap snsx9a IysTIR qWouBery UBTSeq OHZ-Z 9INBIA 19 '73A31 39N30I3NO9 NOISIG 0001 8660 9660 660 2660 o66'0 8860 - 986°0 T a 2-308INSIDE DIAMETER OF CASING, dj (in) Figure 2-241 B2Nq/W, versus casing geometry 2-309 too Numbers next fo curves indicate Casing Thickness, te 50 br ; for 20 10 Ht tH [oz 2 7 iy a: rb 1 i le lo.4 05 os os] o2| 7 © oi 00! we : wT ooattt F 7 ool ts wo 50.20 10 5 @ 1 O05 o2 QIF “(0) ACTUAL CONFIGURATION Figure 2-242 Equivalent, cylindrical explosive casings @ 2-310100.0 80.0 600 NUMBERS NEXT TO CURVES 500 INDICATE DISTANCE TRAVELED} BY FRAGMENT (ft) 40.0 30.0 20.0 10.0 8.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 ” FRAGMENT WEIGHT (oz) Lo 08 06 05 04 03 02 on 03 04-05", 06.507 08 09 10 STRIKING ‘VELOCITY*/ INITIAL. VELOCITY, Vs/ Vo Figure 2-243 Variation of primary fragment velocity with distance 2-31(ne 08 N = 0.845 Volume = 0.6544° Weight = 0.654d°7 = 0.186d° D = 0.186 Ib./in? Cy N= 400 Volume = 1.245 Weight = 1.2d°7.= 0.34¢° D = 0.34Ib/in3 (b) ALTERNATE FRAGMENT SHAPE NOTE: os” N= Nose shape factor = 0.72+0.25 ¥n-0.28 1 = Caliber radius of the tengent ogive of the “fragment nose * R/d D = Caliber density = Wy /d? Figure 2-244 "Primary fragment shapes 2-312.aajomerp JWomFerz pur qYRTOK QuOMBeaz usoMI9q drUsLOTIET OY “1HOI3M INSMOWUS She-z 9am UL ANANOVES AUYNIdd 40 B3LaNVIC 2-313OBJECT EXPOSED TO BLAST WAVE pRERLECTED feeds VORTICES INCIDENT BLAST WAVE DIFFRACTION OF BLAST WAVE REFORMED BLAST WAVE Figure 2-246 Interaction of blast wave with an irregular object 2-3142-315144 10%), ACK) Pro/Po 2 ste sire 5 wre sure 5 10% 12Cp ind 1000 Py (KH +X) Figure 2-248 Nondimeristonal, object velocity, V, fas a function of pressure and impilee 2-3162Re CYLINDRICAL A (1), EXPLOSIVE a art bee - --=4 ---| : ----O R . ; (a) EXPOSED FLAT (b) EXPOSED CYLINDRICAL (c¢) EXPOSED SPHERICAL FACE SURFACE SURFACE B10 A-E Bd 2Re SPHERICAL - Iv rd ony EXPLOSIVE Figure 2-249 Target shape factor for unconstrained, fragments 2-317psi-ms ( 0188 Rt CYLINDRICAL CHARGE ‘SPHERICAL CHARGE R/Re Figure 2-250 Specific acquired impilse versus di: 2-318 anceequowGeay pourergsucs 107 seyaTooT9a queuUIT poreos an (4 yy a co (asqZy 4 Z 9 s ° s z 3dWV19- G3dWW19 YBAaTILNVO Toe-z eanBtg 2-319oze-z I224CpApR ° 12.24Cp Ap Vo" Mg Figure 2-252 Fragment range predictionTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Table 2-5 Specific Weight and Gurney Energy Constant for Various Explosives : Specific Weight 42e" Explosive (bsin3y (ft/sec) Composition B 0.0621 9100 Composition 6-3 0.0578 8800 Har 0.0682 9750 Nitromethane 0.0411 7900 PBK-9404 0.0664 9500 PEIN 0.0635 9600 RDX 0.0639 9600 TACOT 0.0581 7000 Tetryl 0.0585 8200 Nt 0.0588 8000 Trimonite No. 1 0.0397 3400 Tritonal 0.0621 7600 (INT/AL = 80/20) 2-322,2-322" (397) BZA TOW 91) Op Ip ava emt ae se on was ma apts cost ms eintiponiay--* iaipaui scgine dence yar sg , see ores ese acs © ms “8 = “swan ee Seya30u0eg snozea 303 S3uoubeag Sawutaa go AayOOLOA LeIaTUL ge OdenTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Table 2-7 Mott Scaling-Gonstants for Mild Steel Casings and Various Explo- sives : a 7 B Explosive (oz¥/2 tn. -3/2) co2¥/? in. -7/8) Baratol - : 0.512 Composition A-3 0.220 Composition B 0.214 0.222 Gyclotel (75/25) : 0.197 H-6 : 0.276 HBX-1 7 7 0.256 HBX-3 : 0.323 Pentolite (50/30) 0.238 0.248 PTX-1 7 0:22 PTK-2 - : 0.227 RDX 0.205 0.212 Tetryl 0.265 0.272 INT 0.302 0.312 2-323Table 2-8 Drag Coefficient, Cp, for Various Shapes SHAPE SKETCH Cp CIRCULAR CYLINDER FLOW (LONG ROD), 1.20 SIDE-ON ; SPHERE amu) 0.47 ; howl ) DISC, FACE-ON oR Oo Lz CUBE, FACE-ON now 1.05 CUBE, EDGE-ON $B 0.80 LONG RECTANGULAR row LS 2.05 MEMBER, FACE-ON LONG RECTANGULAR FLow fae MEMBER, EDGE-ON = NARROW STRIP, FACE-ON oN 1.98 2-326-Table 2-9 Steel ASTM A 36 ASTM A GGL ASTM A514 Grade F TM 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Steel Toughness Toughness in-1b/eubie in, 12,000 15,000 19,000 2-325TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 SHOCK LOADS 2-20. Introduction The strong air blast waves and high speed ‘fragments are the primary hazards of accidental explosions. The exterior of @ protective structure is designed primarily for the-blast pressures. In some situations, the fragments may be Just as important as the pressures in determining the configuration of a pro- tective facility. While ‘the contents of the structure are protected from the direct effects of blast pressures and fragments by the structure's exterior, the contents are subject to effects of the building's motion. ‘These structure sotiows can eausc injury to personnel, damage to equipment as well as Gislodgement of the structure’s interior components, including interior parti- tions, hung ceilings, light fixtures, ductwork, piping, and electrical “Lines Structure motions are caused by what is normally termed shock loads. These are loads which cause transient or short-duration vibratory motions of the ground surface and the istructure. “They do not cause significant structural damage but instead induce motion which, as stated above, can damage the struc- ture’s interior contents There are two distinct types of shock loads: ground shock and air shock Ground shock results from the energy which-is imparted to the ground by an ex- plosion. Some of this energy is transmitted through the ground as direct- induced ground shock. Both of these forms of ground shock when imparted to a structure will cause the structure to move in both a vertical and horizontal direction. Air shock results from the blast overpressures striking the buiid- ing. Vertical, horizéntal and overturning motions result from the shock impact. The vertical and overturning motions are usually not significant and can be neglected while the horizontal motions must be considered. Large dis- placements can result when a structure slides relative to the grourd surface The net motion of the structure is a’ combination of the motions due to the air induced and direct-induced ground shock, and the air shock. Curves which de scribe the ground motion (acceleration versus time, velocity versus time, and displacement versus time curves) are not readily calculated. However, these relationships are not required since the design of protective structures to resist shock loads is based on the peak values of the induced motion rather than the actual motion-time relationships. The procedures presented in this section are applicable for uniform motions The shock loads and resulting structure motions apply to rigid conerete struc- tures located at the low- and internediate-pressure design ranges. At distances corresponding to these pressures, the shock loads are uniform across the structure. A rigid concrete structure acts as a rigid body, that is, all components of the structure have essentially the same motion. ‘The procedures can be applied to structures located close to an explosion and to non-rigid structures. However, the local effects associated with these conditions must be accounted for in the analysis. 2-21. Ground Shock 2-21.1. Introduction 2-326TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/APR 88-22 When an explosion occurs at or near the groufid surface, ground shock results from the energy imparted to the ground by the explosion. Some of this energy is transmitted through the air in the form of air-induced ground shock -and some is transmitted through the ground as direct-induced ground shock. Air-induced ground shock results when the air-blast shock wave compresses the ground surface and sends a stress pulse into the underlying media, The magni- tude and duration of the stress pulse in the ground depend on the character of the air-blast pulse and the ground media. Generally.‘the air-induced ground motions are downward. They are maximum at the ground surface and attenuate with depth. However, the presence of a shallow water table, a shallow soil- rock interface, or-other discontinuities can alter the normal attenuation pro- cess. The properties of the incident overpressure pulse and the surface soil layer usually determine the character of air-induced, ground shock on -above- ground structures, . Direct-induced ground shock results from the explosive energy being trans- nitted directly through the ground. This motion includes both the true direct-induced motions and cratering-induded motions: The°latter generally have longer durations and are generated by the crater formation process in cratering explosions. The induced ground notion*resulting from both types have @ longer duration than air-blast-induced ground shock and the wave forms tend to be sinusoidal. : ‘The net ground shock experienced by a point on the ground surface is a cémbi- nation of the air-blast-induced and direct-induced ‘shock. The relative magni- tudes and sequencing of the motions are functions of the media (air and soil) through which the shock travels and the distance from the point of detonation. At ranges close to the blast, the highly compressed air permits the air- blast shock front’ to propagate at speeds greater than the seismic velocity of the ground. In this region, ‘the super-seismic region, the air blast arrives at a given point"before the direct-induced ground shock. As the air-blast shock front moves farther from the point of detonation, the shock front velocity decreases, and the direct-induced ground shock catches and “outruns" the air blast. This latter region is called the outrunning region. Wave forms in the outrunning region are generally’ a complex combination of. both types of induced stiock. The-conbined motion can be obtained’ from consider- ation of the arrival time of each wave. The arrival-time of the air blast is determined from the data presented for unconfined explosions. Whereas, the arrival time of che direct-induced ground shock can be estimated by assuming that the ground ‘shock travels at the seismic velocity of the ground media. The coubined ground motion in both the superseismic and outrunning“xegion are illustrated in Figure 2-253. : 2-212, Air Blast-Induced Ground Shock One-dimensional wave propagation theory is used to estimate air blast-induced ground shock. For surface structures located ori ground media having uniform Properties, the expressions to define this motion take very simple forms. Us- ing this approach, the maximum vertical velocity at the ground surface, Vy, can be expressed as Wy = Poo / Sp f 2-76 vhere 2-327 .TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Vy ~ maximum vertical velocity of the ground surface fgg ~ peak posteive tnetdene préanize (Fig. 2-15) ; p = mass density of the soil Gp = compression wave seismic velocity in the soil ‘The mass density, p, for typical, soils and rock are presented in,Table 2-i0 s aud the seismic velocities are presented in.Table 2-11. 7 ‘he maximun vertical displacement, Dy, 1s obtained by integrating the aboye oxpression with respect to time, The integral of the pressure with respect to siwe is simply the total positive phase impulse so that: : Dy mtg / 1,000 pC, vs ve 2-75 vhere eee ; can . Dy = maximum displacement of the ground surface > tg © une positive incident impulse (Pig. 2-15) - ‘The maximum vertical acceleration, Ay, is based on the assumption of a linear velocity increase during a rise time equal to one millisecond. The resulting acceleration is increased by 20 percent to account for nonlinearity, during the rise time. Accelerations are, expressed in multiples of the gravitational con- _ stant so, that, : a ' 7 2:76 Ay 7 100 Pgg / (9 Sp ) where 7 \y = maximum vertical acceleration of the ground surface . ~ gravitational constant equal to 32.2, ft/sec” : The above equation is adequate for predicting the acceleration in dry, soil. However, the equation underestimates the acceleration.in saturated soils and rock: To approximate the acceleration-of saturated soils and rock,, itis rec- ommended that the value of the acceleration obtained. from the Equation 2-76 be-- doubled. ‘The maximum horizontal ground motions are expressed in terms of the maximum vertical motions as a function of the.seismic- velocity of the soil and the shock wave velocity so that Dy ~ Dy tan (sin! (c, / 12,000 v ) | : 2-77 Vy.7 Vy tan (sin) (cp 7 12,000 Uy}. + 278 7 Ay tan (sin? (Cc, / 12,000 U )] no 2-79. where U = shock front velocity (Fig. 2-15). For (C)/12,000 U) greater than one, horizontal and vertical motions are approximately equal. Therefore, it is recommended that for all values of the 2-328‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 above function greater than one, the horizontal motion is set equal to the calculated vertical motion. The equations which describe the air-induced ground shock are a function of the density and seismic velocity of the soil. However, a wide range of seis- mic velocities is given in Table 2-11 for each of the soils listed. Ina fi- nal design, soil tests are required to accurately determine the density and seismic velocity of the particular soil.at the site.’ In lieu of tests, the mass density given in Table 2-10 may be used. However, since the range of seismic velocities given Table 2-11 is so large, it is recommended that the lower bound value of the velocity be used to produce a conservative estimate of the induced motion. 2-21.3, Direct-Induced Ground Motion Empirical equations have been developed to predict direct-induced ground mo- tions. The equations apply for TNT detonations at or near the ground surface Three types of ground media have been consideréd; dry soil, saturated soil and rock. The ground shock parameters are expressed in terms of the charge weight and distance from the explosion. The maximum vertical displacement (Dy) of the ground surface for a rock media is-given by Dy ~ 0,025 Rgl/3 wl/3 7 291/38 2-80 in which 1g = Rg / wi/3 2-81 where Rg ground distance from the explosion W = weight of TNT charge Zg ~ scaled distance from the explosion and the maximum horizontal displacement Dy of the ground surface is equal to one-half of the maximun vertical displacenent or Dy = 0.5 Dy 2-82 When the ground media consists of either dry or saturated soil, che maximum vertical displacement is given by Dy = 0.17 Rgl/3 wh/3 7 262-3 2-83 while the maximum horizontal displacement Dy is equal to the maximum vertical displacement or, Dy = Dy 2-84 The maximum vertical velocity (Vy) for all ground media is given by 2-329TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 . ty = 150 7 2h . he 285. and the maximum horizontal velocity (Vy) ts equal to the maximum vertical ve- locity for all ground media or . ‘ “vy o 2-86 Finally, the maximum vertical acceleration (Ay) of the. ground surtaée for all media 1s given by ae Ay = 10,000 7 wH/3 2e2) i » 2-87 while for éry soil, the maximum horizontal acceleration, Ay, is equal, to one- half of the mexinua vertical acceleration, of : . Ay 7-0.5 Ay ; foes 288 however, fora wet soil or a rock media, the. horizontal and vertical accelera- tion is equal,- or aod arena fu > A 2-89 2-22, Air Shock 2-22.1, Introduction aah 7 “ When an air blast strikes an aboveground protective structure, motions are im- - parted to the building. The most severe motion 1s due to the response of the individual elements which make up the exterior shell of the structure. Proce- dures for the design of these elements are presented in subsequent chapter of this manual. This section is concerned with the gross motion of the structure on its supporting soil due to the impact of the air blast. This gross motion is in addition to the ground induced motions. Vertical, horizontal and overturning motions are imparted to the structure by the air blast. However, since the vertical motion’ of the Structure is restricted by the ground which is already compressed due to the dead load of the structure and its contents, vertical-motions- must necessarily be small and can be safely neglected. Overturning motions are'also neglected in this sec- tion. These motions are most significant in tall structures with small plan Ginensions which are not connon in protective construction. This section is concerned solely uth horizontal eLiding motions which can be quite eignift- cant. * * Horizontal motion results from an unbalanced blast load acting on the struc- ture. The tendency of the structure to slide is resisted by the.friction forces developed between the foundation and the underlying soil. For struc- tures. with deep. foundations, additional resistance to sliding is afforded by active and passive soil pressures developed at the leeward side of the structure. 2-22.2, Method of Analysis ‘The gross horizontal motion of a structure is computed in this manual using a method of numerical integration, namely, the acceleration-impulse extrapo- 2-330‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 lation method, This method of dynamic analysis is comprehensively presented in Chapter 3. Briefly, the equation of motion for a single-degree-of-freedom system is given as F-R-D-=Ma 2-90 where applied blast load as a function of time resistance of the system to motion as a function of displacement damping. force as a function of velocity * mass of the single-degree-of-freedom system acceleration of the system son oer The numerical method of solving the. equation of motion irivolves a step-by-step integration procedure. The integration is started at time zero‘where the dis- placement and velocity are known to be zero. ‘The time scale {s divided into small intervals, ‘The values of F, R and M (D is not included) are calculated for each time step. The integration is started by first approximating the ac- celeration for the first time interval and progresses by successively calcu- lating the acceleration at each time step. The change in velocity and dis- placement associated with each incremental acceleration is calculated. The accumulated velocity and displacement are obtained for each time step until the maximum values have been obtained. ‘The first step in the analysis is to describe the'blast loads acting on the structure. The préssure:time variation of the blast-load is computed as the shock front sweeps across the structure. The unbalanced load in the horizon- tal direction {s computed as a function of the blast loads acting on the front and back walls (windward and leeward walls), respectively. The average blast load action of the roof of the structure is computed as the shock front trave- rses the building. The procedure used to describe these loading conditions have been presented in previous sections of this chapter. ‘ ‘The second step in the problem is the determination of the resistance of the building to horizontal motion. ‘The tendency of the base of the structure to slide is resisted by friction forces on the foundation and earth pressure at the rear (leeward side) of the structure. For structures with shallow founda- tions, the resistance to sliding is afforded primarily by friction between the horizontal surfaces of the concrete foundation and underlying soil. The earth pressure resistance at the rear of the structure’ is small and can be conserva tively neglected. For structures with deep foundations, the passive pressure at the rear of the structure is, significant and greatly reduces the displace- ment of the building The friction force developed between the horizontal surfaces of the concrete foundation and underlying soil is given by Fe ~ Hy E 2-91 where Fg ~ frictional force resisting horizontal motion bk = coefficient of friction between concrete and type of supporting soil , 2-331TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Fy = vertical load supported by the foundation The coefficient of friction # for the horizontal surface between the concrete foundation and the underlying soil is given in Table 2-12 for various types of soil, The coefficient is not a function of time or displacement. However, the structure must slide a finite amount before the frictional force is gener- ated. The structure should slide approximately one-quarter of an inch before the frictional force is taken into account... ‘The vertical load Fy supported by the foundation consists of the dead weight of the structure, the weight of the building's interior contents, and the blast load acting on the roof of the structure. Since the blast load is a function of time, the building's resistance to sliding (frictional force Fg) 1s also a function of tine. In addition, the blast load acting'on the roof greatly increases the foundation loads, and consequently, significantly in- creases the building's resistance to sliding, 2-23, Seructure Motions . , 2-23.1. Introduction : ‘The net motion of.a structure is a combination of the motions due to the air- induced and direct-induced ground shock, and the air shock. Since the methods of analysis described in this section are applicable to rigid concrete struc- tures located at comparatively large distances from an explosion, the struc- ture motions are taken equal to the ground motions in the vicinity of the building. Inthe case of air shock, the structure motions are computed directly. > The motion of structures located at comparatively close distances to an explo~ sion as well as the motion of nonrigid structures may be.determined. However, the local effects associated with these conditions such as motions due to cratering, fragment impact, etc. must be accounted for in the determination of the structure motions. 2-23.2, Net Ground Shock The net ground shock associated with an accidental explosion is a combination of the air-induced and direct-induced ground shock. The time at which the Shock is felt ac adjacent structures and the magnitude and duration of the mo- tion are a function of the quantity of explosives detonating, the absolute distance between the detonation and adjacent structure and the, soil media at the site The air-induced ground shock is a functior of the air blast. Consequently, the arrival time and duration of the ground shock maybe taken equal to the arrival time ty and duration to of the air blast. For an explosion occurring at or near the ground surface, the arrival time and duration are obtained from Figure 2-15 for the scaled ground distance Zg between the explosion and the structure. Figure 2-15 provides the blast parameters associated with the det- onation of hemispherical TNT charge located on the ground surface. The direct-induced ground shock is a function of the soil media. The arrival time of the shock load at the structure is a function of the seismic velocity 2-332, 4TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR -88-22 in the soil and the distance from the explosion. The arrival time is ex- pressed as, tag = 12,000 Rg / Cy : 2-92 where _ tag = arrival time of the ground shock Rg ~ ground distance from the explosion Cp = compression vave sefsnic velocity in the soil (cable 2-11) As previously explained, the seismic velocity of the soil should ‘be obtained from soil tests for a final design. In lieu of tests, ‘it 1s: recommended that the entire range of velocities given in tablé'2-11 be investigated to deter- mine if the direct-induced ground shock can be in phase with the air-induced ground shock. * ~ : : ea The actual duration of the shock load is not readily available. - However, it 4 suffiedent to realize that the duration is long, chat-is, many tines larger than the duration of the air-induced shock. The net ground shock is obtained from-consideration of the atrival time and duration of each type of induced shock. If ta +t, is less than t, the struc- ture is subjected to superseismic ground shock (Fig. 2-253). The air induced ground shock arrives at the structure first and is dissipated by the time that the direct-induced ground shock arrives. The structure feels the effect of ~ each shock separately. If t, is greater than tyg, the structure is subjected to outrunning ground shock: (Fig. 2-253). The direct-inducéd ground shock ar- rives at the structure first and, since its duration is long, the airinduced ground ‘shock will arrive at the structure while the direct-induced ground shock is still acting. The structure feels the combined effects of the induced shocks. If t, is slightly less than tac and ta + t,-is greater than tag, the air-induced ground shock will still be acting when the direct-induced ground shock arrives. For design purposes, this latter case should be treated as an outrunning ground shock. 2-23.3. Maximum Structure Motion The design of protective structures to resist the effect of shock loads is based on the peak values of the induced motion father than the actual motion- time relationships. In fact, the actual time history of the motion is not known nor can it be approximated with any degree of accuracy. Consequently, the phasing of the various shocks cannot be accomplished accurately, There- fore, for design purposes the peak values of the in-phase motions are added, For the case of air-induced ground shock and’ air shock, ‘the maximum values of horizontal displacement, velocity and acceleration are always added. These shock motions must be in phase since they are caused by the same source, name- ly, the air blast. In the case of superseismic ground shock where the air-induced’ and direct induced ground shock are completely separated, the maximum motion may be due to either source. The’ maximum value of displacement, velocity; or accel- eration is the nuierically larger value regardless of its source 2-333TM 5-1300/NAVEAG P-397/AFR 88-22 bined effect of the air-induced and direct-induced ground shock as well as the air shock, The maximum motions in the vertical and horizontal direction is the algebraic sum of the maximum value of displacement, velocity, and accel- eration from each source of motion in the vertical and horizontal directions. In the case of outrunning ground, the structure motion results from the com- e 2-24, Shock Response Spectra 2-24.1. Introduction For the purposes of assessing the effects of ‘shock on structures, one of the simplest interpretations of ‘motion data involves the concept of the response spectrum. A response spectrum is a. plot of the maximum response of a sinple linear oscillator subjected to a given input motion against frequency. .Hence, ‘a response spectrum depicts only maximim response values, not a time-dependent history of the motion of the oscillator. "The use of these maximum values is sufficient to ensure a reasonable and safe design for shock loads. 2-24.2, Definition of Shock Spectra Grid Response spectra are constructed from consideration of the response of a sim- ple linear oscillator. For a protective -structure subjected to shock loads, a piece of equipment or any interior component can be considered as the mass of a simple oscillator. ‘The load-deflection properties of the structural system which connects the component to the protective structure determine the spring constant of the oscillator. ; (protective structure) {s called the spectrum displacement (D), and the maxi- mum acceleration of the mass. is called the spectrum acceleration (A). The maximum velocity of the mass is approximately equal to the-more useful quan- tity called the spectrum pseudo-velocity (V) which is given by Vv = 2nfD : 2-93 where V = velocity of the mass £ = natural frequency of vibration of the oscillator D = displacement of the mass, For an undanped system, the displacement and acceleration are related by (onty?dg eee “ Ae 2-3 387 ptt i where A= acceleration of the:mass. in g's f ~ gravitational constant When damping is present, the above relationship between acceleration and dis->~ placement is approximate, Hovever, the Yelationship may still be used to de- velop shock spectra. Plots of the three quantities, displacement D, velocity V, and acceleration A, e@ against frequency £, are then shock spectra. ‘They aay be plotted individually- or, more conveniently, ona single plot by means of the type of chart shown in 2-3341M 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 Pigure 2-254. Any point on this logarithmic grid represents a simultaneous solution to Equations 2-93 and 2-94, The log-log grid must be proportioned to satisfy the solution of the equations. The grid is constructed from standard log-log paper on which a second log-log grid is superimposed and: rotated 45 degrees. The width of a log cycle on this rotated grid is 0.707 times the wideh of a cycle onthe standard grid. 2-24.3. Response Spectra : A response spectrum is « plot of the maximum response of a single-degree-of- freedom system to a given input motion. The given input motions are the air shock and the alr-induced and direct-induced ground shocks. Since the maximum values of the free-field displacement, velocity, and acceleratién (input mo- tion) are used to construct thé’ spectra, a reéponse spectrum envelope is pro- duced. The spectrum takes a trapezoidal shape and is shoyn in Figure 2-254 by the lines labeled D, V atid'A. The three sides of this trapezoid can be re- lated to the maximum free:field input motion parameters of displacement. ve- locity, and acceleration. Relationships between the spectrum envelope bounds and the characteristics of the time dependent free-field input motions (displacements, velocities, and accelerations) clearly indicate that as the variation of the free-field motion parameters versus tine is defined, the definition of the corresponding spec- trum envelope can be refined. However, in the general case of blast-induced motions, the variation of the input motions with time cannot visually be de- scribed in significant detail. Gonsequently, it is recommended that for the elastic response of systems, the spectrum be defined by the following three straight lines as illustrated in Figure 2-254. (1) Line "D" is drawn parallel to lines of constant displacement with a magnitude equal to the maximum free-field (building) displace- nerit a (2) Line "V" is draim parallel to lines of constant velocity (actually pseudo velocity) with a magnitude equal to one and one-half (1.5) times the maximum free-field (building) velocity (3) Line "A" is drawn parallel to lines of constant acceleration with a magnitude ‘equal to tvo (2) times the maximum free-field (build ing) acceleration. A spectrum defined in this manner is‘clearly an approximation, however, its accuracy is considered to be consistent with the accuracy of the input free- field (building) motions on which it is based. In those cases where the input notions can be defined with greater confidence, the spectrum identified above can be defined to reflect the greater accuracy. Im most cases, interior components of the structure and/or equipment and equipment supports are designed elastically. Therefore, the shock spectra de- seribed above will suffice. However, when a very large explosion causes large structure motions, interior systems may require inelastic designs. These con- ditions will usually not arise for the charge capacities considered in this report. Therefore, methods for calculating inelastic shock spectra have not been presented. It is recommended that the bibliography given at the end of this chapter be consulted for further data on this subject. 2-335DIRECT INDUCED DIRECT INDUCED AIR INDUCED ¢ = AWAY FROM BLAST . s VERTICAL VELOCITY 7 HORIZONTAL VELOCITY (a) SUPERSEISMIC GROUND SHOCK 3 a Z. = 2 & E 3 : 8 3 3 : > : g g Fe 2 in’ 7: 7 VERTICAL VELOCITY HORIZONTAL VELOCITY ({b) OUTRUNNING GROUND SHOCK Figure 2-253 Net ground motions produced by an explosion at the ground surface 2-336eajoads yooys asuodsax [woTdhy yGz-z2 24nB yz +49 ‘aonanbaua oot ° ro 2S wonvusraooy wantevn | PA “o ot ALIQOTSA o e eS FS soyouy “ANSMADVTUSIO MOMIXYH puooas sed seuaut *ALI9013A WOWIXYN 0001 2-337TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Table 2-10 , Mass Density for Typical Soils and Rocks Mass Dengity, p- Material (b-see2) /in Loose, dry sand 1.42 E-06 Loose, saturated sand 1:79 B-04 Dense, dry sand 1.65 B-04 Dense, saturated sand 2.02 B-04 Dry clay ‘| 1.12 £-06 Saturated clay - 1.65 B-04 Dry, sandy silt 1.57 £-06 0 Saturated, sandy silt 1.95 B-06- * Basalt 2.56 E-04 Granite : 2.47 E-04 Limestone 2.25 E-04 Sandstone. : 2.10 E-04 Shale 2.17 -E-04 Conerete 2.25 E-04 Table 2-11 ‘Typical Seismic Velocities for Soils and Rocks Seismic’ Velocity Material, : in, /sec. Loose and dy soils te 7,200 to- 39,600 Clay and wet soils 30,000 to 75,600 Coarse and compact soils - >» 36,000 to 102,000, Sandstone and cemented, sdils 36,000 to 168,000 Shale and marl : : =» 72,000 to 210,000 Limestone-chalk 84,000 to 252,000. . Metamorphic ‘rocks - 120,000 to 252,000 Volcanic rocks = * 120,000 to 270,000 Sound plutonic, rocks ~ 156,000 to 300,000 Jointed granite 9,600 to 180,000 Weathered rocks 243000 to 120,000 2-338TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Table 2-12 Goeffictent of Friction for Concrete Foundation and Underly- ing Soils Soil Material Coefficient of Friction, Clean sound rock 0.70 Clean gravel, gravel-sand mixture, coarse sand 0.55 to 0.60 Clean fine to medium sand, silty medium to coarse sand, silty or clayey gravel 0.45 to 0.55 Clean fine sand, silty or clayey Fine €o medium sand 0.35 to 0.45 Fine sandy sile, nonplastic silt 0.30 to 0.35 Very stiff and hard residual or preconsolidated clay 0.40 to 0.50 Medium stiff and etiff clay and silty clay 0,30 0.0.35 2-339TM 5-1300/RAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 APPENDIX 2A ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLESProblem: Procedure Step 1. Step 2 Step 3. Step 4. ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 Problem 2A-l. Free-Air Burst Determine incident blast wave parameters for a.point of interest in the air for a free air burst. Determine the charge weight and height of burst H.. Select point of interest in the air relative to the charge. Apply # 20% safety factor to the charge weight, For the point of interest, calculate slant distance R and scaled slant distance 2: z= Rl/3 : Determine incident blast wave paraneters from Figures 2-7 and 2-8 for the calculated value of the scaled slant distance Z: From Figure 2-7 read: Peak positive incident pressure Peg Shock front veloctey U Sealed unit positive incident impulse i,/w1/3 Scaled positive phase duration ¢,/¥l/? Sealed arrival time eg/il/3" Scaled wave length of positive phase L,/¥)/3 From Figure 2-8 Read: . Peak negative incident pressure Pz, . Scaled unit nogative incident tnputse &¢ 1/3 Scaled negative phase duration tg /w}/3 Sealed wave Length of negative phase 1g (1/3 Multiply scaled values by w!/3 to obtain absolute values 2a-LTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Example 2A-1. Free-Air Burst : Required: Incident blast wave parancteré Paoy PGor(Us tyr 4G for Gs tae Uy teva point 30 ft. belou and 4S £29" avi’ tn che aif fda an ait burst of 290 lbs, at a height of burst of 60 ft. above the ground. W = 3501ba 30-0" He = 60-0" PONT OF INTEREST Figure 2A-1 i Solution: : : Step 1. Given: Charge weight - 290 Ibs., ~ 60 ft. Stop 2. W= 1.2 (290) = 350 Ibs. Step 3. For the point of interest: ° . 2 : [ (45) (30)? = 54.1 ft R 5.1 a . 7 = —— - 7.67 £e.nb! w3 (350) 173 Step 4. Determine incident blast wave parameters for 2 ~ 7.67 £t./1bl/3 2A-2‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 From Figure 2-7: Pyg - 11.2 pst. U = 1.36 fe. /ms iz ig 1/3 ~ 7.0 psi-ms/ib!/3, 4, = 7.0 (350)1/3 = 49.3 psi-ms ty 0/3 = 2.05 msstbV/3, t, = 2.05 (3501/3 = 14.45 ms, ty WM3 3.15 ms/tbl/3 | cq = 3.15 (350)1/3 ~ 22.2 as Ly M3 ~ 2,0 fel/3 | 1, = 14.09 Fe From Figure 2-8: Peo = 1.63 psi ig 1/3. 7.2 psi-ms/tb/3, iz = 7.2 (350)'/34 50.74 psi-ms 5 V3 8.4 msrol/3 , 8.4 (350)1/3 "59,20 ms Ly 3 = 5.8 etsibl/3, 15 = 5.8 (350)1/3 = 40.87 fe. Problem 2-2. “Air Burst Problem: Determine free-field blast wave parameters at a point on the ground for an air burst. Procedure Step 1. Select point of interést on the ground relative to’ the charge. Determine the charge weight, height of burst H, and ground distance Rg step 2 Apply a 20% safety factor to the charge weight. Step 3 Calculate scaled height of burst and angle of incidence a: He fal/3 24-3‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 81 22 a = tan"? (Re/H,) fe Stop 4. Bovernine peak reflected pressurt fg end sealed wnt positive reflected impulse 4, Yn Mach front from Figures 2-9 and 2-10, wise Leet for corresponding: scaled height of burst and angle of incidence a: 1/3 Head Pyq and ty /W Maltiply sealed value by W2/3 to obtain absolute value. Step 5. Read scaled distance Z from Figure 2-7 for corresponding peak incident pressure Pz, - Pyq in the Mach front. Step 6. Determine shock front velocity U and scaled tine of arrival of blast wave ta/i)/* from Figure 2-7 for value Z from step 5. Multiply scaled value of ¥!/3'to obtain absolute value. Step 7. Read scaled distance Z from Figure 2-7 for ere scaled unit positive incident impulse 1,/w!/* the Nach front. Step 8. Determine scaled positive duration of positive phase from Figure 2-7, for the.value of Z from step 7. Multiply scaled value of W!/3 to obtain absolute value. Example 2A-2.. Air Burst Required: Free-field blast wave parameters P.5, U. ig, to. ty for an air burst, of 20,800 Ibs. at a ground distance of 380 ft. and a height of burst of 90 ft. Solution: Step 1 Given: “Charge weight ~ 20,800 1b. Rg - 300 ft, H, = 90 ft. step 2. W = 1.20 (20,800) = 25,000 Ibs. 2a-4TM 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 step 4, Step 6. ‘ Figure 2a-2. 0° yoga For point’ of interest H,/W¥/3. = -90/(25,000)1/3 «: 3:08 £e/1bl/3: ao ean lee -ean"1;3007/90] = 73.3: Deteniine reflected pressure Pyg and reflected impulse in the Mach front from Figure 2-9"and 2-10 Hw/3 ~ 3.08 et/tbl/3 anda = 73.3, Prq = 10,1 psi = 9.2 pst-ns/1/3, tq = 9.2 (25,000)!/3x 269.0 pat-ms Read scaled distance Z from Figure 2-7 corresponding to Psy = Pr = 10.1 pst. 27.8 £e/1bl/3 Determine U and t,/u!/3 from Figure 2-7 corresponding to Z = 7.8 ersibl/3, U 1.38 £t/ms ty/il/3 = 300 ms/ib¥/3, t, = 300 (25.000)1/3 = 8772.05 ms. 20-5‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22: Step 7. Step 8 Problem: Procedur step 1 Determine fri Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. 8 Read: Read scaled distance Z from Fig. 2-7 corresponding to 1/3 = tgfil/3 = 9.2 pat-ms/3 2= 5.7 teste} ao “Determine t,/w!/3 from Figure 2-7 corresponding to 295.7 £e/1vl/3 - - se/it/3 = 155 ma/1b/3, c5.~ 155(25,000)!/3 = 4532.23 ms Problem 2A-3. Surface Burai field blast ‘wave parameters for,a-surface burst. Select point of interest on,the ground relative to the charge. Determine. the charge weight,-and ground distance Bg. : apply a 20% safety factor to the charge weight. Caleulate sciled ground distance :Z: Deteraine free-field blast wave parameters from Figure 2-15 for corresponding scaled ground distance Zg: Peak positive incident pressure Peg shock front velocity U r+ ee Sealed unit positive incident impulse sald Scaled positive phrase duration tg/il/3 Sealed arrival time t,/wl/3 Multiply scaled values by W1/3 to obtain absolute values. oo Boyt AeTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Example 24-3. Surface Burst Required: Free-field blast.wave paraneters Pyo, U, ig, to, ta for a surface burst of 20,800 ibs at a distance of 530 ft Solution: |, , a ; eeaaeee : Step 1: Given: | chatge welght = 20,800'lb! Rg = 530 ft Step 2. W= 1.20 (20,800) = 25,000 Ibs. Step 3. . . For point of interest:, . sade RE 530 Igo Wr ” Gs.000)173 = 18.1 seals step 4 Determine blast, vave parameters from Figure 2-15 for = 18.1 Fe/ibl/3 i “gg 73:45 pat = : iz U = 1.22 ft/ms 8 niu F psiens/ibP, 1 = 4.7¢25,000)12L 137.4 pet-me eays : i = 3.3(25,000)173 = 96.5 ms ty aT 718-6 wa/I0¥73, ey = 20.6(25.000)1/3 ~ 310 as Problea 2A-4 Shock Loads on Cubicle Wells Problem: Determine che average_peak reflected pressure and average scaled reflected impulse acting on the wall.of,a cubicle from an internal explosion-, The cubicle is, fully vented. 2a-7‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Procedure: Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. “Calculate the chart parameters Select from Figure 2-51 the structural configuration which will define the number N and location of effective reflect- ing surfaces for the wall of the structure in question Determine the charge weight, and, as defined by the struc- tural configuration chosen above, the charge location parameters Ry, h, 1 and the structural parameters L, H. Apply a 20% safety factor to the charge weight. ho. —; and the scaled WLR, distance Zp. & Note: Use of the average pressure and impulse charts may require interpolation in many cases. Interpélation may be achieved by inspection for the scaled distance 2, and by a graphical procedure for the chatt parancters L/H, 1/L, and h/H using 2 cycle x 2 cycle logarithmic graph paper. | The following procedure will illustrate the interpolation of all three chart paraneters From table 2-3 determine the appropriate pressure and impulse charts for the nunber of adjacent reflecting sur- faces N. Determine and tabulate the values of the average pressure P, and average scaled impulse 1,/W!/> fron these charts for the required 1/R, and Z, and the following variables: ° L/t.= 0.625, 1.25, 2.50, and 5,00 1/L = 0.10, 0.25. 0.50, and 0.75 > b/l = 0.10, 0.25, 0.50, and 0.75 Prepare four 2-cycle log-log charts ‘with L/H as the lower abscissa, 1/L aé the upper abscissa, and Py as the ordinate (one chart for each of the h/H ratios) On each chart for constant h/H and Z,, plot 1,” versus L/it for all 1/L values. Repeat with the ordinate labeled as t,//3, Using shart for h/l 0.10, read values of Py and i,/W1/9 versus 1/L for required L/H. Tabulate results. 2-8TM 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 ©. Repeat step Sb for charts h/H = 0.25, 0.50, and‘0.75 Tabulate results. “ 4. on each h/t chart, plot P, and 1.1/3 versus 1/L from steps 5b and 5c. : . A e. On each h/H chart, read P, and i,/w!/3: for réquired 1/L ratio. Ona fifth chart, plot Pyvand 1,/u!/3 from step Se versus h/H Step 6. For required h/H ratio, read Py and i,/wl/3 from chart of step: Sf. ieee Step 7. . Calculate duration of load on element from equation 2-27 Example 2A-4 (A) Shock Loads on Cubicle Walls Required: Average peak reflected pressure and average scaled reflected impulse on the side wall of a three-wall cubicle from an explosive charge of 205 lbs. The cubicle is fully vented. sme WALL 4 ® «| 2 dl SECTION PLAN Figure 24-3 Solution: Stepl. H=16 ft. L-=32 ft. Charge Weight = 205 lbs. he 6 ft. 1-12 fe. Ry - 5.33 fe 2A-9‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 68-22 soe: e For definition of terms, see Figure 2-51 (side wall of three wall cubicle, N 2). Step 2. W= 1.20 (205) = 245 Ibs. Step 3. h/H = 0.375 1/L = 0.375 L/Ry = 6.00. L/H = 2.00 Ry 9.33 = = 0.85 fesipl/3 we (205)178 Interpolation {s required for Z,, L/H, 1/L, and h/H. Step 4. . Determine and tabulate the values of P, and 1,/W1/3 from ptessure and impulse charts (see table 2-3 for N = 2) for: LA, = 6.00, 2 — 0.85 (interpolate by inspection) and for values given for L/i, 1/L and h/H. The results are tabulated in tables 2A-1 and 2 2A-2. Step 5. + Plot P, and i,/w!/3 versus L/H for the values of 1/L and constant h/H (fig. 24-4 and 2A-5) @ b. Determine P, and i,/W!/3 for L/H = 2.00, h/H = 0.10, and various 1/L ratios by entering Figure 2A-4a and 2a-5a with L/H = 2.00 Repeat above step for h/H = 0.25, 0.50, and 0.75 by, entering Figures 2A-4b through d and 2A-5b through d with L/H = 2.00 (tabulation of results not shown). On each h/H chart, plot P, and i,/W!/3 (steps 5b and Sc) versus 1/L (upper abscissa of Figures 2A-4a through d and 2A-5a through 4). Determine Py and i,/wl/3 for 1/L = 0.375 on each h/H chart of Figures 2A-4 and 2A-5 with 1/L = 0.375 and reading curves plotted in step 5d. 2A-10‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 (Part 1) n/a 0.10 0.25 iz | 0.10 | 0.25-| 0.50 | 0.75 | 0.10 | 0.25 | 0.50 | 0.75 L/al 0.625 | 462 569 598 569 533° 665 701 665 1.25 749). 932 980 932 gu3 | ave | 1238 | 1178 2.50 | 1200 | 14s |. is6z | 1sse | 1432 | 1796 | se. | 1796 5.00 | 2032 | 2519 | 2635 | 2519 | 1870 | 2334 | 2437 | 2334 Fig, 2-64. | 2-65 | 2-66 | 2-67 | 2-68 | 2-69:| 2-70. ] 2-71 Average Pressure (Part. 2) aft 0.50 0.75 @ yh 0.10 0.25 0.50 0.75 0.10 0.25 0.50 0.75 La 0.625 | 546 sei | . 718 681 533 665 701 665 1.25°.,) 1017 | 1267 | 1333 | 1267 v3 | ize | az3e | 1178 2.50 | 1609 | 2028 | 2120 | 2028 | 1432 |. 1796 | 18a. | 1796 5.00 | 1987 | 2456 | 2563°| 2456 | 2623 | 3119 | 3210 | 3119 Fig. 2-72 | 2-73 | 2-74 | 2-75 | 2-76 | 2-77 |. 2-78 | 2-79 2a-11.TM S:1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 ;- Table 2A-2 Average Unit Impulses (Part 1), b/l 0:10 0.25 yt | 0.10 | 0.25 | 0.50 | 0.75 | 0.10. | 0.25.) 9.50 | 0.75 L/H i 0.625.] 73 n 70: 66 65 ou] 58 35 1.25 96 92 90 84 96 x2 | | 90 83 2,50 126 WL ra. 1. 139 131 + 129, 120 5.00 172 164 res | 153°] 167 153 isa | 143 Fig. -| 2-113 | gana. | 2-115 | 2-116 | 2-117 | 2-118-] 2-119 | 2-120 Table 2A-2.. Average Unit Inpulses (Part 2) afl iy -50 0.75 we | o10 | 0.25 | 0.50 | 0.75 | 0.10 | 0.25 | 0.50 | 0.75 ul 0.625 64 6. ses |. 54 59 56 33 49 1.25 93. 87. { ° 83.| ° 76 87 79. 76 70 2.50¢] 129°] 120 118 ros | 117 106 103 -| +95 5.00 | 186 168 168 158 201 189 asa | 179 Fig. -] 2-121, | 2-122 | 2-123 | 2-124 | 2-125 | 2-126°) 2-127 | 2-128 2a-12£20378 AA + 0.378 Lai /L* 0.378 ths0378 2a-13 ‘Eq * 00823 n/H 20,50 a/H 20.78. 2, 10.8823, ua LH “FIGURE 2A-4£/0+ 0,378 RL 0378 £/L + 0.575 R/Lt0.375 n/H #0.78. 24, *0.8828 w/e Zq 20.8823 FIGURE 2A-5 n/H2 0.80 umTM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 nm afl 0.10 1550 109 0.25° 1660 119 £ 0.50 1860 108 0.75 1880 95 £, Ploe Py and 1,/W1/? (step Se) versus h/M (Fig.24-7). seep 6. For b/Ml = 0.375 read Py,=,1800 psi on Figure 24-7 and read Ls Wis pet ems/i517? on Figure 20-7 step 7 Calculate duration of load on wall. ty = 26,73) ny ¥/3'7 py = 2°15) (245)/3 7 1800 = 0.80 ms Example 2A-4(B). Shock Loads on Cubicle Walls Required: Average peak reflected pressure and average scaled reflected impulse on-the back wall of a three-vall cubicle from an explosive charge of 3,750 lbs. The cubicle is fully vented and’ shown in Figure 24-6. Solution: Step 1. H-=16 ft. L-=36 ft. Charge weight = 3,750 lbs. h-4 fe. 1-9 fe. Ry - 16.5 ft. Note: For definition of terms, see Figure 2-51 (back wall of three-wall cubicle, N ~ 3). Step 2. W = 1.20 (3,750) = 4,500 Ibs. Step 3. B/H= 0.25 W/L = 0.25 L/Rg = 2.18 = L/H = 2.25 2a-15* 41) Aeasom || PLAN FIGURE 24-6 2A-16 SECTION789 (ed 4g h/H (a) (b) 20 G/L = 0.375 h/H = 0.375 ua R/A = 4.0 U/R = 6.0 Za = -7 FIGURE 2A 2a-17TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 % 16.5 @ 7 —— - 1.00 sts1pl/3 ye : » AA © a,500)3/3 Interpolation is required for 1/H Step 4 Determine the values of P, and i,/w1/ from Figures 2-84 and 2-133 (determined from table 2-3 for N= 3, h/H = 0.25, 1/L = 0.25) for L/H ratios of 0,625, 1.25, 2.50 and 5.00. Step. Plot Py and 4,/i!/3 versus L/H (fig. 24-8)... Step 6. For L/H.= 2.25 read, P, = 3700 psi and i,/wl/3 » 295 psi- ms/1b!/3 and on Figure’2A-8, Step 7. Calculate duration of load on wall (equation 2-2) = 24,0173) wI/3 7p, = 2 (295) (4500)1/3/3700 = 2.63 ms Problem 2A-5 Effect of Frangibility on Shock Loads Problem: Determine average peak reflected pressure and average reflected @ impulse acting on the wall of a cubicle due to an internal ex- plosion. One of the reflection surfaces is a frangible wall. Procedure: Step 1. Determine the average peak reflected pressure P, and the average reflected impulse acting on the element in question according to the procedure in problem 2A-4 assuming that the adjoining frangible element will remain in place and provide full reflection. Step 2 Determine the average reflected impulse acting on the ele- ment in question according to the procedure in problem A-4 assuming that the adjoining frangible element is not in place. Step 3. Subtract the average impulse determined in step 2 from the one in step 1 2a-18ip (psi- ms), Py (psi) 10,000 7,000} 5,000) 3,709} 3,000 2,000} 00| 800] 309] 208} 200] 5 6 7891 228 3 4 § 6768910 L/H= /L FIGURE 2A-8 20-19TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Step 7. Step 8. Calculate unit weight of the frangible element Wp and divide by the sixth root of the charge weight (apply a 20% factor of safety to the charge weight). Calculate the normal scaled distance 2 between the center of the charge and the surface of the frangible element. ° Decermine the yeflection factor f, from Figure 2-150 for the values of Wp/w!/ from step 4 and'Z from step 5. Interpo- late for value of Z if required. Determine the magnitude of the impulse load reflected from the frangible element to the element in question by multi- plying the value of the average impulse from step”3 and f, from step 6. a. . Determine the total impulse load acting on the element in question by adding the impulse values from steps 2 and 7 b. The peak average reflected ptessure of the shock load is equal to the value of P, in step 1. c. Determine the duration of the load from equation 2-2. Example 2-5 Effect of Frangibility on Shock Loads Required: Average peak reflected pressure and average reflected ‘impulse on the back wall of the cubicle described in example 2A-4B except the left side wall is a 10 psf frangible element. The charge weight is 3,750 Ibs (see Figure 24-6). 2 Solution: Step 1. Step 2. Step 3 assuming the frangible side vall provides full. reflection of the blast wave, Fy and 1, for the back wall according to the procedure in problen 2a-E are: P, = 3700.0 psi 1 7 4870.3 psi-ms Assuming no‘ left side wall, the average reflected impulse on the back wall, according to procedure in problem 2A-4 is: iy = 3962.3 psi-ms Calculate the reflected impulse contributed by the left side wall by subtracting the impulse value of step 2 from step 1. Siz ~ 4870.3 - 3962.3 = 908.0 psi-ms 20-20Step 4. Step 5. Step 6. Step 7. Step 8. TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 a ip = 10 1b/fe? (given) bd. W = 3,750-x 1.20 = 4,500 Ibs ce. Caleulate W-/w/® ratio: Wpn/wl/6 = 10/(4500)1/6 = 2.46 a. “R= 9.0 feet (see Figure 24-6) b. Calculate normal scale distance 2: 9 - ——{— _ - 0.545 fe/1bl/3 «4500)1/3 From Figure 2-150 where Wp/¥!/® = 2.46 and Z = 0.545 read: fy = 0.68 Determine the magnitude of the impulse reflected from the frangible left side wall, using f, = 0,68 and the impulse from step 3. 4, (left side wall) = 908 (0.68) = 617.4 psi-ms a. Calculate total reflected impulse on the back wall by adding impulse values from steps 2 and 7. i, (back wall) = 3962.3 + 617.4 = 4579.7 psi-ms bd. Peak reflected pressure from step 1: Py = 3700 pst. : c. Galculate duration of load on wall: 2 (4579.7) ~ ——— = 2.48 os 3700 Problem 2A-6 Shock Loads on Frangible Elements Problem: Determine the average peak reflected pressure and average re- flected impulse acting on the frangible wall of a cubicle due to an internal explosion 2A-21mi 5-1900/NAVEAG P-397/AFR 88-22. Procedure Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. Required: Average peak reflected pressure Determine the average peak reflected pressure Py and the erage reflected impulse acting on the element in question according to the procedure-in problem 2A:4, assuming that the wall will remain intact Calculate the unit weight of the frangible element Wp and divide by the’ sixth root of the charge Weight (apply a 20% factor of safety to the charge weight). From Figure 2-7 determine the fictitious scaled distance Z which corresponds to the average scaled impulse determined in step 1. Using the value of Up/il/S from step 2 and the 2 from step 3. determine the reflection factor £, from Figure 2-150. Interpolate for value of Z if required. a. Gallewlate che value of the average impulse contribut- ing to the translation of the frangible element by nuleiplying the values of {y and fof steps 1 and & respectively. b. The peak average reflected pressure of the shock load is equal to the value of'P, in step 1. ¢.. Determine the duration of the load. from equation 2-2. Example 2A-6 Shock Loads on Frangible Elements \d average scaled reflected im- pulse on the back wall of the cubicle described in example 2A-4 except the back wall is a 10 psf frangible wall. The charge weight 1s 3,750 lbs (see Figure 2-6). Solution Step ‘1. Py and 1, for the back wall, assuaing 1¢ is a rigid element, sfcording to procedure in problem 2a°4 are: = 3700.0 psi 4,//3 295.0 pst-ms/ibl/? 7 4870.3 psi-ms, 20-22TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 28-22 step 2. a. = 10:0 1b/fe? (given) « b. W= 3.750 x 1.20 = 4,500 Lbs c. Calculate Wp/W/® ratio: wp/6 = 10/(4500)1/6 = 2.46 = 295 from Figure 2-7. + 2 = 0:82 tesipl/3 eee uea gts ay : Step 5. a, Calculate reflected impulse on the frangible back wall ioe by aultiplying the value of impulse fron step 1 and fy 1, (frangible! back watl) 4870.3 (0.76) = 3604.0 pst-ma b. Peak reflected pressure from step 1. = 3700 psi ©. Galeulate duration of ‘load on wall. eee ote 2 (3604.0) : : = ——— -1.95 ms 3700 ie “+ 4problem 24-7. Gas Pressure Problem: Determine the gas pressure-time loading inside a cubicle, with a small vent opening, due to an internal explosion. The vent opening may be sealed or unsealed with a frangible panel or cover. Procedure: Step 1. Apply a 20% factor of safety to the charge weight 2A-23-TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 2 Step 3. Step 4. Step 5 Step 6. Step 7. Step 8 Step 9 Step 10. Calculate the free volume .inside the cubicle Vg. Determine the charge weight to free volume ratio W/Vg. Determine the peak gas pressure P, from Figure 2-152 using the value of W/Vg from step 3. 8 Determine vent area A. Determine scaled value-of the vent area a/v/3, a, Calculate the unit wetght of the frangible panel Wp, ff any. b, Galoulace the scaleg nit velght of, che frangible panel or cover Wp/ul/3, Use Wp/wl/3-= 0 for no cover. Determine the scaled average reflected impulse on the ele- ment containing the vent opening with no cover according to the procedure outlined in Problem 24-4 or on the frangible panel (cover) using the procedure of Problem 2A-6. Determine the scaled gas impulse from Figures 27453 to 2- 164, Ysg the values of W/Vp from stop 3, Wp/Wi/? from step 7, a7 Erom step 6 and {, we from step 8. Interpolate for ,values of W/Vp and 1,/00/3 if required. Multiply by to ealeulate’ gas impulse Calculate the fictitious gas duration using equation 2-4 and values of Pp and i from steps 4 and 9 respectively. Example 2A-7 (A) Gas Pressure (Small Vent Opening) Required: Gas pressure-time loading inside @ 10’ x 10" x 10’ cubicle with a 2" x 2" vent opening on the rear,wall. The charge weight is 833.3 pounds. Solution Step 1. Step 2. Charge weight: W = 833.3 x 1.20 = 1,000 Ibs Free volume inside the structure: Ve = 10" x 10’ x 10’ = 1,000 fe? 2A-26.step 3 Step 4. Step 5 Step 6. Step 7. Step 8. Step 9. Step 10 ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Charge weight to free volume ratio: W/Vg = 1000.0/1000.0 = 1.0 oh Read Pg from fig. 2-152 for W/Vg = 1.0. Py ~ 2,650 pst Vent area of 2' x 2' opening: An 2 x2) 4 Fe? Calculate scaled vent area: ayv?/3 = 41000?/3 = 04 fe? see? a. Vent has no cover. b. Scaled weight of the cover: wpl/3 = 0 Scaled average reflected impulse .of the rear wall from Procedure outlined in problem 2A-4: 1,/1/3 ~ 1225 psi-ns/1bl/3" Read gcaled gas tnpulag {rom Figures 2-162 to 2-164 for = 0.04 and Wp/ul/3— 0.0, interpolate for scaled tepulse of 1,713 » 1205, t4/0!/3 = 7500 pat-ns/tb}/? + + £g = 7,500 x 1,000!/3 = 75,000.0 psi-ms Galculate fictitious duration of gas load from equation 2-4 2 x 75,000.0° - ——____ = 56.6 as 2,650 24-25TM 5-1300/RAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Required: Solution: Seep seep Step step Step Step Step Step G Example 2A-7 (B) Gas Pressure (Frangible Wall) pressure-time loading inside a 10’ x 10’ x 10’ cubicle with a frangible wall of 10 psf as the rear wall. The charge weight is 833.3 pounds. Charge weight: W ~ 833.3 x 1.2 = 1,000 Ibs Free volume inside the struéture: : Vp = 10’ x 10’ x 10’ = 1,000 £t3 Charge weight to free volume ratio: W/V = 1000/1000 = 1.0 Read Py from fig, 2-152 for W/Vg ~ 1.0 Py 2650 psi Vent area of frangible wall: A= 10' x 10' = 100 £e? Calculate scaled vent area ayv?/3 ~ 190/10002/3 = 1.0 £?/e0? a. Unit density of the frangible wall: Wp = 10.0 1bs/ft? (given) Scaled weight of the frangible wall: wp/¥/3 — 10/10001/3 ~ 1.0 Scaled average reflected impulse of the rear frangible wall from procedure outlined in problem 24- 1,/8M3 = 784 pst-ms/io73 24-26TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 9. Read scaled gas Impulse from Figures 2-162 to 2-164 for av/S = to'and We/Wi/3 ~ 1.0.” Interpolate for scaled in- pulse of i,Ait/3 = "764, ig/wl/3 ~'400.0 pst-ms/ib!/3 + ig = 400.0 x 1000/3 ~ 4000 psi-ms Step 10. Calculate fictitious duration of gas load from equation 2-4, 2 x 4000 = 3.02 ms 2650 Problem 2A-8 Leakage Pressures from Fully Vented Three Wall Cubicle Problem: Determine free-field blast wave parameters at a distance from a fully vented explosion inside a three wall cubicle. Step 1. Determine charge weight, distance in the “desired direction and volume of structure. Step 2, Apply a 20% safety factor to the charge weight. Step 3. Calculate scaled distance and W/V ratio Step 4 Determine peak positive pressures using Figures 2-168 or 2- 169. Step 5. Determine maximum peak pressure for side and back directions from Figure 2-170 using W/V ratio Step 6. For W/V ratto determine scaled positive {apulses using Figures 2-171 co 2-182. Multiply by W/? to calculate actual value of impulses Step 7. Determine shock parameters from Figure 2-15 corresponding to the peak pressure from step 4, except for the normal re- flected impulse-where the scaled impulse from step 6 should be used, 2a-27TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Example 2A-8 Leakage Pressures from Fully Vented Three Wall Cubicle Required: Blast wave paraneters at a distance of 200 ft. from an explosion located at the center of a three wall cubicle with no roof. The charge weight is 833.3 lbs. and the interior dimensions of the cubicle are 17.5 ft. x 17.5 ft. x 13 ft. high. Calculate the parameters at the front, side and back of the cubicle. Solution: step 1. Given: : a. Charge weight = 833.3 Ibs. b. R= 200 ft. in all directions. ce. V= 17,5 %17.5 x 13 = 3.980 £¢3 : Step 2. Calculate W: W = 1.20 x’ Charge Weight = 1.26 x 833.3 = 1000 ibs Step 3. Calculate: a. Sealed distance Z, R 200 ws ta ~ Geomt = 20 ft/ibs!/: b. W/V ratio, W/V = 1000/3.980 = 0.25 Ibs/ft? Step 4, Determine peak incident pressure from Figure 2-168: Pgo (front) = 5.5 psi : Po (side) = 4.0 psi ‘so (back) = 2.8 pst Step 5. For W/V ~ 0,25, read the maximum peak incident pressures from Figure 2-170: (eodmax (back and side) = 47.0 psi > 4.0 > 2.8 Step 6. Scaled,positive impulse, for Z - 20 ft/1b1/3 and W/V = 0.25 Ybs/te? 2a-28TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 1,/01/3 (front) = 5.5 psi-ns/1b!/3 Figure 2-171 i, (front) - 5.5 x 1000!/3 = 55 psi- tg/9/3 (side) = 4.5 pet-ne/1¥/3 Figure 2-173 fg (side) = 4.5 x 10001/3 = 45 psi-ms ~~ t4/81/3 (back) = 3.8 psi-ms/ibl/3 Figure 2-175 tg (back) = 3.8 x 1001/3 = 38 pet-ae Step 7. For peak positive pressures (P,,) read shock paraneters from Figure 2-15 at front, side and‘back directions 4. For Pgy (front) = 5.5 psi (Step 4) U = 1.28 ft/ns cgfal/3 = 2.95 ms/ibl/3 ty = 2.95 x 1000!/3 = 29.5 ms tytl/3 = 7.00 as1bl/3 ty = 7.00 x 1000"/3 » 70,0 ws b. For Pg (side) = 4.0 psi (Step 4) 20-29TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 U= 1.26 ft/ms owl? = 3.20 ms/1b4/3 to = 3.2 x 1000/3 = 32.0 as tq/0¥/3 = 9.30 ms1bl/3 tq =/9.3 x 1001/3 = 93.0 as For Pgo (back) = 2.8 pst U= 1.20 fe/ns = tofil/3 = 3.45 ms/ib¥/? ty = 3.45 x 1000/3 ~ 34.5 as ty/l/3 = 12.90 ms/ib¥/3 ty = 12.9 x 1001/3 = 129.0 ms Problem 2A-9 Leakage Pressure from Partially Vented Four Wall Cubicle Problem: Determine free-field blast wave parameters at a distance from a partially vented explosion inside a four wall cubicle. Procedure Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. step 5. Determine charge weight, distance to point in question, vent area and volume of structure. Apply a 20% safety factor to the charge weight. Calculate distance Z, A/V?/3 ratio and AW!/3/v ratio. Determine peak positive pressure using Figure 2-184. Determine scaled positive impulses using Figure 2-185. Multiply by W!/3 to calculate actual value of impulses. 2a-30‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88:22 Step 6. Determine shock parameters from Figure 2:15. Use the peak pressure from step 4, except for normal reflected impulse whére the scaled impulsé(s) from step 5 should be used. Example 2A-9 Leakage Pressure from Partially Vented Four Wall Cubicle Required: _ Blast wave ‘paraneters at distance of 200 ft, from a charge located in an above ground four wall cubicle. The circular vent 1s located at the center of the roof and has a diameter of 4 ft. The ‘charge 1s 833.3 lbs and located at the center ‘ef 17.5’ x 17.5" x 13’ cubicle. Top of the roof is 15 feet above the ground level. Solution: 7 Step 1.. Given (see Figure 2-183b for paraneters): : 4. Charge weight ~.833.3 lbs. : orb. R= 200 ft.,h-15 ft. 12 ° a= [ ajay? + as 13/2)? | = 8.73 fe. y= (17.5 - 4)/2 = 6.75 fe. : 2 a3 = [ (15)? + (200 - 4/2 - 6.75 - 15)? ] = 176.89 ft Ri = dy + dy +h + dy 8.73 + 6.75 4-15 + 176.89 =207.37 fe. ce. A = (2)? = 12.57 fe? a. v= 17.5 x 17.5 x 13 ~ 3,980 ft? Step 2 Calculate Ww: .. : W = 1.20 x charge weight = 1.20 x 833.3 = 1000 Ibs. Step 3. Calculate a. Scaled distance 2. R 207.37 ni 1/3 = 20.7 £t/1b) w/3 0001/3 2A-31TM *5-L300/NAVEAG P-397/AFR v. Step 4. 22 ayv?/3 = 12.57/(3980)7/3 = 0.05 awl/3v = 12.57 (1000)1/3 /3,980 = 0.0316 1bM/3 te Peak positive pressure from Figure 2-186 for 2 ~ 20.7 and ‘an2/? ~ 050, : > an eo 7 0695 pal Step 5. . Peak positive pressure impulse from Figure 2-185 for 2 = 20.7 and aul/3y ~ ,0316. 1/8173 = 1.80 psi-me/ib!/3 ig = 1.8 x 1000!/3 = 18.0 psi-ms Step 6. For peak positive pressure P,, ~ .95 psi, read shock parane- ters from Figure 2-15. Ua 1.12 ft/ms tofl/3 = 4.5 mssibl/3 ty = 4.5 x 1001/3 = 45.0 ms t,/Wl/3 - 35.0 mssib!/3 4 = 38.0 x 10001/3.- 350.0 ae Problem 24-10 External Blast Loads on Structures Problem: Determine the pressure-tine blast loading curves on a rectangular structure from an external explosion. 2a-32Procedure: Step 1. Step 2. Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. "TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Determine the charge weight, ground distance Rg, height of burst H, (for air burst) and structure dimensions. Apply a 20% safety factor to the charge weight. Select several points on the structure (front wall, roof, rear wall, etc.) and determine free-field blast wave parame- ters*for each point. For air burst, follow the procedure outlined in problem 2A-2; a surface burst, problem 2A-3; and leakage pressures, problem:2A-8 or 2A-9. For the front wall: Calculate peak positive reflected pressure P, ae pata cou ee cect eec ie fica ese eres aa: Read sealed untt posteive “reflected topulse tyq/¥l/? free, Figure 2-194 for P...and @, Multiply scaled value by W to obtain absolute value. Note: If wave front {s not plane, use average values. Determine positive phase of front wall loading. Determine sound velocity in reflected overpressure region C, from Figure 2-192. for peak-incident pressure P,. Calculate clearing time t,: 4s (as) (eq. 2-3) aR) where: S= height of front wall or one-half its width, whichever is smaller. G = maximum of wall height or one-half its width R= s/c Calculate fictitious positive phase duration tog: ig tog = ——— : : (eq. 2-6) Pso Determine peak dynamic pressure q, from Figure 2-3 for Pgo. 24-33.‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Calculate Pyot Opdg. Obtain Cp from paragraph 2-15.3.2.° Calculate fictitious duration tyg of the reflected pressure. at ra : te - (eq. 2211) Fra Construct the positive pressure-time curve of the front wall similar to Figure 2-191. The actual loading is the smaller of the impulse (area under curve) due to reflected pressure or cleared reflected pressure plus incident pressure. Determine negative phase of: the front wall loading. Read the values of Z frop Figure 2-15 for the value of P. : ia ro from step 4a and izg/w!/> from step ub Determine.Piq” and tyq”/vl/3 from Flgure 2-16 forthe corre: sponding values of 2" from gyep 6a, Multiply scaled value of the negative impulse by W!/? to obtain absolute value Calculate the fictitious duration of the negative reflected pressure 7 tee” — hea" /Pra (eq. 2-7) Calculate rise time of the negative pressure by multiplying tye” by 0.27 (Section 2-15.3.2). Construct the negative pressure-time curve similar to Figure 2-191. Determine positive phase of side wall loading. Calculate the wave length to span length ratio Lyg/L at front of the span. Read values of Cz, tg/W!/3 and ty¢/Wl/3 from Figures 2-196, 2-197 and 2-198 respectively. Calculate Fp, ty and ty Determine dynamic pressure q, from Figure 2-3 for Pa. Calculate Pp = CgPao¢ + Cpdg (eq. 2-12). Obtain Cy from paragraph 777 , . Construct positive phase pressure-tinie curve similar to Figure 2-195, TA-34TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AER 88-22 Step 8. Determine negative phase of side wall loading. a. Determine value of Cy" and tog’/l/3 for the value of Iye/L from step 7a from Figures 2-196 and 2-198 respectively. b. Calculate Py = Cp x Pyog and tog. ¢. Calculate rise time of negative phase equal to 0.27 tog (section 2-15.3.2) 4. Construct the negative pressure-time curve similar to Figure 2-195. Step 9 Determine roof loading. Follow procedure outlined for side wall loading. Step 10. Determine rear wall loading. Follow procedure outlined for side wall loading. For the purpose of calculations, assune that the back wall is rotated to a horizontal position (si Figure 2-199). Example 24-10 External Blast Loads on Structures Required: Determine pressure-time blast loading curves for the front wall, roof, rear half of the side walls and rear wall of the structure shown in Figure 2A-9 for a surface burst of 5,000 lbs. at a dis- tance from the front wall of 155 ft. Structure width is 30 ft. and the shock front is plene. Step 1. Given: Charge weight = 5,000 1bs., Rg ~ 155 ft. Step 2. W= 1.2 (5,000) = 6,000 lbs Step 3. Determine free-field blast wave parameters Pag, ta. Ly and to at points 1 through 3 and i, at point 1. For point 1: eee ee eee gloet ge gt ~ B-—a Scope 7 8:53 ert b, Determine free-fiel last wave paraneters from Figure 2-15 for Zq = 8.53 £t/1b Poo = 12.8 psi ty/tl/3 = 3.35 meibl/3 "tq = 3.35 (6000)1/3 = 60.9 ns 20-35SOURCE,W Po SECTION B-B FIGURE 2A-9 q@‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 132.10 £e/b/3.”. = 2.10 (6005/3 - 38°2 fe ne 4 t,f0/3 2.55 ms/el/3 2.35 (6000)1/3 ~ 42.7 ms ce. “Determine incident impulse from Figure 2-15 for Zo = 8.53 13° sp ft/lb : ig 55 7 9-0 pst-ms/1b/3 .. t= 9.0 (6000)1/3 = 1163.5 psi-ms ws a. Repeat steps 3a and 3b for points 2 and 3, Results are tabulated below Point Rg 25 Peo ys og No cep (eeytel¥3) (pst) © (ms/tb!/3) (ms) 1 155.0 8.53 12.8 3.35 60.9 2 170.0 9.35 10.8 3.90 70.9 3 185.0 10.18 910 4.60 83.6 wile on cell te s,pal3 : (eels) (fe). ¢msb73)_ (ws) (psi-mstb1/3)—psi-ms) 2.10 38.2 2.35 42.7 9.00 163.5 2.24 40.7 2.da 45.1 - c 2.35 42.72.62 47.6 : Z Step 4. Determine front wall reflected pressure and impulse. a, Read Cyq for Pag = 12.8 psi and @ = 0° from Figure 2-193 for point fy : Cyq = 2-70 then Prag Cy X Pog = 2.70 x 12.8 34.6 psi b. Read tyq/#l/3 for Peg = 12.8 pst and a'= 0° from Figure 2- 194 for'poine 1.. °° ipq/W1/3 = 17.0 then tpg = 17.0 (6,000)1/3 ~ 308.9 psi-as 2A-37‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Seep 5 Front wall loading, positive phase. a. Calculate sound velocity in reflected overpressure region Cy from Figure 2-192 for.Pgq.~ 12.8 psi. Cp 7 1.325 ft/as Calculate clearing time t, from eq. 2-3: 4s (+ RC,” where: $= 12.0 £t'<°30./2- x (G = 30./2 = 15.0 fe > 12.0 fe, R= S/G = 12./15. = .80 chen: _ : 412 tgs ———____ = 20.1 ns” (1 + 0,80) 1.325 c. Calculate tog from eq. 2-11. “Use impulsé from*step 3c. : 2 -x1163.5 re tor ~ ———._ - 2.5m : 12.8 7 . : d. Determine q, from'Pigure 2-3 for P,, = 12.8 psi. Qo 7 3-5 pst fe. Calculate Pep + Cpao: 1p = 1.0 from section 2-15.3.2. ” ©. then, ee teee Ei a : Poo + Opto = 12.8 + (1.0 x 3.5) = 16.3 pst £. Calculate ty¢ from eq. 2-11 and results of step 4. Qiygi 2x 308.9 ee - ———_ - 17.9 ns Pee 34.6 2A-38"Step 6. and a. ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR Construct the pressure time curve, See Figure 2A-10. Note: The reflected pressure-time curve is used for design since the reflected impulse is less than the impulse pro- duced by the clearing tine. Negative phase loading, front wall. Read the yaues of Z corresponding to Py = 34.6 (step 4a) and ipq/W'/? = 17.0 (step 4b) from Figure 2-15. Pyq 34.6 then, 2 (Pyq) = 8.5 dyg/W/3 = 17.0 then, 2 (teq/W/3) = 10.4 Using the Z values from step 6a and Figure 2-16 determine values of Pig” and iyq” (Peak pressure and impulse in nega- tive phase): 2(Pyq) = 8.5 then, Pr = 3.25 psi 2tyq/W/3) = 10.4 chen, tyq”/W/3 = 14.6 pet-ms/tbh/3° feq = 14.6 x (6,000)1/3 ~ 265.3 psi-ms Calculate ftceietous duration $2" aaeHeeed Snare tee - : ra 2 x 265.3 tee * = 163.3 ms fe 3.25 Calculate negative phase rise tine: 24-39,FIGURE 24-10‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 0.27 x tye” = 27 x 163.3 = 44.1 os e. Construct the negative pressure-time curve. to — 42.7 ms (Point 1, step 34) to +0.27 tee = 42.7 + Wu. 86.8 ms to = tre” = 42.7 + 163.3 = 206.0 ms ‘The negative pressure-time curve is plotted in Figure 2A-10, Step 7. Side wall loading, positive phase, calculate the loading on the rear-half of: the wall (Point 2 to 3, Figure 24-9). a. Calculate Lyg/L ratio: L= 15.0 ft (Point 2 to 3) Lyg = 40.7 fe (step 34) then, Lyg/L = 40.7 / 15.0 = 2.71 b. Read Cp ty/w!/3 and tog /W/3 for Lyg/L = 2.71 and Pyog= 10.8 (step 54,"Potne 2) Gp = .76 fig. 2-196 tg/Wl/3 = .66 fig. 2-197 tog/Wl/3 = 2.07 fig. 2-198 ec. _Galoulate CpPso¢, ty and tog using results of step 7b. CpPgog ~ -76 x 10.8 = 8.2 2A-41TM 5-1300/HAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 ty = .66 x (6,000)1/3 ~ 12.0 ms ws tog = 2.47 x (6,000)1/3 —- 44.9 nis 4, Determine qq from Figute 2-3 for CgPgog= 8.2 psi. Go = 1-55 pst * e@. ‘Calculate peak positive pressure from eq. 212. Cp = -0.40 from section 2-15.3.2 CEPaoe + Cyto = -76 x 10.8 + (-0.40 x 1.55) = 7.6 pai f£. Construct the pressure-time curve. See Figure 2A-11 below. PRESSURE, Figure 24-11 Step 8. Negative phase loading on the rear-half of the side wall. 20-62Step 9. ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAG B-397/AER ‘88-22 Read valued of Cy" and tge"/wl/3 for Lyp/L = 2.71 (Step 7a) from Figures 2-196 and 2°198 respectively. op" = 28 toe WM} = 10.7 asyil/3 Galculate P,” and tog” By” = Cp” x Pyog = -28 x 10.8 = 3.0 psi tog” = 10.7 x (6,000)1/3 = 194.4 ms Negative phase rise time: 0.27 tog” = 127 x 194.4 = 52,5 ms Construct the negative pressure-time curve = 45.1 ms (Point 2, stép 34) + 0.27 top = 45.1 + 52.5 = 97.6 ms. to + fog 45.1 + 194.4°= 239.5 ms. The negative pressure-time curve is plotted in Figure 24-11 Calculate roof loading. (Zoint 1 to 3, Figure 28-9) Calculate Lyg/L ratio L = 30.0 £t (Point 1 to 3) Lye ~ 38.2°£t (step 34) then, Lye/L = 38.2/30.0 = 1.27 20-43"TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 b. Read Gp, tg/W!/3. and tyg/i'/3 for Lyg/L =.1.27 and Pegg ~ @ 12.8 psi (Step 3d, Point 1) then, Gg = 52 : fig. 2-196 g/l = 1.25 fig. 2-197 tog/¥1/3 = 3.10 "gig. 2-198 c. Calculate CgPgo¢, tq and top using results of step 9b. CpPgog = +52 x 12.8.~ 6.66 c tg = 1.25 x (6,000)!/3 = 22.7 as : tog = 3:10 = (6,000)173 = 56.3 ms 4, Determine qy from Figure 2-3 for CpPyog - 6.66 psi. do = 1-05 pst e. Galewlate maximum pressure from eq, 2-12: Cp = -0.40 From section 2-15.3.2 e CpP oe + Spo — 52 X 12.8 + (-0.40 x 1.05) = 6.24 pst er Construct the pressure-time curve “ See Figure 2A-12 below. g Read values of Gp” and tog"/W/3 for Lyg/L = 1.27 (step 9a) from Figures 2-186 and 2°498 respectively. cy” = 26 egg M/F = 11.7 ns'/3PRESSURE, Ps tet0.27%54s1000 FIGURE 2A-12 2A-45 ~ TIME msTM 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 hy Step 10. Calculate Py” and tog! Py” = Cg” x Pyog ~ -26 x 12.8 ~ 3.33 pat tog” — 11.7 x (6,000)1/3 ~ 212.6 ms Negative phase rise time: 0.27 tog” = .27 x 212.6 - 57.4 ms Construct the negative pressure-time curve. = 42.7 ms (Point 1, step 34) t ct -27 tog” = 42.7. + 57.4 = 100.1 ms ty + tog” ~ 42.7 + 212.6 = 255.3 as ‘The negative pressure-time curve is plotted in Figure 2A-12 Calculate rear wall loading (Point 3 to 4, Figure 2A-9). Assume rear wall is rotated. to a horizontal position. Caleulate Ly¢/L ratio . 4k = 12.0 £¢ (Point 3 to Wor height of the structure) ., Lye ~ 42.7 £t (step 34), then, Lyg/L = 42.7 / 12.0 = 3.56 Read Cp,ty/¥¥/? and tog//3 for Lyg/Le = 3.56 and Pyop = 9.0 psi (step 3d, point 3). Cg = 83 fig. 2-196 tg/fwl/3 = 51 fig. 2-197 2A-06- 3TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 tog? = 2.45 . fig. 2-198 Calculate OpPsoy. ty and t, using results of step 10b. ". GgPgop = 83 x 9.0 = 7.47 pst «tg = 51x (6,000)1/3 = 9.3 ms Oo tgp = 2.45 (6,000) 1/3 » at.5 ms Determine qy from Figure 2-3 for GpP,,p = 7.47 psi do = 1.30 pst. Calculate maximum pressure from eq 2-12:" Cy = -0.40 from section 2-15.3.2 CEP sop + Cpdg = -83 x 9.0 + (-0,40 x 1.30) = 6.95 psi Construct the pressure-time. curve. See Figure 2A-13 below. Figure 24-13 20-47‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 g- Read values of Gg” and ty¢"/W!/3 for L/L = 3.56 (step 10a) from Figures 2-196 and 2-198 respectively. Cyt = .285 ty MY? = 10.5 ns/ibl/3 h. Calculate P,” and tog: = Og" Xx Peo = 285 x 9.0 = 2.57 psi tog’ — 10.5 x (6,000)!/? = 190.8 ms Negative phase rise time 0.27 tog” = .27 x 190.8 = 51.5 ms j Construct the negative’ pressure-time curve to: 47.6 ms (Point 3, step 3d) to + 027 tog 9.47.6 51.5 = 99.1 ms * to + Cog = 47.6 + 190.8 = 238.4 ms @ ‘The negative pressure-time curve is plotted in Figure 2A-13 Problem 24-11 Blast Loads on a Structure with Front Wall Openings Problem: Determine the pressure-time loads acting on the exterior front wall and all interior surfaces of a rectangular structure with front wall openings due to an external shock load. Step 1. Charge weight: a, Determine TNT equivalent charge weight, W; Increase charge weight by 20% safety factor, W = 1.20 x W; c. Determine charge weight scaling factor, wi/3, 2a-4gstep 2. Step 3. ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Determine free field blast parameter: For an air burst, use Problem 2-2 procedure; for a surface burst, use Problem 2A-3 procedure; for leakage pressures, use Problem 2A-8 or 24-9 procedures Evaluate :the angle of incidence, a, as the angle between the ground distance from the charge to the center of the front wall, and the normal distance from the charge to the front wall. Front wall idealized pressure-time blast loads: Exterior Blast Load: a, - Determine peak positive reflected pressure, Pp, as a function of P,, and a, using Figure 2-193, b. Determing peak positive reflected scaled unit impulse, izg/(Wi/3), as a function of P., and a, using Figure 2r194. €. Determine the absolute positive reflected impulse by multiplying the scaled unit impulse by (W2/3), @. Determine the sound velocity of the reflected pressure wave, C,, as a function of P,,, using Figure 2-192 e. Determine the reflected pressure clearing time, T’,, from equation 2-14, £. Construct the exterior blast pressure-time load. Follow the procedure in Problem 2A-10. &. Deterpine the scaled wave length of the incident wave, L/w?) as a function of Pz, using Figure 2-15, + Afrespective of how the external incident wave was created. h. Determine the absolute wavg length by multiplying the scaled wave length by (wi/3), Interior Blast Load: 4, Determine the following parameters: L/L, Ly/, Ag/Ay, W/¥,, and L/H, where Ay is the total area of openings > dn the front wall, and A, is the area H by W. 20-49TM 5-1300/NAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 4. Step 5. ies ctu “ens iaset veal eecosea/avotagelpoattpese® Bee ceil el Campy nes lateuceion ot ual tas Bern aBSCipteMGsing Figures 2-203 to 2-206-°°Calou- Late Paax — CPmax * by/H)/(y/H) ©. Determine the arrival time, T,, as a function of W/H, Pyos and Ao/A,, using Figures 2-207 and 2-208. e.° Determine the duration time, T; - Ty, as a function of WH, Pyo. and L,/H, from Figures 2-211 and 2-212. £. Using times Ty, Ty - Ty,'T3 - Ty, and-Paay, construct the idealized pressure-time blast load.” See Figure 2- 201A for general configuration of, this blast load. Side Wall Idealized Interior Pressure-Time Blast Load: a, Determine the maximum average sidewall pressure, Pray. from equation 2-15. b. Determine the idealized times T, and T, for W/H, using Figure 2-213 c. Determine the idealized times T; and T, for W/H, using Figures 2-214 to 2-229, 4, Using times T], Tp, T3, Ty, and Pygy, construct the idealized pressure-time load. See Figure 2-201b for general configuration of this blast load. Back Wall Idealized Interior Pressure-Time Blast Load: a. Determine: the maximum average positive reflected pressure coefficient, Pprp/Pso, as a function of L/, Peo and Ag/Ay, using Figures 2-233 and 2-234. b. _Determine-the maximum average pressure, Prrg, by mil- tiplying the pressure coefficient, Parp/Psor bY Pso- €, Determine the idealized time Ty as a function of W/H, Pgo, L/H, and A,/A,, using Figure 2-230. d, Determine the idealized pressuée duration, T - Ty, as a function of P.,, and Ao/A,, using Figure 2-232. 20-50Step 6. TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 e. Using times Tj, Ty - Ty, and Pgyp, construct the idealized pressure-time blast load. See Figure 2-201c for general configuration of this blast load Roof Idealized Interior Pressure-Time Blast Load: Determine the W/H ratio for the roof as the inverse of W/H ratio of the side wall b. Repeat Step 4 using the W/H ratio of the roof. Example 2A-11 Blast Loads on a Structure with Front Wall Openings Required: For the structure and charge as is shown in Figure 2A-14, deter- mine the idealized positive external blast load on the front wall, and the idealized positive internal blast load on the front wall, side wall, roof and back wall. step 1. Charge weight W = 5000 lbs. TNT W = 1,20 x 5000 = 6000 Ibs. TNT wl/3 = 18.1712 1bs!/3 Free field blast parameters - surface burst Procedure from Problem 24-3. Blast parameters: Pgg, U, tg, -ty, for W = 6000 bs., Rg 2155 tg = Re/wl/3 = 155/18.1712 = 6.53 (say 8.5) Ry From Figure 2-15 for hemispherical surface burst Pgo 7 £(2g) = 12.6 pst leeeytt ieelec 1/01/3 £5(26) = 9.0 pat-ns/Ib!/3, 1, = 163.56 psi-ms to/Wl/3 = £4(Zg) = 2.40 ms/tb¥/3, t, = 43.61 os ty/W/3 = f5(2g) = 3.40 ms/ibl/3, t, = 61.78 ms Charge to.wall center ground distance ~ 155.0' Charge to wall normal distance = 155.0 2a-51: | PLAN. 5000 4 TNT RECTANGULAR . . HEMISPHERICAL SURFACE STRUCTURE CHARGE cl ELEVATION SECTION B-8 ELEVATION C-C FIGURE 20-14 2A-92ELEVATION suB- IVISION No. AREA TYPE WALL SUB-DIVISION NOMENCLATURE @ FIGURE 2A -15 2-53TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 a = cos") (155/155) = 0° Step 3 Front vall idealized pressure-time blast load A. Exterior Blast Load a.. From Figure 2-193, for a = 0°. and Pg, = 12.6. psi,.determine Cia ~ Pra/?so LPgq 10.0 12.6 20.0 | ra 2-40 2 2:90 Cyq = (2.9 = 2.4) x (12.6 = 10.0) / (20.0 = 10.0) + 2.40 = 0,130 + 2.40 = 2.53 Pra ~ Ceq X Pog = 2-53 x 12.6'= 31.878 psi, say 31.9 pst b. From Figure 2-194, for a = 0°, read ig/Wl/3 for Po, = 10 and 20 psi and interpolate for tyq/W7 at-P,g = 1396 pst : 3 : 1 P59 ta// . ae ae : 10 18.2 é 12.6 2 < 20 23 Syq/¥/3 = (23,0 - 15.2) x (12.6 - 10.0)/ a (20.0 + 10.0) + 15.2 2.008 + 15.2 = 17.228 psi-ms/1b1/3 c, Determine absolute impulse, 7 tyg = (Ugq//3) x (w1/3) = 17.228 x 18.1712 = 313.1 psi-ms 4. For Py. = 12.6 psi, C, = 1.325 ft/ms from Figure 2-192"> ~ . 2A-54TM.5-1300/MAVEAC P-397/AFR 88-22 @. Using Figure 24-19 as the front wall :sub-divistoning, deter- mine by, Wa, Sqe B’ns Any Sq’ nAn» DSn’nny Ags S'S, Re and T’Q. : Subdivision Type nh, y, nee a nia No. 2 - fe £2 3 1 3° 4 Loe 45.0 20.0 100.0 2 2 0.50 3.0 15.0 37.50 3 1 10 5.0 45.0 225.0 4 3 1.0 5.5 22.0 88.0 5 2 0.50 5.5 49.50 222.750 6 3 1.0 3.5 14.0 49.0 7 2 r.. 0.50 3.5 10.5 18.375 8 3 1.0 isso autealt suet gaa 90: Goa De 20:50 3.0- 27.0 121.50 10 ue 0.50 3.0. . 35.0 87.50 rt 1 1.0 3.0 45.0 225.0 ag = G6 032) © 45.5) - 7.0 3.0) = 512 - 16.5 - 21.0 = 512 - 37.5 = 476.5 £02 u S' = CE Syh’ Ay) /Ag ~ 1458,1250/474,5.~ 3.073 ft 1 H = 15.0', W= 200°, H (t'e/tog)> = 16.0 <1 - (5.3/26) > = 12.7 psi App = [ P>] + + [

] = (GL.9 = 12.7)(5.3/2)] + 02.7 ¥.5.3) + [<26 - 5.3><12.7/2>] = 50.9 + 67.3 + 131.4 = 250 psi-ms ig, < tpg. use bi-linear pressure-time as design blast load. See Figure 2A-16 For Pg = 12.6 psi, L,/w!/3 = 2.10 feibl/3, Fig 2-15 Ly = Cysil/3) Gil/3) = 2.10 x 18.1712 = 38.16, say 38.2 fe. From previous steps: L, = 38.2 ft, L.= 30 ft, H= 15 ft, W = 20 ft. + : 2A-56NY FICTICIOUS INFINITE MSs SURFACE IMPULSE THEORETIC ACTUAL: SURFACE IMPULSE LLL (Psi) PRESSURE 0 fe} 10 if 20 tof 10 tea53) tr=l9. ra TIME (ms) FIGURE 2A-16 2A-57‘TM 5-1300/NAVEAG P-397/AFR 88-22 ‘Ay'= Door opening area + window opening area = (7 3) + (3 x 5/5) = 37.5 fe? Ay < Hx W = 15 x 20 = 300 ft? Ag/Ay ~ 37.5/300 = 0.125 ; L/L = 38.2/30 = 1.27 Lyf = 38.2/15 = 2.54 W/H = 20/15 = 1.33 . LM = 30/15 = 2.00 : : bd. For W/H = 1.33, Pyo= 12.6 psi, Aj/A, — 0.125, and L,/H = 2.54 summarize factored maximum average pressure, Paay X L,/M, for W/H and L,/H equal to .75, 1.5, 3 and 6. Figure No. W/H Ly/H. Pagy x Ly/tl 2-203 0.75 0.75 15.0 1.50 38.5 - 3.0 88.0 6.0 190.0 2-204 1.50 "0.78 4.70 1.50 17.0 : 3.0 55.0 6.0 131.0 2-205 3.00.75 2.0 1.50 7.0 3.0 27.0 6.0 85.0 2-206 6.0 0.75 1:0 1.50 3.20 3.0 10.0 6.0 35.0. 20-58below. ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Plot Figure 2-17 (a), and interpolate to determine Pay x Ly/H at Ly/H = 2.54 for W/H =".75, 1.5, 3 and 6. wri Paes 6 Prax ® ly/H 74 4419 2.5 Plot Figure 2A-17 (b) “from above values, and interpolate to determine Puay X ly/H = 48 for W/H = 1.33 Determine Prax ~ (Prax ¥ by/H)/(py/H) ~ 48/2.54°= 18.9 pei. c. For B 175, Bs 12.6 pst and AJ/A, = 1/8, determine T, for W/H = and 3, from Figures 2-207 and 2-208 wa 75S 8 T° «21:25 «1.70 2.26 Plot Figure 24-18 with above values, and determine Ty - 1.60 for W/H = 1.33 @, For Pyo= 12.6 psi, determine T, - Ty for W/H and L,/H = .75, 1.5, and 3, from Figures 2-209" and 2-210 7 .75 1.5 3 _ Lyf ASH gHuLHiateeLele aati am teeCe-g Eee pp ideee LS Hea T) Ty 2.07 2.07 2.07 4.70 6.20 7.0 6.50 10.8 15.0 Plot Figure 24-19 with above values, and interpolate to determine Ty - Ty at L/M = 2.54 for W/l = .75, 1.5 and 3, as summarized whi ero eles T+ Ty 2.07 6.75 14.0 Plot Figure 2-19 with above values, and determine Ty - Ty = 5.80 ms for W/H = 1,33. e. For P.o~ 12.6 psi, determine Ty - Ty for W/H = .75, 1.5, and 3. and L,/H = .75, 1.5, and 3, from Figures 2-211 and 2-212, as summarized below 2a-598 & 8 7 aT 7 Prax *Lw/H (Psi) = ° 6 i 4 Lw/H (a) (Psi) Pmax* Lw/H FIGURE 2A-I7 2A-60 NOTE? SEE EXAMPLE 2A-Il, STEP 3,PART B, ITEM b FOR Lw/H=2.54 GRAPHIC INTERPOLATION YIELDS Pmax Lw/H = f.(W/H), AS SUMMARIZED BELOW. FOR Lw/H'= 2.54, AND W/H = 1.33, GRAPHIC INTERPOLATION ‘YIELDS Pmax Lw/H = 48NOTE “1, :STEP 3,PART B ITEM c SEE EXAMPLE 2A: , FOR W/H= 1.33, GRAPHIC INTERPOLATION YIELDS T, = |.60ms FOR Ag/Ay = 0.125, FIGURE 2A-18 2A-61NOTE SEE EXAMPLE 2A-II STEP 3, PART 8, ITEM d. FOR Lw/H =2.54,GRAPHIC ‘INCORPORATION YIELDS Tg- T, SUMMARIZED BELOW NOTE; FOR W/H= 1.33 Tg- T= 5.8ms FIGURE 2A-19 @ 2A 62.ee Rees TM S-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 1s 3 3 fysuea sarees a Teaco 1,510.0 13.5 19.5 | 18.6. 24.8 34.8 7 Plot Figure 2A-20.with above values, and graphically interpolate to determine T, - Ty at L,/H = 2.54 for W/H'= .75, 1.5, and 3, as sumaarized below. wt 5 1S 3 i Ty.- Ty 12.8 017.5 31.7 Plot Figure 2A-20 with above values, and determine T; - T; - 16.3 ms at W/H = 1.33. Determine times T, and T3 from Ty, Tz - Ty, and T3- Ty. Ty = 1.60 ms ig Ty = 5.00 me Ty = 16.30 ms” + a Ty - 5.80 + 1.60 +740 me” Ty ~ 16.30 + 1,60 = 17.9 ms Plot Figure 2A-23 using above values and Pyax — 18.9 pat. Step & Sidewall idealized interior pressure-time blast load a. Using equation 2-15, with Pgo= 12.6 pst; Ag/Ay = 1/8, Ly/L = 1.27, L/H = 2.0, solve for Pray for W/H = 075, 1.5. and 3 Equation 2-15: Pygy * K/(Ly/L) For Wt = .75, R= Ax Bx 8 x Bx P5,0-9718, where: A (0.5422 (Ly/L)!-294%) - 0.001829 = 0.7385" B= [0.654 + 2.616 (Ag/Ay) = 4.928 (Ag/A,) 12° x (2.209 (LyH)"9-3451 = 9,739) = 0.9040 GC = [0.829 + 0.104 (L,/L)!=8) + [0.00124 +-0.00414 (1,,/L)3-334) x (L/H]P = 1.0388 > ia D = 2,579 - 0534 (L,/L)3-89) -. 2.4428 7 2A:63NOTE: SEE. EXAMPLE 2A-ll, STEP 3,PART B, ITEM e, FOR Lw/H =2.54, GRAPHIC INTERPOLATION YIELOS T3- T) SUMMARIZED BELOW IW/H=l LW/H=075, NOTE: FOR W/H=1.33 T3°T,=16.3ms W/H (>) FIGURE 2A -20 24-64‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 m ' 999 (Ag/A,)9* 964 = 0.000001002 ms ' 1,468 - 1.6627 (Ag/A,)°- 7801 + (1.8692 + 1.1735 (Ag/Ay)“0-2228} x (L,,/LIS = 1.1592 6 = 0.2979 (Ag/Ay)"2-4872 - 0.8351 = 5.7286 H = (5.425 x 1074) + (1.001 x 1073) (1/9965 ~ 0.005435 K = 0.7385 x 0.9040 x 1.03880-000001002 x 1,15920-0005435 x 12,60-9718 ~ 7.83 Pax 7 7-83/1-27'= 6.2 psi, for W/H = .75 For 1.5 § W/HS 6, K= [A+ [Bx (Ly/D)°)] xD x Ex Pygh O25 where, A = 0.002 (wsny?-4467 . 0.0213 B = 2.2075 - (1.902 ( w/t )-0-085) © = 1.231 + ( 0.0008 ( win 2-678 y = (2.573 apa 70-444) 0.3911 E = 0.4221 + (1.241 (Ag/Ay 19-387) For W/H = 1.5, 3, and 6, determine values for A to E, and K and Paag: a summarized below whoo B © Dees Weta 1.5 .-0.0177 0.3700 1.2334 1.5003 1.0006 9.6743 7.60 3 -0.0115 0.4751 1.2462 1.5003 1.0006 12.690 9.98 2A-65TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Plot Figure 24-21 with above values of Pygy ve w/t issl aes ceatadeceeaseteicelaaytsptastfor ua coins: For Pyo ~ 12.6 psi, determine Ty aiid Ty for W/A ~ .75, 1.5, and 3 from Figure 2-213. as summarized below. wt 75 1S 3 Ty 1.8200 4.95 11.7 1 3.20 6.50 12.5 Plot Figure 24-21 using above’ values of W/H and T,.and Tp, and deternine Ty = 4.4 as and Ty = 5.9 ms for W/ = 1.33. For P, ~ 12.6 psi and’L/H = 2, determine T; and-T, for W/H = .75°°1.5 and 3 and L/L = .75, 1, 1.5, and 2, from Figures 2-218 to 2-221, as summarized below: Plot Figure 2A-21 with above values, and interpolate to determine T, and T,, for L/L * 1.27 for W/H = .75, 1.5, and 3, as summarized below, wt 1315 3 13 350182 1, non ms Plot Figure 28-21 with above values, and determine T3 ~ 19 ms and T, = 71 ms, for W/H = 1.33 For Pyax ~ 7-3 psi, Ty ~ 4.4 ms, Ty = 5.9 ms, Ty = 19 ms and 1, ~ ims ploc Figure 24-23. Back wall idealized interior pressure-tine blast load. For L/l-= 2, Pyo = 12.6 psi and A/A, ~' 1/8, determine PRrp/Pgo ~ 0-5/9 from Figure 2-234. Pare ~ (Para/Ps0) X Pgg = 0-575 x 12-6 =.7.5 psi. 2A-66P max (psi) TIME (ms) 100: 90: 80- 70: 60: 40 3Teq0 20: T (ms) w/H 8.3 3a TIME (ms) eeaags 25: 20: 1s Oo 5 115 2 25 3 W/H (d) FIGURE 2A-2l 2A-67TT 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 6. For Pag = 12.6 psi, L/H = 2, and Ao/A, = 1/8, determine T, for W/H = .75, 1.5 and 3 from Figures2-230 and 2-231, as is shown below Wao T «19.0 21.5 24.0 Plot Figure 2A-22 using above values, and determine Ty ~ 21.1 -ms for W/H = 1.33. For Pgg ~ 12.6 psi_and A,/A, ~ 1/8, determine Ty,- Ty - 2.35 ms from Figure 2-232. : Determine Ty ~ (Ty = Ty) + Ty — 2.35 ms + 21.1 ms = 23.5 ms. Plot Figure 24-23 using Papp - 7.5 psi, Ty = 21.1 ms and T, - 23.5 ms. Roof idealized interfor pressure-time blast load Sidewall W/H = 1-1/3 = 4/3 Roof W/H ~ 1/(4/3) ~ 3/4 Repeat Step 4 with W/H = 3/4 For W/ = 3/4, W/H = 2.0, Ag/Ay = 1/8, Ty/L = 1.272 afd Ply 12.6, # Prax 7 6-2 Psi For W/H ~ 3/4 and Pyg ~ 12.6 psi Ty = 1,82 and Ty = 3.20 ms For W/H = 3/4, Pc. = 12:6 pst, and L/L = 2.27 Ty = 35 and T, = 65 ms Plot Figure 24-23 with above values. 2A-68(sw) 3WIL wW/H FIGURE 2A-22 “68 2A(a) EXTERIOR FRONT WALL 3. 30 psi a7 10 oss 20 ae a) 8 ms (B) INTERIOR FRONT WALL : eet 18. Ltr Blo a 6 Tato 179"! 3 ai 5) 6 (ce) INTERIOR SIDE WALL 13: 3 a aa 59 I 1 3 at st 70" tri (@ a BACK WALL Te a a D 35S 3 6 7 el ab fal (e) INTERIOR, ROOF 62 a i ose 2 3036 4B 3 et 7 8 i FIGURE 2A-23 BLAST LOAD SUMMARY 24-70TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Problem 2A-12. Interior Pressure Buildup in a Structure Problem: Determine the interior pressure-time curve for a structure with an opening in one of its walls and subjected to an applied blast pressure. Procedure: Hl Seep 1 Determine the pressure;time history of the applied blast pressure P acting on the wall surrounding the opening in the + structure as presented in problem 2A-10. Also the area of the opening A, and the volume of the structure V, must be known, ¢ Step 2. Divide the duration t, of the applied pressute into n equal intervals ét, each interval being approximately t,/10 to. | jt6/20, and determine the pressures at the end of tach inter- ‘val. Step 3. Compute ‘the pressure differential P-P; where P; is the interior pressure. Obtain the leakage pressure coefficient Gy for each P-Py from Figure 2-235. Step 4. Calculate 6P; from . A Py =O, be (éq. 2-31) using the proper values for Gy and ét. Add 8P. to. “ep for the ering the propel values for and 6 ads 6B 0 ee next interval Step 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each interval using the proper values of P and.Pj, Plot curve of pressure buildup, Note When P-P, becomes negative, the value of Cy, must be taken as negative also. Example 24-12. Interior Pressure Buildup in a Structure Required: Interior pressure-time curve for a structure with an opening in one of its walls and subjected to an applied blast pres- sure. Solution step 1 The curve of the applied blast pressure P for the wall in question is shown in Figure 2A-24. (Only the positive phase of the blast wave is considered in this example.) 2A-71,PRESSURE, PSI APPLIED BLAST PRESSURE ON WALL INTERIOR PRESSURE [>> ' 10 20 30 40 TIME (ms) FIGURE 2A-24 24-72Area of opening Volume of structure step 2 Use n= 10 6t= 5.5 ms For the first interval, P = 3.5 psi att - 0 Step 3. “step 4. seep 5 2d) (ns) 5.5 11.0 16.5 22.0 27.5 33.0 38.5 44.0 49.5, 55.0 60.5 66.0 7.5 77.0 82.5 TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Ag = 3 x 3! = 9 sq ft. fo 7 10" x 10" x 10° fp = 1,000 cu ft Py = 0 for the first interval . P+ Py = 3.50 - 0 = 3.50 psi | c= 8.75 Py = cL 42, = 8.75 (9.0 / 1000) (5.5) = 0.433 psi 1 new Py = 0 + 0.433 = 0.433 pst (fig. 2-235) (eq. 2-32) The remainder of the analysis is presented in tabular form below and the pressure buildup within the structure is plotted in Figure 2A-24 Pe (psi) 3.50 3.15 2.80 2.45 2.10 1.75 (psi) 0. 0.433 0.780 1. 12 236 141 241 136 127 ee 05 14 7 82 70 +39 49 PAP, (psi) 3.50 2.72 2.02 1.40 0.86 0.39 -0.01 -0.36 -0.66 =0.92 1.14 -0.97 -0.82. -0.70 -0.59 -0.49 2a-73 cL (psi-£t/ms) a cn 5 3 2 1 -0 -0 “1. -2. aay “3. 22. 22, 2 “1. 75 00 45 78 232 05, 027 972 78 48 50 00 50 25, 00 30 8P5 (psi) 0.433 0.347 0.270 0.187 0.115 0.052 -0.0013 -0.048 -0.088 -0.123 0.173 0.148 -0.126 -O.411 -0.099 -0.089™ 5-1300/NAVAC aM P-397/AFR 88-22 Pe B-Py oy, (psi) (psi), (psi) (psi-£t/ms) 0 0. 40 +1.60 5 0. 32 “1.45 0 25 -1.30 0. -1.15 0 -1.0 0. 85 0 =.05 0. 2 0. 0 i Maximum Py occurs between t = 27.5 and-t = 33.0 ms Problem 2A-13 Primary Fragments from Cased Cylindrical Charges Problem: Determine the average fragment weight for a primary fragment ejec ted from a uniform cylindrical steel casing; the total number of fragments, the design fragment weight and the number of frag- ments weighing more than the design fragment. Procedure: Step 1 Step 2 Step 3. Establish design parameters: type of. explosive. average casing thickness, ty. average inside diameter of casing, total casing weight, Wy confidence level, C,. Determine the value of the explosive constant B for the given type of explosive from table 2-6. With this value and the values of t, and dj from step:1, calculate the fragment distribution M, from My ae 2/6a,¥/3{-1 + ce/ep)} (eq. 2-37) With the value of M, froin step 2, calculate the average weight of the fragments from Be = 24,2 (eq. 2-40) 20-74TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 4. Calculate the total number of fragments using the value of W, from step 14 and M, from step 2 and equation 2-37. Ny = 8H /My? (eq. 2-39) or: With the values of d, and t, from step 1, enter Figure 2-241 and determine B’Ny/W,. From this value, the value of B from step 2 and W, from step 1 find Ny. Step 5. Find the design fragment weight for the confidence level Gy, given in step 1, using the value of Ny and We — My? in2(1 - G,) for c, < 0.9999 (eq. 2-42) or equation 2-43 if Cy > 0.9999 Step 6 Using the valus of Ue from step 1, My from step 2 and Ue f from step 5, determine the number of fragments which weigh more than the design fragment from (ag /? gy (eq. 2-36) or: Calculate the number of fragments which weigh more than the design fragment using the confidence level of step 1, the total number of fragments from step 4 and equation 2-244, Example 2A-13 Primary Fragments from Cased Cylindrical Charges Required: The average fragment weight, the total number of fragments, the design fragnent veight and the number of fragments weighing more than the design fragment. Solution Step 1. Given: a. type of explosive: Comp & b. average casing thickness: tc, = 0.50 inch c. average inside dianeter of casing: 4; = 12.0 inches 2-75,‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 2 Step 3. Step 4. Step 5. step 6.. total casing weight: W, ~ 65.0 lbs confidence level: Cy = 0.95 For Comp B, B = 0.22 (table 2-7) Hg = Beg/64,1720 + eg/8p) (eq. 2-37) = 0.22 (0.5)9/8 (12)173 (1 + 0.5/12) = 0.294 Average weight of. fragments Be = 2m? = 2 x (0.294)2 = 0.17 0 (ea. 2-40 Total number of fragments, Ny = 8Ne/M,? = 8 X 65/0.294? = 6016 fragments (eq. 2-39) BeNy — -0.2 (fig. 2-37) Ny = 0.28 X (65 X 16)/.22? = 6016 fragments Design fragnent weight We = 2M? In@(1 - CL) = 0.2942 1n2(1 - 0.95) ~ 0.78 oz (eq. 2-42) Nunber of fragments weighing more than We ~ 0.78 oz. = (W_)!/2 Hy) + (0,78)1/2/0,294 Bu, (8X 65) € Ne 7 . oly? (0.294)2 = 298 fragnents (eq. 2-36) 20-76or: Problem: Procedure: Step 1, Step 2. Stop 3, or: Step 4 ‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/APR 88-22 CL 1 - Ny (eq. 2-44) Ne = Ny (1 - CL) = 6016 (1 - 0.95) = 301 fragments Problem 2A-14 Primary Fragnent Velocity Determine the initial velocity of a primary fragment and its striking velocity Establish design parameters. shape of charge dimensions of charge type and density of explosive type and density of casing Gistance from center of charge to impact location weight of fragment Calculate the total weight of the explosive W and increase it 20%. Find the weight of the casing W,. Also calculate the ratio of the explosive weight to the casing weight W/W,. Determine the Gurney Energy Constant (2E")!/2 for the explo- sive charge from table 2-5, With this value and the value of W/i, from step 2, calculate the initial v, of the primary fragments from the equation chosen from table 2-6. Calculate the casing to charge weight ratio W,/i. With W/W, find the initial velocity from Figure 2°237 for proper shape For the distance traveled by the fragment Rr, calculate the striking velocity v, using the initial velocity from step 3, the weight of the fragment from step 1g and ws 008 Rg/tigl/ ve" ¥0 (ea. 2-48) 2A-77TM 5-1300/NAVEAG P-397/APR 88-22 or: With the fragment weight Wp and striking distance Rp from step 1, enter Figure 2-243 and find the ratio of the strik- ing velocity to initial velocity. Multiply the ratio by the initial velocity v, from step 3 to find the striking veloci- ty Vy Example 2A-14 Primary Fragment Velocity Required: The initial velocity and striking velocity of a primary fragment. Step 2. step 3. Given: spherical charge inner dianeter of charge: 4; = 6 inches average casing thickness: t, = 0.25 inches type of explosive INT density of explosive - 0.0558 1b/in? mild steel casing density of casing = 0.283 Ib/in? striking distance Rg - 35 ft. weight of fragment, Wp = 2 oz weight of the explosive W = 4/3 m (6/2)? X 0.0558 ~ 6.31 Ibs Increase weight of explosive 20 percent W= 1.20 X 6.31 = 7.57 Ib Weight of casing W, = 4/3 m (3.59 - 33) X 0.283 - 18.82 1b Explosive weight to casing weight ratio WM, = 7.57/18.82 = 0.402 For Tur, (2£')1/2 = 000 (table 2-5) Initial velocity from table 2-6 2-78‘TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 wey 1/2 ®@ Segue eee Ty aH/3) 0.40 wy Yq = (8000) | ——___— = 4500 ft/sec : 1+ 0.00 G75) or: W/W = 18.82/7.57 = 2.49 . from Figure 2-237 vg/(28')¥/? = 0.56 vg. = 0.56 X 8000 = 4500 ft/sec Step 4. Striking velocity 0.004 Re/ugh/3 0.008 x (35/2)/3 Vg = Voe = 4500 e (eq. 2-48) vg = 4030 ft/sec or: from Figure 2-243 Vvg/Vo = 0.895 vg = 0.899 X 4500 = 4030 ft/sec Problem 2A-15, Unconstrained Secondary Fragments "Close" to a Charge Problem: Determine the velocity of an unconstrained object close to an explosive charge and its maximum range Procedure:TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 1, Establish design parameters a. weight W and shape of TNT equivalent explosive b. radius of explosive Re ©. shape, dimensions and weight of target 4, distance from the center of the explosive charge to the surface of the target, R . orientation of target with respect to the explosive charge £. mass density of air pg Step 2. Calculate the ratio of standoff distance to radius of the explosive R/R, using the values from step 1 Step 3. From Figure 2-249; determine target shape factor, 8. Step 4. a. If R/Ry is less than or equal to 10 for cylindrical charges. or less than equal to 5.0 for spherical charges, determine the specific acquired impulse either from Figure 2-250 or equations 2-60, or 2-61. b. If 10 < R/R, < 20 for a cylindrical charge, or 5 < R/R, < 20 for a spherica} gharge, calculate the scaled standoff dis- tance 2, R/W/3,” With that value of Z,, obtain the normal reflected impulse from Figure 2-7. The normal reflected impulse is then used as the specific acquired impulse Step 5. Calculate the mean presented area A-of ‘the target and the mass M using the values of step 1. Step 6. With the aroa and mass from step 4,’ the target shape factor 8 from step 2 and the impulse from step 3, calculate the velocity from 1000 ABi ™ _ (eq, 2-59) aM : Step 7, Determine the drag coefficient Cy from table 2-8. Using that value of Gp, the area and mass of the target from step 5, the velocity from step 6 and the mass density of air from step lf, evaluate the term: 12 poCpApyo2/Me. 24-80Step 8. TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 68-22 With the term calculated in step 7, enter Figure 2-252 and read the value of 12 poCpApR/H from which the range R is calculated. Example 2A-15 Unconstrained Secondary Fragments "Close" to a Charge Required The velocity and maximum range of a steel tool holder resting on a lathe when a charge being held by. the lathe explodes. Solution: Step 1. Step 2. Step 3 B- Step 4 i Given: spherical charge-of TNT nee w= 15 Ibs Tadius of explosive: Ry - 0.33 ft . eylindrical target; length = 8.0 in Re = 1.0 in = 0,083 fe Me 7.13 Ib standoff distance: R= 1.0 ft er tool holder is resting so‘that-its longitudinal axis is perpendicular to the radial line from the charge mass density of sir: p, = 0.115 1b - ms?/in® Ratio of standoff.distance to radius of explosive: R/R, = 1.0/0.33 = 3.03 Target shape factor 11/4 from Figure 2-512 Determine specific acquired impulse : : 0.158 | = 8000 psi-ms (£ig 2-250) BReee | Re fe Regg ~ Re - 0.33 ft (ea. 2-61) 24-81,TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR step 6. Step 7. Step 8. -Caleulat 12 poSpAgk 220 4 = m/4 (0.33 ft) (0.083/0.33)9:158 x 8000 psi-ms/ft i = 1667 psi-ms area and nass of target Mean presented area SS A= 2.0.in-X 8.0 tn = 16 tn? Mass 7.13 Wb Me g 32.2 x 12x10°Sin/ms? = 18,450 Find the velocity. 1000 ABi = 1000 x 16 X (m/4) X 1667 124 12 X 18450 Vo 7 95 ft/sec : Evaluate the term 12 po.CpApv,2/Mg. 12 12p,CpApVo” 0.215 (1.2) (16) (95)? 12 Mg 18450 X 32.2 Calculate the range. ~ 0.33 M R = 0.33H/(12p6CpAp) “ 1b-ms? in (eq. 2-59) (table 2-8) = 0.40 (fig. 2-252) = 0,33 (18450)/{12 (0,115) 1.2 (16)] = 230 fe. 2a-82TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 c. distance fron the center of explosive charge to surface of step step step step Step explosive charge fe, velocity of sound in air, a f£, atmodpheric pressure, py 2. Calculate the scaled standoff distance from: 13 Zq o Ba/e/ From Figure 2-7. and the scaled distance find the peak incident overpressure and the incident specific impulse 3 Determine che drag coefficient Cy from table 2-8 based on the shape and orientation of target (step 1) 4 Calcilate the mass of the target. Determine the distance from the front of the target to the location of its largest cross-sectional area, X. Also, determine the minimum trans- verse distance of the mean presented area, H, and the pre- sented area 5 Determine the constant K, which ts equal to 4 if che object is on the ground or reflecting surface, 1f the target is in the air, K is equal to 2 6. With the peak incident overpressure P, from step 2 and the atmospheric pressure p, from step 1f, Find Peo/Pg- 2a-83‘TM 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 7. Step 8. Evaluate the term 12Cpicag/10?/P.,(KH.+ X)] using i, and Peo from step 2, Cy from step'3, a, from step le, K from step 5 and H and X'from step 4. With two terms calculated,in steps 6 and 7 enter Figure 2- 248 and read 144vgMa,/{10°P,A(KH + X)] from which the veloc~ ity is calculated: Example 2A-16 Unconstrained ‘Secondary Fragments "Far" from Charge Required: The initial velocity of a steel tool holder resting on a nearby Solution: Step 1. Given: vb. step 2. table, when a charge explodes weight of explosive: W.= 15 lbs of TNT 1 = cylindrical target: Length Ry 1.0 in Wy = 7.13 ib standoff distance: R= 10 ft tool holder is resting on @ table so that its longitudinal axis is perpendicular to the radial line from the charge velocity of sound in air: a) = 1100 ft/sec atmospheric pressure: py = 14.7 psi Find the peak incident overpressure and the incident specif- fe impulse. = Scaled distance 2, - BHM} ~ 10/(15)1/3 ~'4.05 tx/tbl/3 Peak incident overpressure Pog — 39 psi : (Big., 2-7) Incident specific impulses i , i,/w/3 2.12 psi-ms/ib/3 . . (fig. 2:7) 7 12 (15)1/3 = 29.6 psi-ms 28-84TM 5-1300/NAVFAG P-397/AFR 88-22 Step 3 Drag coefficient. Cyd (from table 2-8 for cylinder loaded perpendicu- lar to axis.) Step 4. a, Mass of target. 7.13 wb Tb-ms? nee = 18,450 - @ 32.2 x 12x10°6 in/ms? in b. Location of largest cross-section. X = 1 in (radius of object in this case - see fig. 2A-21) c. Transverse distance of presented area. H= 2.0 in (diameter of object in this case - see fig. 24- 25). 4. Mean ‘presented area. A= 2X 8= 16 in? Step 5. Reflection constant Target is resting on table which is a reflecting surface so Kea Step 6 Evaluate Pyo/Py Pyo/Po = 39/14.7 = 2.65 Step 7. Evaluate 12Cpiga,/{109P,, (KH + X)] 126pi a, 12 (1.2) (29.6) (1100) a 103 Pe (KH + X) 10? (39) (2K 4 + 1) Step 8. Caleulate the velocity. 166 v Hoag ——2 + 6.0 (Eig. 2-248) 108 p Ag (KH + X) 6.0 pod (KH + X) 108 106 (6.0) (14.7) (16)(2 X 4 + 1) 164 Nag (144) (18450) (1100) Vo = 4.34 £t/see 20-85FIGURE 2A-25 @ 24-86TH 5-1300/NAVFAC P-397/AFR 88-22 Problem 2A-17 Constrained Secondary Fragments Problea: Determine the velocity of a constrained object close to an explod- ing charge. Procedure: : foe Step 1. Establish design parameters fragment material. — * . b. dimensions of object. < ° boundary condition, cantilever or fixed-fixed. specific impulse imparted to object. step 2, Determine the frageent toughness T from table 2-9 and the fragment mass density pg. seep 3. Caleulate the loaded area of the object. stop 4 tvaiuate ené term sb (21/6)9-2/tA¢eg 19-5] jusing the spe- cific impulse and object dimensions from step 1, the frag~ nent density and toughness from step 2 and the loaded area from step 3. With this term, gnter Figure 2-251 and read the value of 12V/1000 (p¢/T)°-> from which the velocity is caléulated. saa ; or: Using the specific impulse and object dimensions from step 1, the fragment density and toughness from step 2, and the loaded area from step 3. calculate the: velocity of the object from-equation 2-66. » Example 2A-17 Constrained Secondary Fragments Required: The velocity of a cylindrical tool holder after it breaks free of its moorings. Solution: step 1 Given: : a. fragment material; A36 steel b. dimensions of object: b = 2,0 inches L = 8.0 inches ce. boundary conditions; cantilever 4. specific impulse: i = 1667 psi-ms (see step 4 of example 2A- 15). 24-87